Great Red Dragon

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 336

^

'reat

Red Dragon
THE

OREIGN MONEY POWER


IN

UNITED STATES
mmmmmimmmmmmmimmmi'taM'

'^^By

pcacpful rmncdies
f'^^f^^of social

to

give a nerj direcfwri io


is flic

^^^^

life-

utis

task set for

the

eWKKKm^isdom of

the future
IVi

the

ho7

Pn
wil
its

anc

confro'^
I

^ates.

tand
the ariji oj inougnv

ana

events,

and

to

ACT

1VISELY.

This Book will be a powerful factor in

a mighty movement now steadily gathering


force,

which will

arrest,

with quiet but

relentless grasp, the

Arrogant Domination

of Monopolistic Capital.

G pe^

tV

Resl

J) mpn,

OR

LONDON MONEY POWER,

BY

L- B.

woolkolk:.

CINCINNATI:

GEORGE
39

E.

STEVENS,
St.

W. Fourth
1890.

Copyrighted
1889,

By

L,.

B.

WOOLKOLK.

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.

TD THE MMERICHN PEOPLE


Trusting that
its

publicatian will prnmotE the glnry


the highEst WBll-bBing of
to

of

Dad and

Man

In Exposing,

and lEading

ths

ovErthrow of thE

mightiEst Evil that has buet risEn

In TEUEaling

on thE Earth; and thE sidE of humanity now, as of old, Isading our RacE in ths praphEtic PILLRR OF LIGHT nut of ths

JEHDI/MH an

bandagE of ths prEssnt Era into


J
)

thE

glorious MillEnnial

Canaan promisod to Man,

%Us Wiax\
Ms an
OffEring on ths /Iltar of ConsEcrationand a TributE of Philanthropy from a hEart yEarning with unspEakablE longing and hopo

far thE UlEll-bEing of

Man-

kind, is TEspEctfuUg

inscribed by

THE nUTHOR.

Oi tsiilS*?

PREFACE.
This work
is

divided into three parts:

Part
Part

gives a History of the Rise of the

London

Money Power.
II

proves that this Imperialism of Capital,

the London Money Power, is foretold in prophecy, under the symbol of the Great Red Dragon.

Part
that

III gives the

Remedy

for the industrial evils

afflict

our country.

deeply interested
feel

There are many persons, perhaps, who will be in Part I, and Part III, who will
but
little

interest in the prophetic portion of the


is

work.

The work

so arranged that

all

such perI

sons can skip Part


III,

II,

and pass from Part


in

to Part

without any break


will

the connection of thought

though they
Power.

miss the most striking delineations

of the character and the activities of the

Money

On
ure in

the other hand,

those

who

are interested in
its

the prophetic aspect of the work, will find

struct-

proper logical arrangement as a prophetic exposition since it is necessary to present the his;

tory of the

Money

Power, before the symbols of


of thought,
the

prophecy can be applied to it. This work is the outgrowth of a


and
Political

life

largely directed to the study of Prophecy, History,

Economy.

Indeed, the work


Its
(v)

is

product of original thought.

historical portion

VI

PREFACE.

is the history of an Imperialism whose existence has been hitherto unrecognized. Its remedy is based upon principles of Political Economy that have never before been presented to the world. Its Prophetic

Exposition
pretation

is

part of a System of Prophetic Interis

that

entirely new.

The Author may

therefore claim

the
is

indulgence due to a pioneer,


over a pathway unsmoothed by

whose movement

the progress of earlier thought.

As no

history of the

London Money Power has

ever been written, the Author has been under the


necessity of gathering his facts from newspaper items, and from the statements of individuals whose reliability is above question. His store of facts has been

constantly increasing

down

to the present time.

Some

important facts he has learned since the publication


of this work began; other facts he learned too late
for
in

them

to appear in the present edition.

No doubt,
it is

every community facts are

known which
in this
;

illustrate

the course of the


that ere long a

Money Power

country.

facts will doubtless


full

soon be published

and

These hoped

and connected history of the Rise


given to the world.

of the

Money Power may be

PART

I.

HISTORY OF THE RISE


OF

THE LONDON MONEY POWER.


Chapter L
RISE OF

THE MONEY POWERFIRST


I.

ERA.

INTRODUCTION.
last

An

Imperialism of Capital has grown up within the

two centuries from small beginnings, until it is now the It is mightiest power that has ever existed on the earth.
an Imperialism mightier than the empire of the Csesars, grander than the empire of Napoleon in the hour of his In comparison with it all other empires highest glory.
sink into comparative insignificance.
is

This
call,

the Imperialism of Capital, which I

titanic power by way of dis-

tinction, the

Money Power.

1st.
I

The Money Power Defined.

do not mean by the Money Power to include any perwho are engaged in independI do not mean any American ent business Enterprise. business men, or business Companies engaged in indesons possessed of property,

pendent business enterprise, whether they be farmers, merchants, manufacturers, bankers, miners, builders, or per-

The Imperialism

sons engaged in any department of business enterprise. of Capital to which I allude is a knot of

8
capitalists

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.

Jews almost
in

quarters in the

to a man who have Money Quarter of London,

their head-

in

Thread-

needle

street,

Lombard, and other


their habitat.

streets in that vicinity,

where bankers have


have succeeded
industry and
all

These Jew
their

capitalists

centralizing

in

commerce

of the earth.

the debts of the world,

the debts of nations,


it

own hands the They own almost


states,

counties, municipalities,

corporations and individuals,


is

amounting
about
four

in the aggregate,

estimated, to seventy-

five billion dollars,

on which they are annually receiving


dollars

billion

of interest.

manufactories, the shipping, and the

They own the commerce of Great

Britain, and most of the manufactures, shipping and commerce of the whole world. They have attained control of the industry and trade of the whole earth; and are

rapidly centralizing

all

business in their

own

hands.

They

and business of all kinds, and they regulate all prices by their own arbitrary methods. These Jew Money Kings have established a grand Imperialism of industry, commerce and wealth, which is thoroughly organized, and rules in the sphere of industry and trade with autocratic sway. In our age. Capital is King. This Money Power of the Money Quarter of London is the only grand preeminent Imperialism existing on the earth. Monarchs severally rule their own dominions, and no one of them has
hold possession of
all

the great lines of trade

preeminent power.
time, stretches the
it

The Imperialism
arms of
its

of Capital, in our

power over the whole earth alone sways the nations with preeminent rule. It buys
the products of the earth
:

all

it

fixes

all

prices of

all

commodities without regard to the law of supply and demand, by its own arbitrary will. It is Imperial over industry and trade, and none can resist
it.

It is

rapidly

progressing toward
all

its

ultimate aim, of possessing itself of

the world's wealth

and

all

the world's property.

If

DISCOVERY Of ITS EXISTENCE.


things remain as they are, these

9
will, at

Jew Money Kings


and
\v\\\

no distant day, have achieved


earth in fee simple.

their aim,

own

the

2nd.

Discovery of Existence of Money Power.


will

The world
up so

be surprised

at the statement that

such

a grand Imperialism of Capital exists.


silently,
its

For

it

has grown

and has veiled


very existence
is

its

operations in such se-

crecy, that

unsuspected.
as
all

The Author
the rest of

was

as ignorant of the

Money Power

the world outside of the ring, until,

when

visiting

England

many

years ago, he, through a combination of circum-

stances unnecessary to mention here,

became acquainted

with the existence of this grand centralization of Capital


in

England, and was given a pamphlet that was intended


This pamphlet, and the boastful

for private circulation.

statements of the Englishman


the Author information which

who gave
is

it,

imparted to

carefully kept from the

general public.

Quotations will be

made from
is

this

pamvi-

phlet later on in this work.


olated,

No

confidence

thereby

known to the world. Thus informed of the existence of the Money Power, the Author has watched its progress for over twenty years. As
and
its

statements ought to be

events occurred, his mind, strongly magnetized, as


this subject, seized

it

were,

upon and gathered to itself all facts by A newspaper item, meaningbearing upon the question. less to others, was to him an important historical fact in He has thus, the rise and growth of the Money Power. point by point, gathered the materials for the sketch which
here follows.
Before quoting from the pamphlet just mentioned,
it

will

be better, in order to give consecutiveness to the subject, to first trace the rise of the Money Power; and then to

make

quotations, to

show

that

it

was already a grand Im-

perialism in the decade extending from i860 to 1870.

lO

RISE OF THE

MONEY POWER.

II.

FIRST ERA IN

THE RISE OF THE MONEY POWER.


of the

The Money Power


development
ish
its

World had
it

origin in small beits

ginnings, in the i8th century; but


in

has reached
its

grand

our

own

age.

It

had

origin in the Brit-

East India Company, and has grown up so quietly that

grand centralization has not attracted the attention of mankind. Indeed, it has only become powerful enough
in our

own

age, to

produce

startling effects

upon

the in-

dustry of the world.

In the ages before the invention of the steam engine,

commerce of the world consisted in the interchange between the Temperate zone and the Tropics. There was but little interchange between the different
the chief

countries of the

Temperate zone

for all

having the same


and,

climate and agricultural productions, each country pro-

duced

sufficient for its

own consumption;

all

manu-

wrought by hand, each country had enough manufactures for the supply of its own needs, except a few
factures being
articles of luxurious

consumption.

The

chief

the world consisted in the exchange of


ucts of the

commerce of some of the prod-

Temperate zone, especially

specie, for articles

of luxurious consumption, sugar, tea, coffee, indigo, opi-

um, and the spices, contributed by the Tropics merce of the world.
carried
cial

to the

com-

This commerce has always enriched the nation which


it on, and made its merchants the great commermagnates of the earth.

In Ancient Times, the Phoenicians possessed it for two it made them the great merchants of the earth. The share of Egypt in the traffic gave to that
thousand years, and
country
its

great wealth in the early eras of the monarchy.

In the age of Solomon, the Jews possessed the Eastern end of the traffic for a generation, and it so enriched them that
silver

was

in Jerusalem as stones.

The development

of

THE EAST INDIA TRADE.


this

11

proverbial

commerce was the sphere in which was displayed the wisdom of Solomon, and it constituted the chief

glory of his reign.

The power of the Assyrian Empire was largely based upon the possession of the Eastern end of this commerce the conquests of the Empire along the Mediterranean, having broken up the old line of the trade by way of the Red
sea.

To

obtain possession of this

commerce was

the aim of

the conquests of Nebuchadnezzar, the founder of the Bab-

ylonian Empire.

He

carried the traffic through Babylon,

and up the Euphrates, across Syria and Asia Minor, and gave the Western end of the traffic to the Lydians and the This was the origin of the proverbial Ionian Greeks. wealth of Croesus, which the Greeks, in their ignorance
of the commercial relations of the East, attributed to the
gold washed from the placer mines of the river Pactolus.

The
time,

possession of the Western end of the trade, at this

awakened

the Greeks from the lethargy of barbarism,

and

started the race

upon

its

The

hostility of the

Greeks

grand career of civilization. to Persia, which caused the

burning of Sardis, and led


the Phoenicians,

to the Persian wars,

no doubt
back to by way of

originated in the fact that Persia gave the

traffic

who

restored

it

to its old route

the

Red

sea.

After the Christian Era, the Venetians took possession of the traffic and it made them the great merchant
princes of the Middle Ages.

The discovery
gave the
it

of the passage around

Cape Good Hope

traffic into

the hands of the Portuguese,

who kept
and the

for

a century.

Then

the Dutch, the French

English organized trading companies which competed with

each other
trade,

for the

possession

of this great East India

now, since the passage around Cape Good Hope,

swelled into

much

larger proportions than in former times.

12
Britain

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.


it,

was slow

to

engage in

and during the Sevenlit-

teenth Century
tle result.

made only

feeble efforts, productive of

In the early part of the Eighteenth Century,

the British East India


in successful

Company was

reorganized and put


fifteen

operation.

In return for a loan of

million dollars to the British government, a large

sum

for

those days,

it

received a charter, giving to


all

it

the exclusive

right to trade with

countries of the Indian

and

Pacific

Oceans, between Cape Horn and Cape

From
growth

this

time the East India

Good Hope. Company made

rapid

in prosperity

and power.

In the various wars of the Eighteenth Century between

Great Britain and her commercial rivals on the Continent,


the bull-dog pluck of the British sailors, nautical
in naval
skill

and

their superior

gave

to British vessels so great

an advantage
maritime
su-

combats

as secured to Britain a

premacy.

The

British East India

Company
its

prospered,

not only by the usual gains of

traffic,

but also by taking

possession of the trading stations of

commercial

rivals

from which they were dispossessed by conquest. In the great Seven Years' War, continuing from 1757 to 1764, Great Britain dispossessed France of all her colonial possessions.

In India, at the same time, through


Clive,

the genius

and energy of
authorities

the British East


its

India

Company
Historical

laid the foundation

of

imperial

greatness.

date

the rise

of the East India

Company
A. D.
in

to imperial
it

In 1764,

power at the victory of Plassy, 1757 was an empire exercising imperial sway

Bengal over a territory containing a population of forty millions, and yielding larger revenues than those of the
Austrian empire, at that time the greatest European power.

est

In 1764, the British East India Company was the grandand richest corporation in the world. It was the only
It

corporation which ruled a territorial empire.

was en-

riched by

traffic,

by the extension of

its

trade through the

RISE OF

THE EAST INDIA COMPANY,


its

13
rivals,

conquest of the trading stations of

Continental

and by the wholesale plunder of India. It had been from the first the best investment of capital Its stock was eagerlyto be found in the British Islands. taken by all who had the means. The mercantile class took as much stock as they could afford but, as we know, merchants usually have little more capital than they need
;

for their regular business.

The

British
;

Landed

Aristoc-

racy had large incomes from their estates


portion their younger children, they

and being under


large invest-

a necessity of seeking the best investments, in order to

made

ments
ists

in the East India

Company.

of that age

were the Jews.

But the great CapitalThey were the money


;

holders.

They subscribed

largely to the stock

and

as, in

each generation, the stock of the Aristocracy was sold to portion younger children, the Jews, always economical,
always
full

of

money, and always

in search of the best

investments, bought the stock thrown upon the market.

Thus
the

it

came

to pass that the greater part of the stock

of

East India Company, and of the other companies


into the

afterwards organized out of the dividends of that great

company,

fell

hands of the Jews.


of the world.

The Jews

be-

came the Under


trickery,

great

Money Kings
Jew
in

the impulse of

exactions, the career of the

East India

Company

India was a continued series of

wrong, exaction,

the Eighteenth Century, the


stages of decay;

and the

robbery and murder. In Mogul empire was in the last East India Company, in its dealtheft,

and Princes of India, constantly ground as expediency required, sometimes treating them as independent states, and sometimes, as dependings with the native states
shifted
its

Mogul empire. It hired its soldiers to one him to conquer another it sold and when the opportunity came, it its favors on every side devoured the treasures and the territory of friends and foes
encies of the
native prince, to enable
;
:

14
alike.

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.

History presents no career of conquest, in which

fraud, deceit

and rapine were so blended

as in the con-

It was the example in the history of the world of a trading corporation becoming an imperial power; and its imperial rule was marked by the rapacity, chicane and fraud that characterizes a great corporation in the soulless and confirst

quest of India by the East India Company.

scienceless pursuit of gain.

From

1764, the East India

Company had

control of the

grand trade between the Temperate zone and the Tropics. It continued its conquests in India until, in 1857, the date of the Sepoy mutiny, it ruled almost the whole
peninsula.

The Money Kings who

controlled

it,

possessed

an empire compared with which the possessions of the Phoenicians and Carthaginians, and all their predecessors

were as nothing, and they attained a domination over


world.

in-

dustry and trade without a parallel in the annals of the

Chapter
RISE OF

II.

THE MONEY POWER,


SECOND ERA.
the

Continued:

The Money Power of


to

and grander era of development


manufactures.
;

gine
nii

and

this

new

In 1774, servant of man, mightier than the Gethe spinning Jenny and

World entered upon a new when steam was applied Watt perfected the steam en-

of oriental fable, was at once set at work propelling

manufactures.

The power loom,

the cotton gin were soon afterward invented, and gave a


great impulse to steam manufacturing industry.

The

conditions of the time threw steam manufactures en-

tirely into the

hands of the London Money Power.

Great

STEAM MANUFACTURES.

Britain was the only country in Europe which had coal and iron for steam purposes. The capitalists of the East India Company were the only people in the world with capital to engage in the new industry; for the great trading companies of other countries had been broken down by British conquests. Enriched by the trade of the Orient and the Tropics, these London capitalists at once seized the opportunity events offered them, and embarked

energetically in steam manufactures.

The East India Company,


these manufactures.
to invest in

as such, did not

engage in

All the stockholders would not wish


so large a corporation

them

would be un-

wieldy; and the immensity of the monopoly might excite

alarm and provoke opposition.


to operate

It

would be much better

through smaller corporations.

few capitalists

might hold the stock of a great number of them without exciting jealousy; and their management would be quiet

and easy. The different corporations were like the regiments of an army it was easy to form them into brigades, and divisions, and army corps, so as to give them the compact solidity of a grand military organization. It had the flexibihty of individual enterprise, and the solidity of a despotism. The Money Kings adopted the policy of
:

single corporate

companies

for

each special enterprise.


:

They
mills,

built manufactories of all kinds


mills,

they started iron


all

woolen

cotton mills.

Manufactures of

kinds sprung up on every side.


ganized

The Money Kings


which
built mills

or-

new

joint stock corporations

and

manufactories:
coal

and iron

new companies which operated mines of and, as commerce wonderfully expanded


built vessels to

through manufactures wrought by steam power, they organized

new companies, which

plow the

waters of every ocean, and built


established

new warehouses, and


the earth.
ages, because the

new trading stations all over Commerce had languished in previous

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.

Temperate zone had not sufficient cheap products suited to tropical demand, to offer in exchange for tropical proSteam manufactures opened up a new comductions.
mercial
tion,

era.

They

greatly stimulated tropical

produc-

by

offering

manufactures in those markets.

They

also greatly stimulated industry in the

Temperate zone.

In

all

the countries of the

for the

manufactures of Britain was


for

Temperate zone, the demand far beyond the ability

to

pay

them with

exports.

The
was

first effect

of this state of things was a

wave of

ex-

citement that swept over Great Britain.


started.

An industrial boom
in the

Everybody who had money invested

stock of manufacturing companies, shipping companies,

trading companies.
the

In companies for steam manufactures,

Money Kings

took care to have the majority of stock:

outside companies they


leisure.

knew they could devour at their The grand Money Kings had such advantages in
capital

their

immense

and

in

their

perfect organization,

that in

commercial

crises,

often originated,

and always
to

manipulated by them, they managed systematically

break down rival companies, and buy them out, and to rob and plunder the minority stockholders; until, in the
end, these organized capitalists got into their

own hands

and very cheap,

all,

or the greater part of the stock of the

various companies, manufacturing, mercantile and shipping, that originated in

steam manufactures.

They

thus

reduced
rival

to a

system and a science the art of crushing

companies, and freezing out minority stockholders.

Their whole career was a systematic course of treachery,


fraud and plunder, without a parallel in history.

They
every

advanced step by

step,

always causing a

boom

in

new
in

enterprise that
to

enlisted

much

outside capital,

and

always managing
prices, a loss

operate seasons of business disaster,

which they lost a few hundred thousands by falling which they were abundantly able to stand,

DEALING

IN

FUTURES THEIR DRAG NET.

while making many millions by getting cheap the stock of broken corporations and the stock sold by minority stockholders.

Dealing in futures
started on a

in

Boards of Trade, was then


for the pur-

grand

scale, a

system originated

pose of enabling large capitalists to force stocks up or

down

as

they choose,

regard to the actual value


trickery, fraud

by dint of capital, without any the most satanic engine of

and oppression ever devised


It
is

to enable the

strong to plunder the weak.

the

drag net with


of

which the Money Kings


small means,
as the
:

destroy multitudes
fish

men

of

fisherman takes
the rest of

in

his

seine.

They They

are fishermen

are always seeking after spoil.

mankind are They

their prey.

are

always

dragging their net for the destruction of the unwary.

But aside from


very large.

this

plunder of the weak and the


the

trust-

ing, the regular profits of

new age

of industry were

In every country of the Temperate zone, the

demand

for British

manufactures was

much

greater than

could be paid for by exports.


lending
ing the

And
for that
in

the difference in the

balance of trade was always systematically arranged by

money on mortgage
amount of the
in

amount, or by spend-

deficit

starting
this

some business
the

enterprise

that

country.

In
felt

way,

adverse

balance of
behind.
It

trade

was
all it

not

bought

by the country falling wanted, and the adverse balance

of trade actually
profits of the

made times better; for it caused the Money Kings to be invested in the country,
It

stimulating business into activity.

only had the disad-

vantage that the business investment did not belong to the


nation, but to the

Money Kings
Kings.

and the prosperity

it

caused was not national prosperity, but was the bloated


gains of the

Money
hundred

This has been the regular method of the


for the last

years.

Starting

Money Kings new manufactures,

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.


:

new shipping companies, new trading companies getting all the outside capital possible, and then freezing out minority stockholders, and throttling outside corporations getting all the nations in debt to them, and making parasite investments to the amount of the deficit of the balance
in

of trade

putting in the profits derived from the East India


first:

Company,

and

then, not only putting in


all

its profits,

but continually reinvesting

the profits of

all-

their enter-

prises in the country; until their investments, accumulating


like

a rolling ball of snow,


its

at last

become an avalanche

to

bury beneath

weight the prosperity of the world.

The Rothschild Syndicate. Even


of the
in the

beginning of
it

this

second era of the growth

Money Power,

realized

immense

profits

profits

so great as enabled the

Money Kings

to loan the

money

necessary on both sides to sustain the immense armaments


of the wars of the French revolution.
ish

They

let

the Brit-

government and the powers warring against France have all the money they required; and they supplied to Napoleon and his allies the loans necessary for his campaigns.

At

that time, for the convenience of the

Money

Kings,
rise

the great house of Rothschild

was

established.

The

of the house of Rothschild has always been shrouded in


the mystery that veils
all

the operations of the

Money

The house took immense contracts on both sides; and made to both sides immense loans. Where the money came from has always been a mystery. The common exPower.
planation given of
it is

wholly inadequate to account for

the sudden rise of the house of Rothschild into such enor-

mous

wealth. The only way to account for it is to suppose that the Rothschild family was chosen by the Jew

Money Kings

as the

head and

fiscal

agency of a grand

THE ROTHSCHILD SYNDICATE.

Jewish syndicate formed at that time, to concentrate under one management the money of the Jew capitaHsts. It was a great convenience, and a great source of power.

The Rothschilds were


haps,
in

chosen, perhaps, in part, on ac;

count of their superior business quaUfications


part,

and

per-

because there were three brothers,

who

could be heads of separate banking houses in London,

and Paris and Vienna. By such a syndicate the Jews could lend money and take army contracts on both sides. And if, in the end, one side should achieve a decided triumph, the Rothschild on the winning side could save the Rothschild on the losing side, and thus the money of the Jews would be safe in any event. It was a grand stroke of Jewish skill and policy, the organization of this grand
syndicate
;

but

it

was the

first

instance of the organization


it

of a syndicate in the world; and

was never known as

such

but, with the usual readiness of

mankind

to believe

in the

sudden growth of vast fortunes from nothing, the world accepted the rise of the house of Rothschild as an In our time, individual fortune, and not a syndicate. when combination of capital into syndicates is common,
the house
syndicate.

would be recognized

at

once as the head of a


is

The
first

rise of the

house of Rothschild

memo-

rable as the
dicate, for

grand combination of the Jews in a synthe transaction of a vast business in which all might be combined.

their capital

came

the head of the

The Rothschilds beJew Money Kings, and have ever


at the

since been the head of the Jews, acting as a syndicate.

That house is probably Power of the world.

head of the Jew Money

When Napoleon

fell,

there remained but one grand im-

perialism in the world,

the

Imperialism of Capital,
in

the
of

Jew Money Power, centered

the

Money Quarter

London. Since the fall of Napoleon, the nations of Europe have been maintaining war military establishments

20

RISE OF THE

MONEY POWER.
far

in time of peace, at

an expense

beyond

their revenues.

The London Money Kings have loaned them the money They have invested in to make up the annual deficit.
national debts alone about twenty-six billion dollars.
sides these national debts, are the loans they

Be-

have made to states, and counties, and municipalities, and corporations and individuals, amounting in the aggregate, as it is
estimated, to over
fifty billion

dollars more.

immense amounts of their own The wealth investments in all the countries of the globe. It can of the Money Power is simply beyond calculation. not amount to less than $160,000,000,000. It is probably nearer two hundred billions.
then, there are the

And

Chapter
RISE OF

III.

THE MONEY POWER,


THIRD ERA.

Continued:

The Money Power entered upon


growth with the application of steam
railroads

the third era of

its

to transportation in

and steamships.
for

The Railroad Era began about 1830; but


guished throughout
for
all

twenty

years after steam was applied to railroads, industry lancountries of the Temperate zone,

want of

sufficient

money

to transact the business of

the world.

But

little

progress was

made

in

applying steam

mines of California first, and then the mines of Australia, and the Rocky Mountains, and old and new mines opened in Mexico and South America gave hundreds of millions of dollars to the cirto transportation, until the

culating

medium

of the world.

In 1850, the age of


scale.

rail-

road and steamship building began on a large

Then

EAST INDIA COMPANY SUPERSEDED.


the
its

Money Power was


development.

fully

embarked

in this third era of

The Supremacy of the Money Power over Industry, beginning with the application of steam to manufactures, was continued on a still higher plane of power, from 1850 and onward.
the East India

The new companies organized out Company soon threw


into the shade

of the dividends of
the old parent
enterprises.

com-

pany

by

their gigantic

The

experience of these

new

corporations seems to have con-

vinced the

of the East India

Money Kings that the territorial sovereignty Company was a mistake. They found

by experience that it was better for them to monopolize industry, commerce and wealth under the protection of a government controlled by them, than to exercise territorial sovereignty themselves. These new corporations began to trade with India, as with the rest of the world. The East India Company, having no manufactures, was eclipsed as a trading corporation by these new rivals; and it soon came to restrict itself more and more to its The Money Kings soon found territorial sovereignty. that the new corporations were much better instruments for traffic, and they eventually made the East India Company merely -their shield in India, behind whose proThat company govtection they carried on their traffic. erned India entirely in their interest for the same stockholders operated the East India Company and the new
;

corporations born of the

new age

of steam industry.

They

finally

found the East India

Company
the

a burden,

same advantage from the protection of the British government as from And the Company, and without the cost and trouble. given them by moreover, bonuses and other advantages the British government were safe and sure, while advantages and franchises given them by the East India
and an embarrassment.

They derived

22

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.


annulled as unauthorized
the expense

Company might be subsequently and fraudulent. To get rid of

and danger

of maintaining the sovereignty of India, they, at the time of the Sepoy mutiny, influenced the British government
to

and the East India assume the government of India Company, having served its end in giving birth to those
:

new

corporations born of

its

profits,

passed away.

The

spider's brood, true to their nature,

devoured their dam.

The Money Kings Greatly Enlarged Their Operations in the new age of steam transportation. They constantly invested their gains in more manufactures, more ships, and more ware-houses, all over the And when they made more profits than were earth.
needed
for

such investments
countries,

in

for their profits

grew

faster

than the wants of commerce


profits in various

they invested their


lands,
in

surplus

city houses, in

and in buying vast bodies of lands in the Tropics, on which they opened up immense plantations, for the growth of coffee, tea, indigo, rice, opium, spices, and all tropical productions. They started new enterprises owned by themselves in all the countries of the globe tea plantations in China j coffee plantations in Java and Ceylon sheep ranches in Australia and South Africa and South America; sugar plantations in the West Indies and the Sandwich Islands; gold and silver mines in CaHfornia, the Rocky Mountains, Australia, Mexico, and South America; diamond mines in India, and South Africa and Brazil; ruby mines in Burmah; lumber mills in Canada, the United States, Norway, Sweden and Poland; city buildings in all countries and railroads all over the world. These, and many other enterprises employed the boundless capital of
building
railroads;
:

new

the

London Money Kings.

City Buildings have been a favorite investment with them in countries of the Temperate zone. They derive

CITY PROPERTY

AND RAILROAD INVESTMENTS.


:

23

the buildings two advantages from these investments yield a high profit on the investment; and the Money Kings could thus put up rents in other countries, and in-

crease the cost of living.

This

last

point

is

an essential

part of their industrial system.

In

order to

maintain the
it

manufacturing supremacy

of Great Britain, of food

is

necessary that the cost of living

should be as cheap there as in other countries.


is

The price

England than in other countries; and this has to be counterbalanced by cheaper rents. Rents are very low in England. By owning many buildings in foreign countries, the Money Kings are able to start a prevailing high standard of rents; which increases their profit on their investment, and raises the
necessarily higher in
cost of living,
till it is

as high or higher, in other countries,

than in England.

Furthermore, these high rents increase

the value of property, and start foreign capital into real


estate speculation, leaving to the
field

Money Kings
are

the safe

of

productive

industry.

They

wonderfully

shrewd,

benefit their interest,

and understand perfectly all the points that and injure the interest of the rest of

the world.

are Their Favorite Investment in The ownership of them not only yields a large return upon the investment, but it gives to the Money Kings entire control of the internal It also traffic of the countries whose railroads they own.

Railroads

countries of the Temperate zone.

enables them to build up

cities at points

on the railroads
that,
site,

known beforehand
possession

to

themselves;

so

by getting
they

of

the

land around

the

make
lots.

hundreds of millions of dollars With incomes derived from

in speculations in
all

town

these

various sources,

and constantly reinvested with the whole world tributary to them it is not wonderful that they have grown so rich. Having taken possession of all the Hnes of business in

24

RISE OF
is

THE MONEY POWER.


it is

which money
years, they

to

be made,

no wonder

that, for forty

have been the only people

in the

world who

had a monied capital. No wonder that, continually impoverished by them, the nations of the earth have never had money to build railroads, or water works, or gas works, or any public buildings, but had always to issue bonds and sell them in London, to get money for all
public improvements.

Jew capitalists grew exceedAt the beginning of the Era of Railroad Building, in 1850, no country had any capital, these London Money Kings excepted. The Money Kings alone of all the world had money and they have taken special care,
In the age of railroads, these
ing rich.
;

during the whole era, to

make
its

the

world continually

poorer by constantly increasing

debt to them.

Chapter

IV.

FOURTH ERA. DEVOURINGS OF MONEY


POWER, SINCE
I.

1864:

AGGRANDIZEMENT OF MONEY POWER: GENERAL


VIEW.

The Money Power has been

continually widening
its rise.
;

its

operations in each successive era of

was the era of the East India based upon tropical products, and the exchange of those
products
for

The first era Company and of commerce


specie

the

productions and the

of

the

countries of the Temperate zone.

In the second era, the


to the trade with

Money Power added


the Tropics, which
its rise,
it

steam manufactures
previously held.

In the third era of

the

Money Power added

to its previous sources of

COILING ABOUT ALL INDUSTRY.


wealth the vast power derived

25

from the possession of

steam transportation, in railroads and steamships.

The Fourth Era


ism began in 1864.
capital derived

of the rise of this terrible Imperial-

In

this era,

armed with
its
its

the

immense

from

all its

sources of wealth, the

Money

Power of the World entered upon mortgages in real estate; and began
ing, at

vast investments in

career of monopolizlines

a stroke, whole branches of industry and vast


This era will end,
if

of trade.
the

things go on as they are, in

Money Power taking possession of all business, and owning all the property of the earth. Since 1864, the London Jew Money Kings have been continuing their operations on the basis of boundless capital.

They

have, in this era, vastly extended their operaof their monopolies.

tions,

and widened the range


of capital
is

Their

command

so vast, that they dominate the

whole sphere of industry and trade with absolute sway. As against individual enterprises, their power is irresistible.

Like a Great Serpent,


of
its

the

London Money Power is,


competitors in
its

in

our time, enveloping the industry of the earth in the coils

and and its monopoly of business is so enormous, that its annual income, from interest on loans from rents of houses and
capital,

and crushing

all

folds

devouring them.

And

it

has grown so great,

farms
to

from

profits of business,

is

so vast, that

it

is

able

take possession of a whole line of business at once,


all

destroying

competitors.

Woe

to

the

operating in a line of business which these


desire to monopolize
:

men who are Money Kings

they at once

envelop the feeble

rivals in the folds of their capital,

them.

They now have


all
it.

sufficient

and crush and devour capital to seize upon

and monopolize

the business of the earth.

And

they

are rapidly doing

26

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.

Parasite Investments.

Indeed, their capital


ations will not afford
it

is

now

so vast that business oper-

adequate employment.

They can

no longer
enterprises
ties,

find adequate

investment for their constantly


extending their grand industrial

increasing income,

in

in

loans to nations, states, and municipaliships

in

building

and warehouses and

railroads.

They can

only find investment,

buying up city property


mortgages

in

building cities

in

in

purchasing and improving

immense bodies of wild lands in laying and foreclosing upon improved farms and in buying up breweries, and flour mills, and lumber mills, and various business interests, all over the earth. They own almost all those business interests now: they will soon own

the

rest.

These parasite investments


are like the
fly

of the

Money Kings
:

eggs laid in the nose of the sheep

it

is

an

addition to the

amount of bioplasm
it is

in

the

sheep, but,

instead of being sheep bioplasm,


will hatch;

foreign.

The eggs

and instead of the new life adding to the The health and vigor of the sheep, it consumes its life. worms that breed from the eggs burrow into the head, and if they can not be gotten rid of, the sure result is the death of the sheep. In the same way, the ox fly lays eggs in the back of the ox, that breed worms; which, in

development, make the ox as lively as the investments of the Money Power make the nation where its
their

investments are made.


they feed upon his
so
life
:

But instead of helping the ox,


they fever him
:

and

if

there are

many

of these "wolves," as

farmers call

them, that
develop-

the ox cannot bear the frenzy caused

by

their

ment, the ox will

die.

But

all

these parasites,

when

full

grown, do not continue


tissues

to prey

upon the animal whose

life

have nursed

DEVOURINGS
them
into growth.

IN INDIA.

27

When
is

full

the animal, strive to leave the

grown, they, fortunately for body on which they have

preyed.

But
Kings.

it

not so with the investments of the


planting

Money

They keep
body of
all

more and more of

their eggs in the

the nations; and,

when

the

eggs hatch into parasite enterprises, the parasite enter-

upon the country, until at last they and devour its life. These parasite enterprises of the London Money Kings are like the fly eggs deposited in the body of a caterpillar. If no egg is deposited, the caterpillar spins its cocoon, and at the proper time emerges as a butterfly. But when the fatal egg is deposited, the caterpillar lives on and
prises continue to prey
will

sap

its

strength,

spins

its

cocoon, as

if in

perfect health

but the parasite de-

and continues its work of destruction, and the caterpillar, instead of emerging from its chrysalis state, dies in This is what the its cocoon with its vitals utterly devoured. Money Kings are now doing for all the nations. They are laying parasite eggs of capital in the body of every nation. Either the parasite must be gotten rid of, or the
velops,

nations will perish.

II.

DEVOURINGS OF THE MONEY POWER IN INDIA.


of the World was nursed into impegrandeur by the trade and wealth of India. India
its

The Money Power


rial

was

primal seat of dominion.

In India,

its

power has
it

always been uncontrolled and absolute.

There,

has

been allowed to work its will more thoroughly than anywhere else; and in India we can best perceive the ultimate outcome of its policy.
1st.

Plunder of Hindoo Potentates.

Until the middle of the Eighteenth Century, the East

India

Company was

only a mercantile corporation, hav-

28

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.


its

ing a few trading stations in India, and deriving

reve-

nues from
the courage

traffic.

Rising into political power through


Clive,
it

and genius of

began

its

career as

devourer, in India, by extorting the hoarded wealth of

one Hindoo potentate


or
its

after another, as the price of

its

aid

tolerance;
to

and

as the native rulers were successively


in the crushing coil

reduced

bankruptcy and impotence

of the East India


substituted
its

Company,

that corporation gradually

own

administration for that of the native


it

governments.

In every advance,

showed

the subtlety,
It

the crawling insidious guile of the serpent.


state after state in its coil,

enveloped

ments so relentlessly, finally devoured the territory of a


attracted but
little

and crushed the native governand yet so quietly, that when it


fallen potentate, the act

attention.

The East India Company


ter-

continued

its

course of quiet gradual appropriation of

ritory for a century, until the

Sepoy revolt

in 1857.

2nd.
In

Monopoly of Industry.
its

the earlier period of

power, the East India

Com-

and industry of the But after the Age of Steam territories under its sway. began, and the great British capitalists formed new joint stock corporations through which to carry on the grand

pany took possession of

all

the trade

industries

arising

out of steam rnanufactures,

the East

India
tion.

Company lost its importance As we have seen, it finally

as a trading corporarestricted itself to its

territorial sovereignty,

tions

and gave up to the new corporathe trade of India, giving them every advantage
its

under

administration.
this policy, the

Under

new

corporations of the

London

Money
They
foreign

Kings, advancing step by step, took possession of


took possession of the internal
country.

the business industries of India.


first

traffic

and the

commerce of the

They bought

the native

STARVATION OF HINDOO POPULATION.

29

products at prices which yielded the wretched Hindoo

producers a mere subsistence 3 and they sold in the India

markets native products and foreign merchandise


highest prices
the profits
officers
;

at the
all

it

was possible

to extort.

They made

and the

entire population of India, except the

and the agents of the Money Kings, was reduced


their

to utter penury.

They continued
They superseded
capitalists

encroachments, and gradually got


old

the industry of the country completely under their control.


the

hand

manufactures

of the

country by manufactures wrought by steam, of which these

have entire possession and reap

all

the profits.

And

they broke

down

the old system

of transportation,

and substituted it by railroads owned by themselves. For a long time, the Money Kings raised opium, and indigo, and cotton, and rice and other India products, for their commerce, upon lands owned by Hindoos. They made their profit by putting down prices to the lowest point that would yield subsistence to the Hindoo laborer. They thus kept the Hindoo population on the
verge of starvation
;

so that, during the last

forty years,

frequent famines have carried off millions of the population.

We know
is

from the Irish famines, that a modern famine

much as the lack of means to During one of the famines in Ireland, an buy bread. American vessel entering the harbor of Cork with provisions sent by American charity to the starving Irish, met two
not a dearth of food, so
vessels sailing out of the harbor laden with food sent

from

Ireland to a foreign market.

The milHons of Hindoos

who have

perished of hunger, during the last forty years,

were the victims of the Money Power putting down prices of labor, and putting up the price of commodities.

30

rise of

the money power.

3rd. Jungle Plantations.

But
since

in the latter era of the

growth of the
to

Money Power,
the

the

application

of steam

transportation,

Money Kings have

realized such vast piofi.s from their

world-wide manufactures and commerce, that they have

made immense land investments


alluvial

in India.

Vast areas of

lands along
rivers

the

plains of the
for ages

Ganges and the

Bramapootra
primitive

have

been covered with the


is

jungle.

Much
it,

of

it

delta lands along the

streams;
stretching

much

of

broad

alluvial plains

and uplands,

from the sea to the foot of the Himalaya


the government to offer

Mountains.

The Money Kings induced


these jungle
perial

lands

at

a very low price, and those im-

capitalists

bought them.
soil for

populate these

ju.'igle
th'j

lands with a race of

They next wished to Hindoo serfs

wages barely sufficient for Hindoos the alternative of emigration to the jungles in their employment, or of starvation in their village homes. Some Five Million Hindoos Died of Famine before they submitted. But the Money Kings triumphed; transplanted the Hindoos; and opened up grand plantations in the jungle. They built railroads; founded cities; and now they own cities, railroads and plantatill

who would

subsistence.

They

offered the

tions.

They own

in fee simple a vast

empire in India,

more extensive than the ancient empires of Nineveh and Babylon in the valleys of the Euphrates and the Tigris far more extensive
an empire of
alluvial lands,

than the Egyptian empire in the valley of the


larger than Greece

Nile

and Macedon combined wider in extent than Italy a broader domain than the whole of Great Britain. They find it cheaper to own the land and hire peasants to cultivate it, than to buy the products of

MARKETS CRUSHED BY HINDOO PRODUCTS.


\

Hindoo labor. And in that wide empire of alluvial owned by them in fee simple, extending from the sea to the Himalayas, and from the heart of India into Burmah, those capitalists are now producing opium, and rice, and indigo, and cotton and india rubber, and quinine, and spices, and tea, and cotton and wheat.
free

lands

4th.

All Markets Crushed by India Products.

And they throw all these products of a teeming soil and pauper labor upon the markets of the world, making immense
all

profits,

and

forcing

down

the price of productions


la-

over the earth to the pauper standard of Hindoo

bor.

They

are

now

publishing in our papers that they can

grow wheat so cheaply upon their jungle lands, that, in competition with them, our Western farmers can only be
allowed, in future,
fifty

cents

a bushel for their wheat!

Will not Omnipotent Justice blast such wrong doing?!

By
tions,

the Competition of their Hindoo Plantatilled with Hindoo Ryot labor at five cents a day,

they force

down
with

the price of Carolina rice

and Southern
their

cotton to the same level.

Raising products upon

Hindoo pauper labor shipping their products upon their own railroads into their own seaport cities and transporting them in their own ships to their

own

lands

own warehouses
are able to crush

in

every country

these
!

Money Kings
sell their

down

the prices of productions in every


all

country, and force the people of

countries to

products at any price they choose to offer

Important Fact is learned from the course of Money Power in India. The Money Kings find it more profitable to own lands and till them with pauper
the
labor, than to

An

buy the products reared hy the

free natives

They regard the purchase of cheap lands a good investment. They will doubdess continue the purof the
soil.

chase of India lands, until they

own

all

the lands of India,

32

RISE OF
all

THE MONEY POWER.

and

property of every kind, and the Hindoos become

serfs, cultivating their lands,

and

filling

positions in vari-

ous departments of their service.

How
their
profit.

can

it

be otherwise?

Every department of
is

in-

dustry in that country, except agriculture in part,

in

hands.

They have

in

possession every source of

They and their agents realize all the profits that made nobody else makes more than a subsistence. The Money Power has India enveloped in its coils. It
are
:

is

only a question of time Avhen the Serpent will complete


all its

the devouring of

lands and

all its

property.

And we
as
India.

shall

perceive as

we
in

Constrictor has our country in almost the


If things
will

go on,

Boa same condition a few years more the


proceed, that the

Money Kings
in the

own

a wider empire of farming lands


in India;

United States than


will

and the American


of the

farmer

be reduced

to the condition

Hindoo

peasant laborer working for a few cents a day, or he

may

look on and see the lands he has

lost cultivated

by Chinese

slaves.

and Hindoos. We shall be reduced to the condition of There is a bottomless pit before us. The Money Power is preparing to plunge us into it.

CONSTRICTION OF CURRENCY.

33

Chapter V,

FOURTH ERA, Continued :DEVOURINGS OF THE MONEY POWER IN THE U. S.


will not admit of a full narration of the manner which the Money Power is devouring industry and trade and wealth, throughout the world. While the head and the den of the Serpent are in England, its coils ex-

Space

in

everywhere ruining business their business and property. In Europe, in Asia, in Africa, in South America, in Mexico, in Canada, in Australia, and in the Islands of the sea,
all

tend

over the earth.

It is

men, and taking possession of

it

is

constantly pursuing

lizing the industry, trade

ing people engaged in


will

its deadly business of monopoand wealth of the world, by ruinindependent enterprise. But space its

only admit of a statement, in part, of

devouring

the industries of the United States.

its

This Knot of London Jew Capitalists is having way in the United States more completely than anyelse in the world, except India.

where

In England, the

Landed Aristocracy holds its own against the Money Power, in part, by the law of primogeniture, which enables it to maintain possession of the land, and much city property;

istocracy with the daughters of rich

and by the marriages of the sons of the landed arEnglishmen associated

with the

But, in America, the


to

Jew Money Kings and sharing their profits. Money Power has had free course ravage and devour.

I.

THE MONEY POWER HAS KEPT OUR CURRENCY


CONSTRICTED. The Money Kings have always had
to

have American

products, as the basis of their trade with the population of


Britain,

and with the whole

earth.

They needed our

34

RISE OF THE

MONEY POWER.
our wheat and
:

cotton for their English manufactures:

pork, and beef, to feed their British operatives

our hops,
for

and

barley,

for

the

manufacture of

malt liquors,

and foreign consumption: our fats, for the manuand our tobacco, for the British and facture of soaps foreign markets. Great Britain afforded them only coal, and iron and labor. American productions have constiBritish
;

tuted the grand basis of their world-wide manufactures

and commerce.
It

was,
;

therefore,

their
it

interest

to

buy our products


have
in

cheap
this

and, to that end,

was

their interest to

country as low a scale of prices as possible.

An

effectual

means of securing a low

rate of prices for cotton,


all

tobacco, wheat, cotton, cheese, and


to

our products, was

keep money scarce

in this country,

and

its

purchasing

value very high.

And

during almost our entire existence as a nation, the

scarcity of

money which

the

has enabled them to keep

Money Kings have caused down prices to the lowest point,


from chronic hard times.
1837.

and cause our people


1st.

to suffer

The Crash of
itself,

Our people once


be
left to

carried the idea that industry should


to the

take care of

extreme of holding

that the general


to the
states,
;

Government should not supply currency

country, but should leave it to be suppHed by the and by individuals. Our currency was on a specie basis and it was held that the proper proportion between specie and currency was, specie to the amount of onethird of the paper circulating medium, to be kept in the
vaults of banks.

This Abominable Currency System


currency,

placed our
completely

and the price of

our products,

under the control of the London Money Kings. For the Money Kings always had the balance of trade against us

CRASH OF 1837.

35

and they always purposely kept us drained of specie, so that, on a specie basis of one-third of the circulation, we
could maintain only a sparse currency.
But, in 1836, our system of paper
to a point in

money was expanded


to

some measure adequate


For the
first

wants of the country.

time, our

meet the business produce

to a fair price, sufficient to give us prosperity. then had a paper circulation of $136,000,000; certainly not an inflated currency for the amount of our

went up

We

population and trade, being less than half the amount of

we had in 1870. did not have Specie enough to maintain the one-third specie basis. The Money Kings had no idea of paying a fair price for the American produce they were obliged to have. It was increasing the value of our exports; and would soon enable us to pay with our products for the imports we bought of them and we should soon have been able to secure specie enough for a safe basis for our circulating medium. They wished to keep
currency /^r capita

But,

we

money
trade

scarce, and prices low; so as to compel us to sell them our products so cheap as to keep the balance of

against

us.

By

thus keeping us in debt to them,

they could keep us drained of specie, and keep


scarce

money

and prices low, perpetually. To this end, money must be made scarce, and times hard. The state banks were banking on a specie basis, and had not nearly specie enough to redeem their issues. It was only necessary for one prominent bank to fail, in order to cause a run on all the banks, and a suspension
of specie payments; with a consequent contraction of the
currency, scarcity of

money and low


a

prices, again.

The Money Kings made on New York. A prominent


and the
state

heavy
in

draft for specie

bank

New York

failed,

banks

all

over the country went

down

like

a house of cards.

Contraction of the currency followed

36
at once.

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.


years after the panic,

In 1842,

five

we had

in

the whole country only $64,000,000 of currency, being

only a
tion
!

little

over three dollars per capita of the populahorrible.

It

was
to

tide

of bankruptcy without

a precedent overswept the country.

For thirteen years,


continued, keep-

from 1837

1850,

scarcity of

money

ing our prosperity depressed, and making our prices low

enough

to satisfy the avarice of the

London Money Kings,

who

got our wheat, and cotton, and pork and beef at any

price they chose to offer.

The astonishing
the

folly of

our people

in

allowing

by means of a scarcity of currency will excite the wonder of These Money Kings never buy a later and wiser age. They have always anything of us they can do without. had to have a certain amount of our cotton, pork and They can not do beef and wheat and barley and hops.

Money Kings

to

put

down

prices in this country

without them.
will

If

we

sustain the price at a fair rate they

pay it. And yet, from 1837 to 1850, we allowed thera, by draining us of specie, to contract our
have
to

currency to three dollars per

capita,

and put our prices

down

to

starvation

of the principles

Money Kings
lowed them
in the value of

to

What lamentable ignorance of political economy By allowing the keep our currency contracted, we alrates
! !

to cheat us out of

about $100,000,000 a year

our exports

to get us

deeper into debt to

them every
direful

year,

and

poverty.

keep our people oppressed with Our fathers showed great unwisdom.
to

Are

their children wiser?

Our produce had an actual value, which the Money Kings would have had to pay. But by basing
our currency on specie, of which they could drain us,

we kept
lost

our produce at an
year

artificially

low

price.

We

thus

every

a hundred
artificial

million

dollars

by putting

our products at an

price below their real value.

CRASH OF 1857.

37

The Money Kings

are wise

they no doubt laughed in

their sleeve at our simplicity in thus allowing a price to

be fixed upon our products below their real value.

of 1837.

The London Money Kings organized They drew on New York heavily
The balance
their favor,

the crash
for
is

specie,

just before the panic.

of trade

always
for

against us and in
specie as long

and they could draw

and

as heavily as they pleased.


till

And

they

continued to draw specie,

the

accomplished, and the panic began.

end they aimed at was There can be no

doubt that they did


panic that followed.

it

with

full

intent to bring about the

2nd.

The Crash

of 1857.

There was no expansion of the currency after 1837, till gold mines of California. In began expand, and once banks again to the state 1850, more we had fair prices for produce, and prosperous The expansion continued till 1857. There was times. no undue inflation. The currency was not in excess of the legitimate needs of business, and prices were not too
after the discovery of the

high.

ity of

But the currency was in excess of our capabilredeeming it in specie. All the gold taken out

of the mines in California was sent direct to London, to

The London Money Kings took care that we should not have specie enough to constitute a one-third basis for a currency
pay, in part, the balance of trade against us.

adequate to the business wants of the country.

They,

having the power to regulate the amount of specie we were allowed to keep, did not choose to leave in the

United States specie enough to furnish a basis for an amount of currency adequate to give us fair prices. The fall of a Trust Company Bank in Ohio, started a panic, and brought on a general crash of the state banks,

38

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.

with the natural result of hard times, and a cheap market,

in

which the Money Kings could buy our produce

at their

own

price.

The Panic
gineered by

of 1857

Was, Beyond

the

London Money Kings.

Question, EnThey took es-

pecial pains to get possession of the circulation of the

Ohio Trust Company Bank, whose fall caused the panic, and they made extraordinary drafts upon it for specie, amounting to $5,000,000, so as to insure its fall. Of two things one is certain Either the Money Kings owned the Trust Company Bank, so that they could get possession of its circulation at any time, and start the panic; or else they took especial pains to gather up its From circulation, so that they might drain it of specie. the name of the institution, "Trust Company," in the light of our own times, when these Money Kings are starting "Trusts" all over the world, it seems most prob:

able that the Trust

Company Bank was


for the express

established

by the
it

London Money Power


as

purpose of using

an instrument to start the panic. In either case, they are pilloried before the eyes of our people, as making secret war upon our prosperity. It is
to start a

underhanded methods of the Money Kings in this country, in order to have it ready, at any moment they chose, to start a panic by its fall on purpose to break down our prosperity, and give them a cheap market in which to purchase our products, necessary to their commercial system. The Boa Constrictor thus Kept Itself Coiled about our currency system, and it has constricted our currency every time it expanded sufficiently to give us fair prices. They have thus been able to buy our products at little more than half their value, cheating us in this manner out of hundreds of millions of dollars every year, and keeping us in poverty. By the low prices thus mainlike the secret

bank

DEVOURING OF COMMERCIAL MARINE.


tained, the

39

Money Power

has kept the balance of trade

hundreds of miUions against us every year; and this adverse balance of trade has been kept even, by lending us money to build railroads, and to use in every form of thus by its loans coiling around our public improvement
;

industry and our property, and constantly devouring

it.

The Money Kings


mining methods.

are public enemies,


sly,

all

the

more

dangerous because they work by such

secret under-

For forty years, from 1820

down and

times hard.

prosperous, in

to i860, prices were kept Twice we were about to become 1836, and in 1856; when both times, the

Money Kings promptly


the forty years,

crushed our rising prosperity.


us,

In

from 1820 to i860, they cheated

by

these low prices, out of at least four billions of dollars

enough

to

have made us the richest and most prosperous


that

people on the globe.

One

great Benefit of the Late War was,

it

caused

Government to furnish a currency that was not subject to collapse by the Money Kings Avithdrawing specie from the country. The Money Kings brought on the crash of 1873. But they could not do it by withdrawing specie. They were under the necessity of resorting to other means. Before presenting the means by
the Federal
better to bring

which the crash of 1873 ^^'^s brought about, it will be up the account of their working in the country to that date, so that their operations upon the
currency in 1873
II.

^^Y

t)e

better understood.

THE MONEY POWER DEVOURED OUR COMMERCIAL MARINE.


afforded the

The War
strike us a

Money Power

the opportunity to

deadly blow, in taking possession of our mer-

chant shipping.
this

The means by which they accomplished


accord with their watchful craft and

was

in perfect

40
cunning.

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.

One

of their ship building establishments built

the steam cruisers which swept the seas, capturing

many

American
of

vessels.

Their depredations so raised the cost


that

marine

insurance,

American

vessels

could no

longer compete with those of Great Britain.


circumstances, American ship
sell their

Under such owners became wilUng to


so

ships.
their

The Money Kings had gained


world-wide operations
that, as

much

money by
vessels

soon as the

were offered for sale, they were ready to purchase In a few months the American ships were all them. purchased by the Money Kings, and "^transferred from the American to the British flag. At one grand gulp the Boa

down the American navy. While we had our commercial marine, we received for our produce the ruling price in the foreign port; and the
Constrictor swallowed

were divided between the American producer, the American merchant who exported the produce, and the American ship owner who carried it. But thenceforth, we only received the New York price the Money Kings realized all the profits beyond our own shores. But this was too much for them to be willing for us to They wished to get closer to the producer, and receive.
profits
:

leave to our people as small a part of the price of our

products as possible.
they now invaded our

frontiers, resolved

Having driven us off the ocean, upon conquering

and taking possession of every branch of industry in the The history of the encroachments of the Money country. Power upon our industries is one long tragedy.
III.

THE MONEY POWER DESTROYED OUR NEW YORK


MERCHANTS.
first

The
great

step in the encroachments of the


their

Money Power

upon our national industries, was New York wholesale merchants. It began its movement against them immediately after the War. But it

overthrow of the

NEW YORK MERCHANTS DESTROYED.


proceeded
subtlety
to the

accomplishment of

its

aim with such

and

craft, that

our people have not

known

of the

destruction of the grandest merchants in the country.


I

Only Found

It

Out
in

time in

boarded
rich,

New York told me one

city.

day

I spent some whose house I conversation that he had been

in 1880,

when
at

The man
:

but had failed in business

he then obtained a supsaid he;

port by taking boarders.

"Misery
consolation

loves
I

company,"
is

"and

the only

have

that

all

the

tall

trees of the forest

fell, when I went down. "Why sir," he continued, " not more than three or four business men in New York, who

were prominent in business before the War, are in business now. They all failed. Nobody knew what hurt them;
but,

from some cause, nobody knows what, business took


their business left
in

new channels;

How
he

business changed

New York
"is

them; and they broke. since the War,"


incomprehensible
to

continued

meditatively,

everybody."
the cause.

Here was a grand effect; and I began to search out I was then famihar with the methods of the Money Kings. I had been watching their course for years in this country, and it was not difficult to find and follow their trail, on the war path against the New York

merchants.

A
sale

Still

Hunt

was

merchants.

started against the New York wholeThe London Money Kings owned the

EngHsh manufactures and the mercantile shipping houses. They started branch houses in New York filled them with
splendid stocks of goods

and

then

they

started

the

English

Drummer System

in this country.

The Drummer

System was originated in England, over half a century ago, to accomplish the same purpose there against the old merchants of Great Britain, that was now wrought out by it in the United States. The Money Kings, by means

42

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.

of it, drew all the trade of the country to their own New York branch houses. The Western and Southern merchants had been in the habit of visiting New York City, once or twice a year, to buy new stocks of goods. But now, the drummers of the Money King branch houses offered the Southern and Western merchants goods, by sample, of better quality, and at lower prices, than they could get them in New York. The old New York merchants waited for their When, supplied by drummers, they customers to come. quit coming, the old merchants, suppressed by English branch houses, failed, and retired from business. It would be an interesting investigation to discover to what extent the Money Kings subsidized the old merIt is cantile houses of New York City in their campaign. usually their custom to get some of the business interests already established on their side reorganize them with a
vast capital

new

of the stock of the take a controUing companies themselves but leave them under the
interest
to
this policy

old name, and the old management.

adopted

It seems that they toward only a few of the mercantile

houses of

New York

City.

The few

old houses that

remained standing doubtless became the allies of the Money Power. But they seem to have made almost a clean sweep,
substituting

new houses

for the old.

In their conquest of the

New York

merchants,

the

Money Kings employed


As they

the tactics which they always use.

availed themselves of their

immense

capital to put

down
they
is

prices
is

on the

New York
prices

merchants, so their method

always

to put

down

on every business

interest

assail.

The unfailing

sign of their assault on

a business

a puttiftg down of prices

in the business.

The Money Kings Always Operate Through


Joint Stock Corporations
operations.
in order to

conceal their

A company

is

started in mercantile or other

MONEY POWER GETS POSSESSION OF RAILROADS.

43

business by three or four persons associated in a joint stock


corporation.
It

can not be known but that those persons

constitute the entire

company.
is

There

is

nothing to indi-

cate that the stockholders are the

London Money Kings,


It
if

and
the

that the

company

operated on British capital.


is

seems

to the public that

it

an American firm.

But

Company books of one of these conquering Companies that break down old business interests could be inspected, it would be found that the stockholders who furnish its
unlimited capital are in London.
IV.

THE MONEY POWER DEVOURED OUR RAILROADS.


secretive
fully displayed

The
it

where more

methods of the Money Power are nothan in the manner in which


of owning our railroads were so vast

got possession of our railroads.

The advantages
and so obvious,
wealth, could not
1st.

that the
fail

Money Power, having


purchase them.

boundless

to

The Foundation of Their Ownership


Railroads

of

Our

was

laid with

consummate

skill

and

craft.

They took

their first steps at the

time of their construction.

1.

Many

Lines, Like
built

the Illinois Central,

and run by London capitalists.- Many lines of railroad were built by them in the West in consideration of land grants. And many lines have been pushed by large railroad companies through new districts
were avowedly

of country, for the sake of the trade to be obtained.


2.

The Money Kings Got the Other Roads

by means of mortgages.
indeed, almost
all

The

great

Trunk

Lines,

and

the railroads east of the

Mississippi,

44

RISE OF
built

THE MONEY POWER.

were

and were ironed by the The Money mortgage bonds. Kings always got possession of the roads under an arrangeby the
issue of bonds,
first

Money Kings

for

7nent of the mortgage.

Some we had
had

of us recollect, along in the 50's, what hard work


to build
:

We had no wealth we our railroads. them with our poverty. We had no capital we had to build them with debt. When two cities wished to link themselves with an iron girdle, they issued bonds
to build

to the extent of their credit

they induced
;

all

the counties

along the line to issue bonds


sold in

London

and these bonds were always the only place in the world where there

was any cash capital in order to get money to build the road-bed. Sometimes it required several issues of bonds, with intervals of despondency, and even despair, before
the road-bed

was completed. When the road-bed, or a it, was completed, it was well known that the London Money Kings would furnish the iron and rolling stock, at the rate of $10,000 a mile, secured on first
considerable part of

mortgage bonds.
I

recollect that in 1855 to


eftbrts

1857, one of our cities was


to build

making tremendous

a railroad reaching

toward a great business center.

After two or three efforts

made

with intervals of deep despondency, over one hundred miles of the road-bed was at last completed and one of the most distinguished citizens of the state was sent to London, to negotiate for the iron for the road. He succeeded in his object but, being a man of enlarged He said he found men views, he came back astounded. from all over the world in London on the same business
; ;

as

himself:

all

wishing

to

get
first

iron for

railroads,

at

$10,000 a mile, secured on


they
ists all

mortgage bonds: and


capitalfirst

got the iron.

He

said,

"These London

are sure to get

the railroads for the

mortgage
It

bonds; and no man can foresee the consequences.

MONEY POWER OWNS RAILROADS.


will certainly

45

work a mighty change

in the condition of
all

the earth,

when

these capitalists get possession of

the

land transportation of the world.


the result will be.
"

No man
evils

can

tell

what

We
man
In
the

are

now

seeing

some of the

which

this states-

of a generation ago dimly foreshadowed.


this railroad financiering

we have a fair specimen of Jew capitalists. When the railroads were first started, they made but little money. The system of operating them was as yet crude and imperfect; and the business that has since grown up along them, and made them profitable, was as yet in its infancy. As a
management of
these
rule, the

Money Kings

got possession of the railroads unfirst

der some arrangement of the

mortgage bonds.

The Money Kings


roads.
It is

are the

owners

of our rail-

the great house of

is owned by John Bidall Martin, in Lombard street, London. A mortgage was placed upon the Milwaukee and St. Paul, last July, for $150,000,000, which was taken John Bidall Martin was the in Lombard street, London. head of a syndicate which foreclosed the mortgage on the Wabash railroad system, two years ago. A favorite method with these capitalists of holding railroads, is to have them bonded to them on mortgage security. They never pay for these bonds more than about Whatever else forty-five per cent, of their face value. goes unpaid, the interest on these bonds must be met, or The Roads are thus mortthe mortgage is foreclosed. gaged for their full value, and the owners of the bonds The mortgage, are really the owners of the railroads. together with some preferred stock on which interest is

known

that the Erie railroad

sometimes paid, absorbs the earnings of the road.


rest of the stock receives

The

no dividends, and

is

of no actual

value.

The bond
It is

holders are practically the owners of

the roads.

only a question of time

when

the

bond

46

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.

holders will take possession of their prey.

do
is

it

at

any time
keep

if

the

management of
suit

those

They would who may

hold the stock does not


that they

them.

But the probability

in their

hands a controlling interest of


certain that

the stock, so as to secure the present control of the roads.

In the second place,

it is

2nd.

If THE Money Kings were ever in possession OF THE Railroads, they own them still.
1.

The Laws of

Political Economy Prove

that,

if

the

London Money Kings ever

got possession of

them still. We could never have bought them back by any possibility, unless the Balance For, without such a favoraof Trade were in our favor.
the Railroads, they have
ble Balance of Trade, our people could never possibly have the means to buy the railroads back. But the Balance of Trade has been steadily against us all the while.

Hence, it is perfectly manifest that the railroads are still hands of the Money Power. This is as certain as any fact in the world of nature. For the laws of political
in the

economy
2.

are as fixed as the laws of nature.

The History of the Money Power Proves

that

no Americans have ever bought back Railroads once

in possession of the

the

Money Kings. Money Kings never to take an

It is

a fixed rule with

interest in

any

busi-

ness, without having a controlling interest in the stock;

they

and having got a controlling work it, and never sell it.

interest in

any enterprise,

They

are always buying

property:

They never
Wall

sell;

except

indeed, batches of
!

stock, to gulls, in

street operations

If the

Money

Power ever got a

controlling interest in
it

roads, they never sold

American railout again, and no Americans

"railroad kings
ever had in their
in

agents of money power.

47

own ownership

the controlling interest

such American railroads.

3.

An Objection

may be presented here, that many American railroads, and those the most valuable, are notoriously owned by Americans that the Vanderbilts own the New York Centhat Jay Gould owns a large system in his tral system own right that Tom Scott owned the Pennsylvania Central that Garrett owns the Baltimore and Ohio and that Huntingdon owns the Chesapeake and Ohio and its con:

nections.

This

is

a matter of such importance to the American

it ought to be thoroughly sifted. These men have claimed to be the owners of these grand railroad

people that
systems;
of the
for

but are they? Or are they merely the agents London Money Kings, holding the railroads in trust them?

3rd. Circumstantial Evidence that

Amounts to
London
have

Scientific Demonstration
proves that these

men

are

the

agents of the

Money
It
is

Kings.

remarkable that very

many

peculiar facts

come

to light

about these railroad magnates, which prove


so-called, are only

that our

American "railroad kings,"

the agents of the

stronger

London Money Kings. The proof is than could be expected, when the Money Kings
in their

do everything
that

power

to

conceal their ownership.

They have always

systematically concealed their track, so


their

no direct evidence of

ownership can be found.

Their actions are always in the dark.

But a midnight murderer or a burglar can be convicted on circumstantial evidence. So, if the ownership of the railroads by the

48

RISE OF THF

MONEY POWER.
felony,

London Money Kings were a

there

is

sufficient

proof to send them to state prison.


Jay Gould an Agent for British Capitalists.

1.

A
i)

large

number

of facts prove this

in

the

In 1873, Jay Gould and Jim Fisk were full partners ownership of the New York and Erie R. R.

Holding $23,000,000 of railroad stocks, they were thought be worth over $11,000,000 each. They were full partners, and were supposed to be worth about the same It is perfectly evident that Fisk and Gould were amount.
to

not the real owners of the Erie railroad.


serpent can only be seen
road, so the track of the

As

the

trail

of a

when

the snake crosses a dusty

Money Kings can usually be seen when it runs across the grave of an agent. The settlements made at death frequently show that the reputed millionaire was only an agent of the Money Kings.
only

When Fisk was killed, in 1873, ^^> ^s has been stated, was thought to be worth $11,000,000, as he was holding But when his estate was that amount of railroad stock.
wound
lars.

up, his family received only a few thousand dol-

Thus the settlement of his estate after his death, showed conclusively that Fisk was only an agent, holding,
in

connection with Gould, the Erie railroad for the real

stockholders in

Great Britain.

There can be no doubt


their agent also.

that Jay Gould, his partner,

was

Once

finding Mr.

Gould acting
is

as

the agent

of the

Money

Kings, creates a strong presumption, that, in his


also the agent of
rest

subsequent operations, he
capitalists.
tion.

European
subsequent

But the case does not

on mere presumpall

It is perfectly certain

that, in

his

operations,

Jay Gould has been only an agent of the London Money Kings, holding the railroads ostensively

owned by him

in trust for

them.

JAY GOULD AN AGENT OF MONEY POWER.

49

2) Jay Gould's Railroad System belongs to the Money Kings. In 1873, Jay Gould could hardly have

b^en worth more than

his

partner,

Jim

Fisk.

In the

hard times that followed 1873, nobody in America could

Gould came out was given out through the newspapers, and bought ten thousand miles of railroad; and the American people were made to believe that it was his money, and that he himself owned, in his
Yet, in 1878, Jay
it

make much money.


West with

forty million dollars, as

own

right, the railroads

of the Gould system.

His wealth

was regarded

as enormous.

He was

reputed the richest

man
as

in America. His wealth has been estimated as high two hundred million dollars. But of late years, facts have transpired, which show

conclusively that Jay

Gould
is

is

only

the

agent of the
:

Money Power,

to

hold and operate their railroads

The Wabash System


miles of railroad in the
the

one-half of the ten thousand

Gould System. Some years ago, Wabash System became embarrassed, and was placed

Mr. Gould no doubt suphands of a receiver. affect his credit for the American it might people to suppose that he could not sustain the credit of his roads; so he had an interview with a New York reporter, which fell under my eye, in which he said that
in the

posed that

much

the greater

number

of the stockholders of the

WaIt is

bash System were in Great Britain, and only a few United States and Jay Gould is one of the few
:

in the

evident that Jay Gould

is

not the owner of the

Wabash

System

The rest of the ten thousand miles of the Gould System consists of the Missouri Pacific, the Missouri Kansas and Texas, the Texas Pacific, and the Iron Mountain Railroads. The Texas Pacific did not belong to Jay Gould, for its stockholders have had it taken out of the Gould System by process of law. The Missouri Kansas

50

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.

and Texas did not belong to him; for its stockholders also, have brought suit and withdrawn the Road out of the Gould System. Indeed, a short time since, Mr. Gould had an interview with a reporter, which I saw, in which he stated that he held more stock in the Missouri Pacific than all his other
investments put together.
three

The Missouri

Pacific

is

Road

hundred miles long, running from St. Louis to And Mr. Gould's stock in that road Kansas City. amounts to more than all his other investments put together! And he does not even own all of that three hundred miles of railroad. And yet Mr. Gould was the ostensible owner of ten thousand miles of railroad and worth two hundred million dollars!! When we find one of the ostensible great owners of a
grand railroad system
to

be merely an agent of the

Money

Power,
of the
2.

it

gives rise to a strong presumption that the other

reputed owners of great railroad systems are also agents

Money Power.
Vanderbilt an Agent of the Money Power.
is

There

a large amount of cumulative

evidence to

prove that Commodore Vanderbilt was an agent of the

Money Kings i) Commodore


:

Vanderbilt was originally a poor man.

He
to

first

rose into prominence as the

of steamers, running in the Isthmus route from

San Francisco. went into Wall street speculation in railroad stocks, he was worth only one million dollars. Manifestly, therefore, he was not the owner of the steamship line, but was holding and operating it as the agent for the stockholders, who were largely English. If Commodore Vanderbilt was the agent of the Money Kings in operating the steamship line, and was afterwards

manager of a line New York But when he quit the ship line and

VANDERBILT AN AGENT OF MONEY POWER.


transferred
there,
able,
it

by them

to

Wall

street,

to operate for

them

will explain

many

things otherwise

unaccount-

2) Vanderbilt

always operated in Wall street as a

bull.
I

In other words, he was always buying railroad stocks.


recollect reading a

work written when

his operations

were

wonder of the whole country, in which the author had an unlimited purse back of him. Nobody knew where he got his money, but the money Frequently at his command was practically without limit. he had the whole street against him, but he was always able to put down any combination that was formed against him. He had more money at his command than could be brought against him in all America. It is idle to suppose that Vanderbilt was able to carry his vast operations through, with the one million dollars he was worth when he went into Wall street. Many of the operators there who combined against him were each far richer than he. We can only account for his immense operations, which required the command of unlimited capital to carry them to the successful issue he always attained, on the hypothesis that he was the agent of the London Money Kings to buy up railroad stocks for them.
the
said that Vanderbilt
I

recollect that

when Vanderbilt bought out Harlem,


the
to

some twenty odd miles long, world was astonished that one man was able
little

railroad

whole

buy and

own an entire railroad. He soon afterwards bought the Hudson River railroad, and the New York Central and he continued to purchase railroads, until he owned a grand
;

system extending
ble for

far into the

Northwest.

It

was impossi-

Commodore Vanderbilt to have conducted his immense operations with his own limited capital. If he was the agent of the Money Kings, all is explained. 3) At his death, Commodore Vanderbilt was reputed to When, in his will, be worth one hundred million dollars.

52

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.

he divided out only three and one half millions among his children, that fact confirmed me in my belief that he was an agent of the Money Power, and that the three and one and that, half million dollars was all he was really worth
;

in giving the rest of the property, including the railroads,

to his son

Wm.

agency

to him.

H, Vanderbilt, he simply transferred the This view was confirmed by the fact that

Wm.

H. Vanderbilt, immediately after his father's death, London, as I believed, to see his principals, and his agency confirmed. 4) A fact which occurred in 1880, was, to my mind, conclusive evidence that Wm. H. Vanderbilt was only an
went have
to

agent.

He then transferred a controlling New York Central System to a syndicate


capitalists,

interest in

the

of

New York

avowedly representing English capitalists, for $50,000,000; which he at once invested in four per cent United States bonds. Now, I do not think that Mr. Vanderbilt would have done that, if the property had been
his.

The
The

transaction

is

contrary to

all

the laws of

human

motive.
i]

stock

most
far
2]

influential

made him a Railroad King one of the men in America. And it was paying him

more than

four per cent.

owning a grand railroad system under his own absolute control would not jeopardize his interests, by selling a controlling interest to foreign capitalists. Nor would an astute financier like Vanderbilt have sold a controlling interest in a grand railroad system which must have
been paying much more than four per cent,
to invest the

A man

money in four per cent, bonds. It is not in human nature to make so bad a bargain. 3] Nor does it accord with the pride of a railroad magnate thus to abdicate power, and step down and out.
If

Mr. Vanderbilt was a

free agent,

his

action

is

inex-

plicable

by

all

the laws of

human

motive.

VANDERBILT DEPOSITS BONDS IN LONDON.

53

4] But if he was an agent of the London Money Kings, and an order came from headquarters to make the transfer, he would have to "obey orders." Mr. Vanderbilt 5] And this was probably the fact. was a haughty irritable man, and exceedingly indiscreet in his utterances. If an agent, he was not the best man to
position. His utterances, and "I do not run my roads for the benefit of the people", exposed him to popular odium, and would not commend him to his principals. 6] At the next election after his transfer of stock, Mr. Vanderbilt was elected a director in all the roads of the system but he was made president of only a subordinate road. He was evidently very much humiliated, and made a meek speech in which he said he had no doubt the new arrangement would be more agreeable to the stockin

keep "d

such a responsible

the people,"

holders.

did with the United States bonds bought by what he would have done if he were an agent acting under orders from his superiors in London. What did he do with them ? Did he keep them in New York, as he would naturally have done if they had been his own? No: he at once deposited them in London, in the banking house of John Bidall Martin, in Lombard street.
7]

He

him

just

5)

The

provisions of the will of

Wm.

H. Vanderbilt

bear out the idea that he was an agent of the

Money
children
to

Kings.

He

divided

his

property

London among his

more equally than his father had done; but he one son $56,000,000, a controlling interest in the railroad system; and he provided that all the property should remain together. This arrangement would secure
gave
the control of the railroad system to the
as effectually as the
I

Money

Kings,

arrangement made by his father. do not doubt, however, that Gould and the Vander-

bilts are rich in their

own

right.

The Money Kings pay

54

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.


is

their agents well.

Their rule
interest,

to give

them a

large,

though minority

in

the property they manage.

And
later,

then, the position of

Commodore

Vanderbilt, and

of Jay Gould, and

Wm. H.

Vanderbilt, would give

them vast opportunities of making a great deal of money for themselves in operations in Wall street. But all the cumulative facts prove that Commodore Vanderbilt was an agent of the Money Kings facts which are wholly in-

consistent with the idea that the Vanderbilt family really

owns

the railroads

it

holds in possession.
in

If the

grand so called " Railroad King"

America,

is

only an agent of the

London Money Kings, what a comcapitalists

mentary upon the grandeur of those imperial


3.

Tom
C. P.

Scott was the reputed owner of the Pennsyl-

vania Central;
his heirs
4.

but,

since his death,

we hear nothing

of

being the owners of that railroad system.

Huntingdon

has been the reputed owner

of the Chesapeake and Ohio Railroad and connections.

did he make the money to buy it? At the time the Central Pacific Railroad was projected, Huntingdon was a grocer with limited means in San Francisco. He and his coadjutors built the Central

Where
(i)

Pacific

Railroad.

merely the agents of the

Many facts indicate that Money Power in that

they were
enterprise.

government aid was only paid when a stipulated number of miles of railway had been completed the men in the construction company had not the means to do so much work before receiving the government subsidy. All Americans who have a grand enterprise in hand go to London to get the money to accomplish it. Now, the Money Kings would not have suffered Huntingdon and company to remain principals in the ownership of the road for the construction of which the Money Kings furnished the money. They would certainly demand, as the only condition on which they would
States
:

The United

HUNTINGDON AND GARRETT.


furnish

55
the franchise

the

money

for

construction,

that

should be transferred to them, and that Huntingdon and


his friends

should become their agents to build and oper-

ate the road.


(2) When Huntingdon appeared before a Congressional Committee, he insisted that the Central Pacific road was in very straitened circumstances. When a member of the

Committee asked him

if

he shared the depressed financial

condition of the road, he paused for a considerable time


before replying; and finally answered with extreme caution,

"No:

I am

said to be rich."

He

insisted that

he

had made no money out of the Central Pacific; but that everything he was worth had been realized from other enterprises.
I

take

all this to

be a reserved statement of the actual


get the lion's share of

truth.

The Money Kings would


to

the profits of constructing


cific;

and operating the Central PaHuntingdon and the others would be allowed the

jackal's portion.

Huntingdon made no money out of the Cenmoney to buy the Chesapeake and Ohio, and the other railroads of the
(3) But, if
tral Pacific

Railroad, where did he get the

system?

We

are forced to the conclusion that Huntingrailroads at all

don does not own those


agent of the

that

he

is

the

Money

Kings, and holds his roads, as Gould


owners.

does his system,

in trust for the real

His answer

to the Congressional
facts.

Committee

indicates

such a state of

He

said

'^

I am

said to be rich."

Such would be the cautious language of a man who was


thought to be the owner of a great railroad system, when
to be the agent of the Money Power, In the case of Garrett, the facts fully .comport with the idea that he is the agent of the Money Kings; but not at all with the idea of a man owning a vast railroad system in his own right. But as it would be necessary to

he knew himself
5.

56

RISE OF

THE MONEY POW&R.


in order to

comment on
out the case,

his personal misfortunes,


it is

make

passed without further notice.

It is suf-

Baltimore and Ohio Railroad is fullymortgaged to London bond holders. The whole question of the ownership of the American But, however carefully it railroads is veiled in mystery.
ficient to say that the
is

hidden, the

Money Kings have

the property securely

in their hands.

Everything proves that the


ers of

Money Kings

are the

own-

our railroads.

The author of

a pamphlet given

me

in

London,

in 1864, told the truth

when he

Money

Kings, as will be hereafter quoted,

"We are the


plenty

said of the

railway builders of the world, and the actual owners of


the greater part of the railways."

They have had

of time since then, to have purchased what they did not

then own; and they have been very busy in Wall

street,

during the entire interval.

Chapter VI.

DEVOURINGS OF THE MONEY POWER UNITED STATES, Continued.


V.

IN

THE

THE MONEY POWER DEVOURS OUR OIL INDUSTRY.


Upon
the discovery of
in
for
oil in

Pennsylvania,

many Amer-

icans

embarked

tke
oil,

new

enterprise; spending millions

in prospecting

successful wells, engaged in active


tion in the
oil

and millions more in operating and healthy competi-

market.

ness attracted the attention of the

The aggregate profits of the busi' Money Power, which

promptly took steps to crush the American well owners, and monopolize the business.

THE OIL MONOPOLY.

57

The measures adopted were


fectual, as the coil of the

as quiet, as sudden, as efits


it

boa constrictor about

victim.

was not built to the oil wells, so that all the well owners might ship by it, but its terminus was fifteen miles away on one side. A few wells were purchased, to start the business; and a pipe line company was organized, and a pipe line was laid from the wells purchased, out to the railroad,
railroad
built to the oil regions;

was

but

with steam engines stationed at intervals, to force onward


the sluggish flow of
oil.

At

that time, six thousand

wagons were hauling

oil

over

corduroy roads out


pipe
line, after

to the railroad.

Of

course, the well

owners, hauling on wagons, could not compete with the


it

went into operation.


to a point that barely

The

profits of oil

were put down


with the best
to plug

covered expenses,

facilities.

The

individual well owners

up

their wells, waiting for another railrgad to

had be

built into the oil

regions,

over which they might ship.


jostle

But these

Money Kings never


The
oil

each other.

No

other railroad was built.

well owners, in despair,


at

had

to sell out
offer.

to

the

Money
Oil

Kings,

any price they


operating with

chose to

The Great Standard

Company,

a capital of $90,000,000 in the United States, has now,

by a long course of oppression crushing


taken possession of the entire
oil

all

competitors,

industry of the country,

and established a mighty monopoly.

number
as
:

of striking facts point out the Standard Oil

Company

one of the monopolies of the London Money


the
oil

Power I. The monopoly of


system.
ing

industry

is

part of a grand
in establishin

We
We

find the
all

Money Kings engaged

monopoHes

over the world, and especially

our
is

country.

naturally conclude that the oil

monopoly

also a part of their system.

58
2.

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.

This

A* detective can identify a burglar by his method. monopoly was established in perfect accordance The combination with the method of the Money Power.
oil

of cunning, secretiveness

and the deadly

coil

of omnip-

otent capital
3.

is

unmistakable.
capitalists

No American
oil

break down the


ital.

well owners

were powerful enough to by dint of unlimited cap-

4. No American capitalists would have engaged in such an enterprise, when the oil well owners might have foiled the attempt by obtaining English capital to counterwork Only the Money Kings would have engaged in them.

an attempt that required such an immense outlay;


design without interference from other
are thoroughly organized,
other.
5.

for

only they could be sure of being able to carry out the


capitalists.

They

and never

interfere with each

It is

manifest that the Standard Oil

an American corporation.
of
its

Company is not The method and the extent


it is

operations show that

an enterprise of the

For the Standard Oil Company is operIt ating in Russia as largely as in the United States. owns hundreds of millions of acres of Russian oil lands, and is supplying the neighboring markets from those oil

Money

Kings.

wells, just as

it

is

supplying the American markets from


of the

the

oil

wells of Pennsylvania.
all

pany, like
enables

the monopolies
its

The Standard Oil ComMoney Kings, is


on
to
its

world-wide in
it it

operations.

Unlimited capital behind


busiseaoil

to construct facilities for carrying


line

wells the from the a grand pipe board grand tank cars transportation of refined these and other things gave such advantages
ness,
refineries
for
oil,
it

as enabled

it

to put

down

all

competition and maintain a


evidently aims to secure a

monopoly of the monopoly of the

bnsiness.
oil

It

trade for centuries to come.

THE CHICAGO

FIRE.

59

Unlimited capital has enabled the


crush in
its

Money Power
oil

to

coil the

original proprietors of the

wells

without the possibility of resistance.


capital
in

The same
to crush

unlimited

enables the

Money Power

competition

every line of business, and thus to devour every busi-

ness interest in the country.


ively devouring one
its

And

it

has been success-

branch of business after another, until grand imperialism now covers our land throughout its

whole extent,
VI.

THE MONEY POWER DEVOURS CHICAGO.


the railroads,

The Money Power, owning


to get into
its

and seeking
shall see
it

clutches

all

our industries, as

we
it.

has done, needed to have a great city, upon which to center the railroads

and

the trade controlled

by

In 1870, Chicago was rapidly becoming a railroad and It was the city hest business center for the Northwest.

adapted to become the trade center of the country, except But St. Louis was out of the quesperhaps, St. Louis.
tion,
its

business being operated

established.

In order that the

by home capital well Money Kings might be

able to centralize the trade of the country in their hands,


it

was necessary

for

them

to

get a secure clutch

upon

Chicago.

The great fire of 187 1 Nobody ever knew how


vailing at the time

afforded them their opportunity.


it

originated.

high wind pre-

swept the flames through the heart of the city, leaving a path of desolation three-fourths of a mile wide. The business center of Chicago was reduced
to ashes.

The

business

community had been doing business

in

cheap two-story houses.


again
for the

In rebuilding, they would, no

doubt, have preferred to erect cheap two-story buildings


;

lower stories furnished

all

the

room needed

for business purposes.

6o

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.

But there has never been any money to be obtained for improvements on a large Chicago could only be rebuilt scale, except in London.
building, in this country, public

with

London
from

capital.

The Money

lenders could dic-

tate the style of buildings to be erected,


tures,
six to ten

splendid
upper

struc-

stories high, the

stories

of

which could only be rented for offices or lodgings. Before the rebuilding was completed, the hard times of 1873 came on the crisis being engineered, as we shall see, by
;

the

London Money Power.


:

The panic caught

the Chi-

cago business men in the trough of the sea. Business was prostrate renters were lacking for the upper stories payments could not be made mortgages were foreclosed and the most of the grand Chicago business blocks became
:

the property of the


It

Money King

mortgagees.

was said

that

Chicago was rebuilt by loans of Eastern


late

capital.

We

have learned, of
capital.

years,

that

Eastern

capital

means London

which we have always had


ments.

to

London is the point from get money for all improvefire,

At

the time of the Chicago

the

Money Kings
states,

had established many loan agencies


ing operations.

in the

Eastern

as a part of their policy for concealing their money-loan-

And

these loan agencies were the source


to rebuild Chicago.

whence

the

money was obtained

West and South are now concentrated upon Chicago in such a way as to center upon it in Pushed a wonderful manner the trade of those sections.

The

railroads of the

forward with the might of the unlimited capital of the

Money
rate.

Kings, Chicago
It is

is

growing

at

an unprecedented

now

the second

city in the country,


it

and

it

is

confidently declared that, in a few years,

will

surpass

New

York.
it

And

it is

very probable

for

railroads

now
the

bring to

the trade of

Canada and
to

the

Northwest, to
of
;

Puget Sound; of the West,

San Francisco;

Southwest, to the Gulf of Mexico and San Diego

of the

CRASH OF 1873.
South, to
Atlanta,

6l

New

Savannah and

Orleans and Mobile; of the Southeast, to St. Augustine, Chicago is the

great center of the traffic of the


this country.

London Money Kings

in

Kansas City was planted


take

as the outpost of Chicago, to

away
it

the trade of the Southwest from St.

Louis and

carry

to

Chicago.

And Kansas

City

is

springing up
the might of
rail-

like a giant, with its

growth pushed with

all

London

capital.

Like

New York
it

it

has an elevated

road; in cable roads


the country.
It is

is

not surpassed by any city in


to

not suffered
it.

lack anything for

its

growth that capital can give


If

anyone wishes to see how these grand capitalists build by the might of capital, such curiosity will be gratified by observations in Chicago and Kansas City. Every suburb is planted, not by pioneers, as in other new towns, but by capitalists, who spend millions before they
up
cities

invite a settler.

railroad

is first

built to the prospective


:

town

then the streets are graded

gas and water pipes


:

are put

down

the sidewalks are laid

and then,
new

settlers

are invited to

make

their

homes

in the

suburb.

Nobody can

lay out towns in such a style of princely ex-

pense but the London


VII.

Money

Kings.

THE MONEY POWER CRUSHES ALL OUR INDUSTRIES, BY INDUCING THE CRASH OF 1S73.

have now come in the order of time to the crash of which ruined many thousands of our business men 1873,
throughout the country.

We

The crash of 1873 was brought on by the failure of the House of Jay Cooke & Co. Jay Cooke was a London banker, and the agent of the Money Kings for building The failure was arranged the Northern Pacific Railroad. in such a manner that it did not involve the London house of Jay Cooke & Co. at all. But the failure of the Ameri-

62

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.


its

can house accomplished

purpose.

It

started a crash
all

whose

influence lasted five years, prostrating

our

in-

dustries,

and sweeping

the

country with a deluge

of

bankruptcy; enabling the Money Kings to hold carnival in the purchase of our produce at low prices, and in buying up property cheap at bankrupt sales.
All prices went

down
all

so low that, though


it

we had $900,and
from

000,000 of currency in the country,


000,000 to carry on
circulation.

only needed $300,retired

the business of the country,

the other $600,000,000

was locked up and


certainly

The London Money Kings

prepared

and

engineered the panic of 1873, j^^t as they did the crash of

We find their motive in the fact that it 1837 and 1857. gave them an excuse for locking up $600,000,000, and thus causing the ruin that followed, with the hard times
and low
prices,

in

which they reaped a rich harvest of

profit to themselves.

They Can Make Good Times


whenever they please
pletely in their grasp.
;

or

Hard Times

so completely have they gotten our

They hold our prosperity comare become entirely dependent upon them. When they wish to make good times, they put out their money freely, in building railroads, in making city improvements, in establishing new enterprises all over the country, and in lending money to everybody who
country in their hands.

We

wishes to borrow and has property to mortgage as security.

Then we have

flush times for several years

and every-

body, under their leading, rushes into speculation, and

everybody gets into debt.

Then,
profits

in

Kings have only

Order to Make Hard Times, the Money to lock up the money they make as
:

out of their various enterprises in the country.


stop building railroads

They
city

they stop
all

all

outlays for

improvements:

they stop

investments in

new

FAILURE OF JAY COOKE & CO.


enterprises;

63

simply lock up their

and they stop loans to borrowers. profits, and let the money lie
:

They
idle.

And at once business is at a stand still the improvements which had given activity to business cease established
:

businesses, such as farming,

manufacturing, railroading

go on
tion
:

everything else stops.


fall
:

There

is

universal stagna-

prices
:

a flood of bankruptcy sweeps over the


:

land
in

thousands are ruined and the Money Kings revel low prices of produce, and cheap purchases of bankrupt
in

property.

This was the way

the hard times of 1873,

which the Money Kings operated and several years afterwards. But

they had to have a visible cause that would account for


the hard times to the public,
ples.

on accepted business
this.

princi-

The

failure of

Jay Cooke did

It

destroyed

confidence, and in the eyes of the public justified the

locking

They

up of the money, with all the subsequent ruin.' made our people believe that the crash was an unavoidable disaster, due to regular business causes, and
thus

not to their

own malignant

intention.

was done on purpose, with malicious intent to That it was the bring about the very result that followed. work of the London Money Kings is demonstrable. They were building the Northern Pacific Railroad. Jay
But
it

Cooke was their agent in doing that work. They had engaged to build the Northern Pacific Railroad, and had started the work. Jay Cooke failed, and his failure brought on the panic. The failure was a trick, a sham. Does anybody believe that the London Money Kings who had undertaken to build the Northern Pacific Railroad were unable to carry out their contract? that they had not money enough to complete the work, if they

chose?

moment.

The idea is They let

too

absurd to be entertained for a

the enterprise drop,

because

they
fail.

chose to do so: they had their agent, Jay Cooke, to

64
because they

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER,


would bring on a crash

knew

that his failure


to

which they were resolved

produce, and in whose ruin

they desired to glut their avarice.

They

stand convicted before the eyes of the world, of

an atrocious crime against the country, and against huThey did not even have the grace to let the manity.
sent

London house of Jay Cook share in the failure. They him to America as a dynamite bomb, to explode and
United
States.

destroy the prosperity of the


sent

And

they

London house, so that the ruin he wrought would not effect the London house with which he was connected. Jay Cooke may have been an innocent victim of their purpose. They do
him
carefully disconnected from his

not inform their agents of their designs.

The time may come when


infamous plot
history
will

all

the particulars of this

be revealed

to the world.

They may

hide their tracks as carefully as they can; but the eye of

may,

in the future,

be able to gather

many

facts

now

hidden, and

make

the plot stand out, as St. Bartholo-

mew

stands, revealed to the loathing of

mankind.

It is

a dreadful thought that the

industries so completely in their

another panic such as that

Money Kings have our power that they can cause of 1873, whenever they choose.
far
is

They could
than then.
VIII.

start

one to-morrow
prosperity

worse than

that,

as

their control

of our industries
is

far

more complete now

Our

entirely at their mercy.

THE MONEY KINGS DEVOUR OUR NEW ENGLAND


MILLS.

Having brought on the hard times of 1873, and caused a broad wave of bankruptcy to oversweep our country, the Money Kings prepared to reap their harvest. Everything
was so arranged attract no special
that
ruin,

attention, but

however wide-spread, would would be regarded as the

CRUSHING NEW ENGLAND MILLS.


natural consequence of the hard times.

6$

The time was and Money Power began at once a grand campaign against the New England Mills. It was in its devouring the mills of New England that I first came upon the track of the Money Power, after 1873. I knew that the Money Kings had brought on the panic of 1873, by the failure of Jay Cooke, and I was sure that they were engineering it to suit their own interests. But such was their prudence and skill that for two years I
ripe,

looked
I

in vain.

first

came upon

their

track in 1875.

merchants were putting down cotton goods to an extremely low price, one-tenth

then found that the

New York

of a cent a yard below the cost of production.

Drummers

were everywhere urging merchants through the country to buy, on account of the low price, which they said would
not last very long.
I at first
tariff,

wondered how, with

the protection of a high


I

the price of cotton goods could be so very low.


it

knew
gland,

was not accidental,


it

for the fixed price,

one-tenth
New
I

of a cent a yard below the cost of production in

showed that
trail

was done by design.


fact.

Enbegan to
it,

think out the cause of the remarkable


I

In finding

found the

of the

Money

Kings.

Being familiar with

the operations of our tariff system, I soon

made

the dis-

covery of

Their Method of Attack

upon the

New

England

mills.

They had discovered a


owning the

flaw in our tariff system, which enabled them,

English factories, and warehouses and shipping, to crush


the mills of
tariff

New

England, despite the protection of the

In the old days of Democratic rule, before the war,


Congress, in order to accommodate the import merchants
of

New York

City, so arranged the tariff that duties

were

payable, not

when

the goods were placed in the ware-

66
house, but

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.

when they were taken out for sale. The London merchants, under our warehouse system, could store their goods in the New York warehouse, free of charge, and let them lie there for any length of time and might then, if they chose, withdraw them without payment of duty, and ship them to any other market. It was cheaper for them to store their goods in the New York Custom House than in their own warehouses in London. For they had
;

to build their

own warehouses,

at considerable cost; while

the United States


to

government was so accommodating as build the warehouse and offer them free use of it for
availed themselves of the privilege

the storage of their goods.

The Money Kings

given them by our warehouse system.

They

stored mill-

ions of dollars worth of goods, not really for sale, but to

te offered
ing "

at

a nominal price, for the purpose of "bearof goods in the


Mill owners

down the price The New England

New York market. would have to sell their

goods as cheap as the English goods were offered in the custom house, at one-tenth of a cent a yard below the

cost of production.
at a loss
;

They had

to

keep on running, even


if

for the delicate

machinery,

suffered to

lie idle

months, would become lobsided and worthless. They continued to run on at a loss until they failed.
for six

Sprague, of

Rhode

Island,

was the
he

richest of the mill

owners of

New

England.
at

When

failed for ten million

dollars, the tide of

bankruptcy swept over


the time were
filled,

New

England.

The newspapers

not with busi-

ness advertisements but, with bankrupt notices. Amid the thousands of bankruptcies throughout the country the ruin of the New England mills attracted but little attention.

But the mills did not cease operations. New compawhich capitalists from abroad had control the mills were set in operation again prices were
nies were organized, of
: :

IRON INDUSTRY DEVOURED.


Stiffened

67

up

to a point that yielded a fair profit;

and the

manufactories resumed their prosperity.

Nobody in this country wished New England mills. And nobody on


enough
to

to

break down the

earth was powerful

do it but these London Money Kings. When had broke their former owners, no American capitalists would have embarked in a losing business. But these Money Kings knew how they had broken them down, and how easy it would be to make them profitable. The system of the Money Kings is not known to When they break a man, or a company, they the public. do not always set the head of the business aside. They do not wish to make a commotion in business circles by many changes; and they need the experience of the old
the mills

business managers.
to subordinate.

Their system
is

is,

not to destroy, but

Their method

the
:

method of

the

Ro-

mans
left

in extending their conquests

the

Romans always

a subjugated state with a


it

modicum

of power, until the

time came to reduce

to

a province.
allies

can always kick out their

companies being under their

The Money Kings whenever they wish, the complete control; and they
till

can afford to be seemingly generous for a while,


time comes to take entire possession. of the growth of the

the

In the present era


the

Money Power,

Money Kings
:

keep

in partnership with their Gentile agents

in the next

era, they will kick out the Gentile agencies,

and put the

business in the hands of their countrymen, the Jews.


IX.

THE MONEY POWER DEVOURED OUR IRON


INDUSTRY.
iron industry, like the other manufactures of the
is

Our
is

country,

protected by our

tariff,

so that whatever iron

sold usually brings a remunerative price.


iron industry

The Money

Power could only crush our

by so crushing

the prosperity of the whole country that there would be

68

RISE OF
building,

THE MONEY POWER.

and no demand for iron. Even in hard must have clothing and fuel so that textile manufactures and the coal industry continue to maintain some degree of activity. But iron products are chiefly building houses and factories and used in construction, Hard times which put a stop to improvements railroads. close up iron mines, and foundries and machine shops.

no

times, people

The Money Power, by


the whole country.

the crash of 1873, prostrated

For years, all improvements stopped. Mechanics were thrown out of employment by the hundred thousand, in cities, in mines, in shops, and roamed as
tramps over the country.

The

repairing of railroads was

almost the only use for iron; and, as the

Money Kings
England

owned
at

the railroads, they could send iron from


for,

any price;
difference.

selling to themselves,

the price

made

no

For

railroad iron,

the protection of the

tariff

was

ineffectual.

business was crushed and was the harvest of the Money Kings. They bought our products at extremely low prices, and made unusually large profits as iron works failed, they bought their plants as lumber companies broke from the

For

five years after 1873, all

lifeless.

But

it

long stagnation of business, they bought mills aud forests;

and they had a grand harvest foreclosing mortgages, and taking possession of mortgaged property. When the harvest was reaped, when the Money Power had devoured all the weak iron and lumber companies, and had gathered in all mortgaged property, the Boa By beginning to build railroads and to loosed its coil.

m.ake city improvements, and by loans to


prisei,~ the

start

new

cnter-

Money Power, about 1879-80 country Mpon a new cycle of prosperity.


Possessed of boundless capital
roads

started

the

possessed

of our

rail-

possessed of the great trade centers of the coun-

COTTON TRADE DEVOURED.


try

69
over our

the

Money Power

has

imperial

control

industry,

and has monopolized the

traffic

in all the great

products of the country.


X.

THE MONEY POWER HAS DEVOURED THE COTTON


TRADE.
The agencies
of the

Money Power

in the

Cotton States

have been reduced

Agents have been established in every district, who make full semiweekly or weekly reports as to the condition of the cotto a perfect System.

ton crop in each

district. The reports begin ^^ith the plowing season, and go on through the entire year, giving every fact having any bearing upon the condition of the

They report the number of acres plowed the the number of acres planted any army worm, excessive drought the prospect of crops bolhng of the cotton the quantity picked the amount
crop.

weather

blight

rains,

of yield.

And

ei'ery

7norm7ig,

the

telegraph
to be

brings

from
cotton

Liverpool, to all

the agents, the price

paid for

that day.

A
ant,

general agent told a gentleman


that his

business was
it.

so

who was my informmean and arbitrary and


frequently

despotic,

he hated
he,

He

said the planters

struggled against the low prices which were ruining them.

"But," said
submission

"they had

just as well fight against the

course of the seasons."


to the prices

They have no
offered

alternative but

by the Money Kings. And those prices mean poverty to the planter, and penury to the colored laborers who barely subsist upon their share
of the crop.
XI.

THE MONEY POWER HAS DEVOURED THE WHEAT AND GRAIN TRADE.
has given to the railroads

The construction of elevators

complete possession of the wheat and grain trade.

At

70
first,

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.

there was a pretense of individual purchase of grain.

feared that the open monopoly by them of the wheat trade of the country might cause discontent and murmuring, and they at first tried to hide their monopoly of the trade. The former custom was for some man to build an elevator at a depot, and figure as its owner, buying up the wheat of the surrounding country on his own account. But those agents frequently illlusBeginning trated the proverb of a beggar on horseback. to drink, they had to be removed ; thus showing that they were only agents of the railroads. This plan failing, the railroads adopted the plan of granting to some wealthy
individual the exclusive right to build elevators along the
line,

The Money Kings perhaps

with of course the exclusive right to buy and ship

grain over the railroads.


the agent of the railroad,

This man,

who

is,

of course,

appoints his agents at each


the wheat

depot, and has a

monopoly of

and grain trade

along the

line.

In

this

way, a few

men buy

all

the wheat of the country.

There is no competition; the railroads fix the price of wheat and grains to suit themselves, and grind the farmers

down
which

into absolute poverty.

And
wheat.

they not only plunder

the farmer in the price, but they cheat in the


fixes the quality of the

measurement

For instance, several years ago. No. i wheat was 90 cents a bushel, No. 2, 75 The wheat was so cents, and No. 3, 60 cents a bushel. graded by the buyers, that all wheat weighing 60 lbs. and over to the bushel was rated No. i all wheat weighing
;

and over. No. 2 and all wheat weighing 52 lbs. and over, No. 3. Now, if the wheat were measured in the good old fashioned way in an honest half bushel measure, most of the wheat would weigh 60 lbs. to the But these monopolists bushel, and be rated as No. i. They use an oval measure. in the cheat systematically
56
lbs.
;

gallon measure,

easily battered,

by accident,

to dimin-

DEVOURING OF GRAIN AND LIVE STOCK TRADE.


ish
its

capacity.

Into such a small measure the wheat

will not

pack
it.

pitcher into

by 8 to find measurement

when poured very gently out of a They then weigh the gallon and multiply the weight of a bushel. By this system of
close,

little

of the wheat rates as No.


3.

and very
i

much

of

it is

rated as No.

In

this

way, when No.

wheat was selling at 90 cents a bushel, this system of measuring caused much of it to be rated as No. 3, which
brought only 60 cents a bushel.
out of the elevators, where
it

But afterwards, when these monopolists sold the wheat it was under pressure, all of would weigh 60 lbs. to the bushel, and was sold as
I
!

No.

The monopolists have now progressed


system of oppression, that they

so far with their

at present

only pay the

farmer for wheat about 60 cents a bushel.

And

the

farmers have to endure this system of cheating and oppression,

because there

is

no competition, and the railroads


themselves.

arrange matters to
XII.

suit

THE MONEY POWER HAS DEVOURED THE LIVE STOCK TRADE IN CATTLE,
years ago,
there

Ten

were

in

Chicago

fifty

buyers

purchasing
account.

cattle for the

Eastern markets on their

own

Two

years ago, I was informed that four buyers


all

were doing practically


trade in cattle
is

the business.

The

live

stock

hands of the Money Kings. No They have broke individuals can compete with them. down all the cattle buyers engaged in the business, and have either driven them out of the business, or forced them to become the agents of the Money Power. In the catde trade, the Money Power reigns supreme,
in the

having crushed
pionopoly.

all

competition and established a complete

72
XIII.

RISE OF THE

MONEY POWER.

THE MONEY POWER HAS DEVOURED THE TRADE IN HOGS AND PORK AND BACON.

Thirteen years ago, there were pork packing firms in all the great cities of the West, doing an independent and
profitable business.

But
the

in the

pork packing became


hogs were high
Louisville
at

a losing business.

hard times following 1873, For several years,


the packers in St.

time

Louis,

and Cincinnati were buying and killing; but when the bacon was put upon the market, immense capitaUsts put down the market, and the packers lost money.
This continued for several
years,
until

the

individual
to sell

packing companies, buying hogs high and having

bacon
broke.

in the

market depressed by dominating

capitalists,

The King
Armour
career.

of Chicago.

Pork Packers of America is His has been an extraordinary few years ago, he was a poor butcher, doing
of All the
like

an ordinary business
suddenly he became

many

others of his fellows.

But

In a year or two after his packing house was built in Chicago, he was killing six
rich.

thousand hogs a day, and operating his business with a These sudden fortunes, as we have seen in the case of the Railroad Kings, are suspicious.
capital of $120,000,000.

Where did Armour get his money? He could not have made it in the ordinary way of business. It was impossible.

His sudden wealth


that he
is

is

easily explained

on the hypothesis
to take

the chosen

agent of the

Money Kings

possession of a grand line

of American production for

them.

This explains his immense business, which sprung up like a creation of Aladdin's lamp. This explains the hundred and twenty miUion dollars so suddenly embarked
in his business

Besides the business in Chicago,

Armour

has packing

houses in Kansas City and

Omaha

almost as extensive as

DEVOURING OF HOG, PORK AND BACON TRADE.


the Chicago estabUshment.

73

And,

in

Kansas
that,

City,
in

he has

a bank with such immense resources


stringency in the

a time of

money market,
upon
it

other banks in the city


All this unis

were compelled
limited capital

to lean

for support.
if

is fully

explained,

Armour
:

an Agent of
the other

the

London Money Kings.


explains another singular fact
St.

It also

when

packers, in

Louis, Cincinnati

and

Louisville, lost

by
till

their operations year after year


all

till

they broke,

money Armour

made money

they failed,

the time. As they grew poorer and poorer Armour grew grander and grander, till he

became a very colossus between whose legs pigmies creep. Armour was the storm king who ruled the storm which swept down the other packing houses. The position of Armour in the Board of Trade, controlling prices, not only of pork and bacon and beef, but also of wheat and grain, is such as would be assumed
Indeed,

by a chief and
of the

trusted agent of the


that
it is

Money

Kings.

When we know
see a colossal

in

accordance with the method

to employ such agents, and when we American house which sprung up from which grew when nothing, like a mush-room in a night all others broke which thrived amid the disasters which the prostrated other houses in the same line of business mind which seeks a cause for every effect is driven to the

Money Kings

conclusion that

Armour is a grand agent of the London Money Kings. Another Fact shows that the London Money Kings are now controlling our pork and bacon trade through a system of agencies Some of the packing houses in Louis:

ville,

Cincinnati and

St.

Louis which broke, continued the

business.

Where

did they get the

Money?

They

had,

after their failure,

no money with which to continue the business. Friends would not furnish them money to continue a business in which they had lost their own wealth.

74

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.

But they got the money somewhere, and kept on in Did they get their capital from the London Money Kings ? Did those imperial capitalists, when they had broken down the packing houses, subordinate them, and use their skill and energy, subsidizing them as agents ? If such was the fact, it will explain the state of things in
busmess.
the business world, otherwise inexplicable.

XIV.

THE MONEY KINGS DEVOURED THE DRESSED


BEEF TRAFFIC.

There are many men in Chicago and other cities enin the fresh meat business who, ten years ago, were worth $10,000, and who are fortunate if they are now worth $50,000. But all the great dressed Beef companies have had phenomenal success success so remarkable as to be truly phenomenal. one of the firms engaged in the 1. Swift Brothers
gaged

were after, they were running worth only $8, 000. seven hundred refrigerator cars costing $700,000, and were operating their business with a capital of $3,000,000.
dressed beef trade,
started in the business

when they

Three years

Another house started on nothing, and,


operating with a capital of $3,000,000,

in ten years,

was

We
of
firms

fortune

for this phenomenal accumulation by any natural business laws. But if such are agents of the London Money Kings for moit

can not account

nopolizing the dressed beef trade,

accounts for

it

all,

and nothing
2.

else will.
for the fact

Their being agents also accounts

that

these gigantic firms


feeling of rivalry

do not jostle one another have no do not cut one another in prices nor

seek, as individual competitors do, to gain superior ad-

vantages over each other for carrying on their business.


3.

It also

accounts for the dressed beef trade gaining


live

no greater advantages over the

stock trade in the

DEVOURING OF DRESSED BEEF AND WHISKEY TRADE. 75


after it was started, had taken entire possession of the New England markets, and entered the markets of the Middle states. But it has made but little progress since Private enterprise that had succeeded its first success. to such an extent and with such rapidity, would have pushed on to complete possession of all the Eastern markets. But the various corporations of the Money Kings never destroy each other. They pool their interests, and

Eastern markets.

Within a few years

the dressed beef trade

compromise their differences. This looks as though there had been an understanding between the dressed beef companies and the railroad companies shipping live stock to the Eastern markets, that the dressed beef companies
might proceed
to a certain extent with their industry, but
full

should not press their competition to the


the Eastern markets.

control of

XV.

THE MONEY POWER HAS DEVOURED OUR WHISKEY TRADE.


ring
is

The whiskey
miUions
after the

a grand monopoly, involving

many

of capital.

Many Americans went

into distilling

War, and for a time made a great deal of money. But about the time that the Money Power was crushing
distillers

out the other industries of the country, the


all

almost

broke.

Of course

the thing could be explained as the


:

result of ordinary business causes

The Money Kings

al-

through the operation of natural causes they have the capital to set any cause in operation Soon they wish, for the accomplishment of any object.

ways produce
:

their results

after the

distillers

broke, the

distilleries

were

set in op-

eration

on a greater

scale than before.

The Grand Whiskey Ring was formed,


enough
the tax
to influence national legislation,

strong

and by increasing
to

on the whiskey,

to

add several cents a gallon

76

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.


the-

the value of the whiskey in stock, amounting in

aggre-

gate to

many

millions of dollars.
distillers
its

In the breaking of the old


of the

Money Power we
;

see
:

we method

see the

method

in the organiza-

tion of the vast


distilleries;

whiskey ring

in the reorganization of the

and in the control of national legislation. There is no monopoly in the country that shows plainer marks of the methods of the Money Kings than the grand
whiskey
XVI.
ring.

THE MONEY POWER HAS DEVOURED OUR


EXPORT TRADE.
possession of every branch of
:

The Money Kings have


traffic in

the products of the country

of the railroads

of

the ocean transportation.

They have

the export trade so


fail to

hemmed

in

on every side that they can not


it.

have
beef,

possession of

It necessarily follows

from

their

buying

up our cotton, our wheat, our pork, our bacon, our


eign markets.

that they export all these articles that are sent to the for-

And, of course, they have established ex-

port houses through which they export the products they

have purchased.

XVH. THE
It

MONEY POWER DEVOURS OUR CURRENCY.


Money
of the great bulk of our currency.
Its

follows from the facts already stated that the

Power has possession


I.

It is

Money Power.

magnates are

Money

Kings.
ness,

One

of the English writers calls the quarter in


these operators have their places of busi-

London where
"a
of

money dealers." It is by their possession money that the Money Kings control trade. Most of these Money Kings are Jews the Jews have been money dealers for centuries. They take possession of the money of a country, first then by means of their monied capital
city of
: :

they devour everything

else.

MONEY POWER HAS POSSESSION OF OUR CURRENCY.


2.

77

All Banks, have

Immense

Deposits.

are two classes of depositors,

individuals
all

There
a

who have

moderate surplus of cash over the requirements of their business; and the Money Kings and their agents, who are
buying
all

our produce and doing almost

the business

These Money Kings are too shrewd to allow other people to bank on their deposits. It is a vast gain to own the banks, and make the profit of banking on
of the country.
their deposits themselves.

Thus Armour has


the other great

his

bank

in

Kansas

City.

No doubt

trading and

manufacturing corporations which are paying out


millions of dollars every year, also

many

own
will

the banks where

the capital
3.

is

held with which they do their business.

When

the facts are

known,

it

be discovered that

a large number of our National Banks, especially in the


East, are

owned by
of the

the

Money

Kings.

It is certain that

they have our currency in their grasp.

The
in

profits

immense business they do

are realized

money.
to

And

they are

constantly loaning these cash

profits

our people

money.

Our people only


for

TJiey otvti all our on mortgage. get it from them in exchange

the farmer for crops:

the

employee

for labor;

and the

borrower

a mortgage on property.
these
capitalists

Owning our money,


ing the

can make hard


to

times and low prices whenever they please, by withdraw-

money from
profits

circulation.

They only need

hold

their cash

and stop lending them back, and stop making improvements, and then stop the manufactures of iron and lumber for which the demand
in
their possession,
will

have ceased

and,

at

once,

all

business will be par-

and millions of people will be out of employment. The Boa has its folds around us, and can tighten them for our destruction whenever it may choose, just as it did
alized,

in 1873.

78

RISE OF THE

MONEY POWER.
has advanced step by step in

Thus

the

Money Power
it

this country, until

has devoured almost every branch of

our national industry:


1. it

For years

it

has kept our currency constricted

and

has devoured thousands of millions of dollars worth of

our produce at half price, by maintaining panic prices

through scarcity of money.


2.

It

has thus kept

us constantly in debt through an

adverse balance of trade, and has devoured our gold and


silver as fast as
3.

produced from the mines.


all

The Money Power has devoured

our mercantile

shipping
4.
5.

6.
7.

8. 9.

10. 11.

12.

13.
14. 15.

Our import trade; Our railroads; Our oil production and trade; Our New England Mills; Our iron industry; Much property in Chicago and other Our cotton trade; Our wheat and grain trade; Our live stock trade in cattle; Our trade in hogs, pork and bacon; Our dressed beef trade; Our currency;
it

cities;

And

has, throughout all

its

operations, conducted
craft,

its

and subtlety, that its amazing course of ravage has not been known or even suspected by the outside public.
encroachments
with

such

cunning,

stealth,

DEVOURING MINING INDUSTRIES.

79

Chapter
U.
*

VII.

DEVOURINGS OF THE MONEY POWER


S.,

IN

THE

Continued. INDUSTRIES

NOW BEING

DEVOURED BY THE MONEY POWER.


as

The Money Power,


voured

we have
it

seen, has already deIt


is

man*5^ of our great

Hnes of industry.

now

enveloping every industry

has not already devoured,


its

and

is

crushing them in the folds of

capital, prepara-

tory to devouring them.

I.

THE MONEY POWER


monopoly of

IS CRUSHING OUR COAL MINES.

By
them.
state

their

transportation, the railroads are

securing a monopoly of the coal supply for mines

owned by

In some instances, before the passage of the Inter-

usually form a separate company which owns the coal mines, and they have given

of other companies.

Commerce Law, they They

refused transportation to coal

special rates to such companies.

Even under the Interstate Law " regulating railroad traffic, their monopoly of coal mines is not hindered; for even if they made equal charges for their own coal and
'
'

that of other companies, yet the charge for themselves

is

simply paid to themselves; so that they can

still

under-

sell all competitors. This state of things must give to mines owned by railroads the monopoly of the coal trade, and all other mines must be sold to them, or closed.

II.

THE MONEY POWER IS DEVOURING OUR GOLD AND SILVER MINES.


rule,

As a

persons having gold or silver mines to de-

velop always go to the

Money Kings

or their agents for

8o

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.

And the Money Kings never mine without having a majority of the stock given them, so as to secure to them its absolute control. They must have the lion's share in any enterThey usually put in prise before they will invest in it. one of the original stockholders as their agent and manager; and generally the mine is so managed as to freeze
the capital to develop them.

put any

money

into a

out the other stockholders.

A
to

shaft

is

sunk down upon the "lead;"


the outside stockholders
:

if

it

proves

be rich, only the poorer levels nearer the surface are


till

worked,

and
to

sell

out their stock cheap

efficiently.

But

if,

be a pocket,

like

become discouraged is worked on the other hand, the mine proves the Emma Mine in Utah, it is puffed
then the mine

in the papers until outsiders

have bought the stock

then

the true state of things

is

revealed.

Having

full

control

of the mine, they are able, with their agent, to manipulate


it

as they please;

and

finally

they thus get control of

all

valuable mines.

III.

THE MONEY POWER IS DEVOURING OUR LUMBER TRADE.


Money Power
has not yet gotten
;

It is

evident that the


all

possession of

our lumber forests and lumber mills


it

for,

where

it

has gotten possession of an industry,

stiffens

up

prices to a uniform

and

profitable rate.

The

fluctua-

and the cuts in prices between different dealers are evidence of the war of the Money Power upon all independent lumber men. The war can have but one issue. The ownership of the railroads gives such an advantage to the Money Kings in shipping their lumber to market, that, in the end, competitors must be
tion in the price of lumber,

crushed.
coal mines

The Money Power


and the lumber

will get possession of the


it

trade, as

has gotten posses-

DEVOURING LUMBER AND FLOUR MANUFACTURES.


sion of the mercantile trade of
wells of Pennsylvania,

8
oil

New York City, of the and of the great lines of traffic.

IV.

THE MONEY POWER


full

IS DEVOURING OUR FLOUR MANUFACTURES.


it

Having

control of the wheat market,

would be

the policy of the

Money Power
it

to

make

all

possible profit

out of the wheat before


end, the
flour.

reaches the consumer.

To

this

Money Power must manufacture

the wheat into

The high

price of flour in comparison with

wheat shows

that the agents of the

Money Power have a


The

large

number

of flouring mills in their possession.


falls in

occasional sharp

the flour market, crushing mill owners of small and the occasional purchase of mills by the Money Kings, as in a recent deal in Minneapolis, show that the Money Power has not yet gotten full possession of the
capital,

flour mills.

The
must,

possession of the railroad transportation gives such


to the

an advantage
ere

Money Kings

in the flour

market as

long,

with the further advantage of their imgive them entire possession of the flour

mense

capital,

manufacture.

Their recent purchase of flour mills in


such

Minneapolis shows their desire to obtain


crush

advan-

tageous ground in the business as will enable them to


all

competitors and get possession of the entire

business.

V.

THE MONEY POWER IS DEVOURING THE CATTLE RANCHES OF THE WESTERN PLAINS.
The London Money Kings
are resolved to possess not
cattle.

only the trade in beef, but also the production of

They
cattle

laid

their

plans years ago,


It

for

monopolizing the
killed

production of the Plains.

was they who

82
off the buffalo.

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.

The

destruction of the buffalo was thus

effected

high price was offered for buffalo hides in

All men who wished on credit and pay for On these terms, an army of buffalo it in buffalo hides. Hunters lined the banks of the hunters was organized. streams where the buffaloes came to drink, and by shooting them down, drove the herds away; and thus continued to shoot them as, parched with thirst, they came

whatever quantity they were offered.


to

hunt buffalo could get an

outfit

to the

streams to drink.
:

skinned the carcasses


three years,

Some shot the buffaloes some some hauled off hides. In two or the buffaloes numbering many millions were
;

exterminated.

London Money Kings could have thus None but they look so far ahead. Only they had money enough to equip such an army of slaughterers. Only they, in their immense world-wide commerce, had a market for such a vast numThey had been obtaining hides for their ber of hides.

Nobody

but the

effected the extermination of the buffalo.

trade in leather, shoes,

Buenos Ayres,

in

South America.

to substitute buffalo

and other leather products, from It was only necessary hides for South American, for two or
a grand enterprise in devoting

three years, to secure the extermination of the Buffalo.

The Money Kings saw


as the buffaloes

the Western Plains to the production of beef.

As soon were exterminated, they began to buy cattle in Texas, and cows and calves and young cattle in all the states, to start ranches on the Plains. This caused
a

boom

in cattle all over the

country; and multitudes of


cattle

enterprising

Americans organized

companies, and

started cattle ranches all over the West,

Montana, mortgaging
companies.

their property,

from Texas to and taking money


until the

out of their business, in order to take stock in the cattle

The boom

in prices

was kept up

Plains were fully occupied with ranches; for the

Money

BUFFALO EXTERMINATED. -DEVOURING CATTLE RANCHES. 83


Kings had
entire control of the cattle
it

market; and they


induce
In a few

offered high prices as long as

was

their interest to

Americans
years, the

to invest in the beef

production.
fully

Western Plains were

stocked with cattle

ranches.

When

the ranches were established,


its

it

was time

for the

Constrictor to tighten

folds.

The

agents of the

Money

Power were the only buyers in the cattle market. The Money Kings themselves owned many cattle ranches in
the West.
cattle

They could always have

a supply of their

own
the
the

in

the Market to be offered to their agents,

cattle buyers, at

a very low price, so as to force

down

market on other cattle owners. It would make no difference to them how low the price of their cattle for they were selling to themselves It was money out of one pocket

into

the other.
until

They
all

thus kept

down
cattle

the

market

for

cattle,

almost

American

companies are
companies told
per cent,

now

broke.

gentleman largely interested in

cattle

me, two years ago,


that

that, at that time, fifty-seven

of the cattle companies were broke.

When we remember
it is

many

of the remaining forty-seven per cent, of the

cattle

companies are owned by the Money Kings,


all

evident that almost

have

failed,

and

that

American cattle companies the Money Power has now almost


the
cattle

completed

its

devouring of the

companies.
cattle

In order to destroy these American

companies,

and also to crush the farmers raising cattle, the Money Kings have forced down the price of catde, in defiance of the law of supply and demand. The market for beef is active, and growing with the growth of our population.

The supply

of beef has greatly diminished in the

last

few

years; two winters ago, a million cattle perished


Plains, from Texas to the Canada thousand perished in Montana alone.
line
:

four

upon the hundred


market

The

cattle

84
is

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.


is

never glutted.

Beef

consumed

as fast as

it is

offered.

Prices ought to be good in the presence of an increasing

demand and

a decreasing supply.

Furthermore, the consumer pays as high for beef as he


formerly paid

when beef

cattle

brought a

fair

price.

no reason why beef cattle should not now command a fair price. There is demand enough; and the In view of the circumstances retail price is high enough.
There
is

half price

down of beef cattle to less than Beef cattle an outrage upon our people. down to half price, with an active demand for beef, and a It is a shame high retail price in the meat store
of the case, the pressing
is
:

It

shows conclusively that the Money Power should no


is
it,

longer be allowed to control our prices.

The Money Power


cattle

now crushing and devouring


interests of our country.
it

the

companies, as

a few years ago, crushed and deIt

voured the other business

put

down

the price of cotton goods until

broke the

New

England Mills, and then put up the price again when it It put down the price had gotten possession of the mills of oil until it broke the oil men of Pennsylvania, and then, when it had gotten possession of the business,-it put up
:

the price of oil


until
it

It

put

down
the

the

price of

iron wares
it

got possession of the iron mills, and then

put up

the price of iron.

So now,

Money Kings

are putting

down

the price of beef cattle, until they get possession of

the cattle ranches,

and the farms of our farmers, and up the price of


cattle

then,

when they themselves have


production,

entire possession of the cattle


fast

they will put

enough.
VI.

THE MONEY POWER IS DEVOURING ALL BRANCHES OF PRODUCTION AND TRADE IN OUR COUNTRY.
era of the growth of the

A new

Money Power

has

re-

cently arisen.

ORGANIZATION OF TRUSTS.
It is

85
take posses-

originating vast Trusts

which

sion of an entire branch of production or trade,

and crush
trust is

out

all

competition by the might of capital.

device for concentrating the investments of several

Money

Kings in a single line of business under a single head. For instance where many Money Kings have invested in a line of trade, by organizing a trust, they put all their
:

business houses in that line and their stocks of goods into

a single company, and place them under one management.

The
and
all

trust
all

is

thus able to control the

prices in that line of business;

amount of production, and it can destroy


Thus,

outside companies that are not in the trust.


trust

two years ago, a coifee


set to
ring.

which at once work to destroy all the coffee merchants not in the It put down the price of coffee so low as to break
originated,

was

down
this

the competitors of the trust;

and no sooner was

accomplished, than the trust put up the price of coffee


trusts are, in effect, corporations without a char-

to

more than double.


These

ter

without

any authority from the


It
is

state
is

and they are

thus above governmental control.

new

step

the

Imperialism of Capital
the
out

taking.
to

Through

these

trusts,

Money Kings purpose


all

do as they choose, and crush

competition with a high hand.

They used

to con-

and hide their meanness as far as possible But now, emboldened by success, from the public eye. and intoxicated with the pride of imperial power, they unmask their aims, confident of their ability to over-ride all
ceal their track,

opposition.
1.

with

The Standard Oil Company is many millions of capital, and


petroleum market.

a great trust operating


throttling all competi-

tion in the
2.

Many Americans

invested their
oil.

means

in the

manubutter.

facture of cotton seed

But the Money Kings wanted

the

oil for

the manufacture of their bogus lard

and

86

RISE OF
they organized a

THE MONEY POWER.


*'

And

ions of capital,
industry.

Cotton Seed Oil Trust" with milland are taking possession of the entire

"Sugar Trust" has been organized, to take possession of the sugar production and traffic. 4. A "Whiskey Trust" is monopoHzing the manufact3.

ure and sale of distilled liquors.


5.

Recently, a "Cattle Trust" has been organized, to


all cattle

take entire possession of

ranches, and the raising

of cattle and production of beef.


6.

Grand

Trusts, each with millions of capital, are motraffic

nopolizing production and


nails,

in salt,

lead,

cordage,
steel,

coke, lumber, sheet zinc, copper, crucible

and

Well did the English writer of the pamNothing is too large, and phlet soon to be quoted, say, nothing too small for English capital, and English enterother products.
'

'

prise."

All these Trusts, like the Coffee Trust, will put


prices
till

down
will

competition

is

destroyed,

and then they


is

double the price of the


If
its

article

they monopolize.

Individ-

ual competition against these grand monopolies


less.

hope-

stop

an outside company goes into the Trust, they business, and give to it a part of the profits; till

other establishments have been started sufficient to supply


the market without
it,

and then the


business
die.

idle establishment,
all

with

its

trade

and

its

connection

gone,

is

kicked out in the cold to


put

On

the other hand, if

individual enterprises do not go into the Trust, goods are

down
is

in

the markets which they supply,

and
it,

their

business

taken away.

In the Trust, or out of


to be destroyed.

out-

side enterprises are

bound

But Trusts do not merely war upon individual competitors. There is another aspect of their operations, in which they especially war upon our national prosperity. Trusts are of two kinds, i) Those which operate in

MARKET, FOR BRITISH MANUFACTURES.


industrial products

87

which are protected by our

tariff;

and

2) Those which operate in branches of production in which we fully supply our own market and export a portion of

the product.

To
To

the latter class belong the Standard Oil

Company, and
key Trust.
Trust,
ures.

the Cotton Seed Oil Trust,

and the Whis-

the

former,

belong the Crucible Steel

the Cordage Trust,

and other various manufact-

In the manufactures which fully supply our


kets,

own marmarproin so,


if

we ought very soon

to take possession of the

kets of the world.

And we would

soon do

duction went on unobstructed.

But the Trusts come

and
their

arrest production,

and keep us limited

to the supply

of our

own markets, in own profit. The

order to maintain high prices, for


Trusts do not merely injure the

public by putting up prices;


price, they

but in order to put up the commit a crime against the nation, by arresting our prosperity, and preventing us from supplying the

markets of the world.


are the

The Money Kings who are at the head of the London Jews who want to keep possession
for their English

Trusts
of the
;

markets of the world


the only

manufactures

and

way in which they can do this, is to arrest our growth by means of these Trusts. Such a crime against the national prosperity ought to be punished by the heaviest penalty.

Of a

like

tendency

is

the

work of the Trusts which op-

erate in those products, to which, not supplying our

own

markets,

we

afford protection
is,

by the

tariff.

The

object

of the Trusts

to continue to obtain the high price de-

rived from the

tariff.

And

in

order to effect

this,

they

arrest production,
fully

so as to prevent our production from

supplying our

price

by home competition.

own markets and thus cheapening the They do this, in the first

place, in order to get the high price of tariff protection.

88

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.

to accomplish,

But they have another object which they desire especially to prevent us from fully supplying our

own

market, and thus save

it,

in part, to their English

manufactures.
factures,

They know
in

that,

with unimpeded manufully supply

we would

a few years

our

own

market, and then, with our great advantages, would soon drive English manufactures out of the markets of the
world.

They wish

especially to prevent this; and, as the


it,

only means of doing

they organize these

trusts, to limit

our production, and keep us continually dependent upon

English manufactures.

These trusts are really a conspiracy against the nation and they ought to be treated as such. They are worse than murder; for they destroy many individuals by the
slow torture of financial ruin.

And

they also strike at


life.

the national prosperity and the national


to

They ought

be suppressed.

VII.

THE MONEY POWER

IS

DEVOURING THE RETAIL

TRADE.
The Money Power long
trade in the West.
the
It is

since engrossed the great whole-

sale trade of the Eastern cities,

and much of the wholesale now making rapid strides toward


of our cities and country

monopoly of the

retail trade

towns.
1st.

The First Stroke of the MohEV Power at the Retail Trade

of the country was the establishment of the great house

& Co., in New York City. A. T. Stewwas a Scotchman who, for years, occupied a little narrow place on Broadway a few feet wide, where he peddled needles, and thread and tape. He suddenly bloomed out in a palatial building, with a thousand clerks
of A. T. Stewart
art

behind

his counters,

and twenty million

dollars

worth of

A,

T.

STEWART, AGENT OF MONEY KINGS.

89

goods upon his shelves. At the same time, there was a branch house of A. T. Stewart & Co., in Glasgow, Scotland, and another in Germany; besides establishments in
Belfast,

Ireland,

and

in

Paris.

style of business was, that

he had

The pecuUarity of his in his House a number

of departments

and, in the various departments, goods of

every variety, of the best quality, and at the cheapest


wholesale prices.
1.

Many

stories

have been told

to

deceive the public,

means by which Stewart could sell such excellent One story was that he bought his goods goods so cheap. at auction, and very cheap, because they were the tail end of stocks, and damaged and that Mrs. Stewart renovated them, and thus enabled him to fool the ladies of New The York, and make them believe them new goods. kept up could not have Stewart A. T. story is absurd.
as to the
;

his

stock by auction

purchases; nor could he have obIt is

tained such goods

at auction.

only a clumsy attempt


all

to account for a fact inexplicable


ness.
2.

by

the laws of busi-

regular business the

A. T. Stewart could not have accumulated in any immense fortune of one hundred mill-

ion dollars which he was credited with possessing at the

His colossal business, so suddenly esand the excellent quality and low price of his goods, can only be accounted for on the hypothesis that the London Money Kings appointed him head agent and Manager of a great retail house which they established in
time of his death.
tablished,

New
first

York, and supplied with goods, in order to strike the blow for the monopoly of the retail trade of New York

This accounts for the immense establishment which sprung up like Jonah's gourd, in a night, and the colossal business it also accounts for the superior quality of the goods; and it explains how, supplied from the manuCity.
:

90
factory direct,
prices.

RISE or

THE MONEY POWER.


retail

he

could

his

goods

at

wholesale

following his death show concluwas an agent of the Money Kings. i) He was closely watched by Judge Hilton, who dined with him every Sunday on pretext of friendship, but really, no doubt, to talk over business and compare notes. At
3.

The events

sively that A. T. Stewart

his death,

Stewart

left

his

business in Hilton's hands.

American people were soon afterward shocked by the intelligence that Judge Hilton had cheated poor
the

And

Mrs. Stewart out of

all

her husband's property, giving her


the
entire
estate of

only one million dollars for

which

Stewart died possessed.

Now, woman.

this is

absurd.

Mrs. Stewart was a very sensible

She had a perfect knowledge of the value of her


estate.

husband's

Judge Hilton could not cheat her out


it.

of one hundred million dollars worth of property, giving

her only one million dollars for

But

if

he showed

her papers that proved Stewart to

be the agent of the


sign the transfer con-

London Money Kings, she would

veying to Judge Hilton the property that belonged to the

Money
2)

Kings, and say nothing about


heirs of A. T.

it.

The
it

Stewart afterwards brought suit


alleging that he

against Hilton for the property,

had ob-

from Mrs. Stewart by fraud, and the whole matter was investigated in court. It was there proved under oath, by Hilton and thebook-keeper of the House, that A.
tained

T.

Stewart was only worth about $8,000,000


interest
in

owned no
done

any

real

estate

that

that

he

he had no

interest in the palatial building in

which the business was

that

he had no interest in the grand buildings

erected by A. T. Stewart
in the

&

Co. at Saratoga

no

interest

house of A. T. Stewart

&

Co. in Glasgow, Scotland,

nor in the

German

house.

It

interest in the business, except a

was sworn that he had no commission on sales. In

BREAKING DOWN RETAIL MERCHANTS.


Other

9I

words,

he was simply the agent of the London

Money
business.
3)

Kings,

who were

the

"Co."

that

owned

the

The arrangement Hilton made

of the business

showed

was only an agent in the matter. If the business had been really Hilton's, he would have continued to carry
that }u

on and make millions out of it every year, as Stewart had done. But instead, he closed out the business in a
it

short time,

attempting to deceive the public as to the

by the farce of giving offense to the Jews, by excluding them from the hotel built by Stewart, at
cause of
failure,

Saratoga.

2nd.

These Mammoth Retail Stores Everywhere,


in in

1. Three immense establishments were started York City on the model of Stewart's, keeping

New
the

various departments everything, the goods excellent, and


retailed
at

wholesale

prices.

And

these

stores

were

avowedly
2.

in the

hands of agents.
in all large cities,

And now,
retail

are to be found these

immense

establishments on the plan of the house of


at its

A. T. Stewart, and each with an agent


ing the business for a per centage of the
several such stores in

head, manag-

profits.

There are

Kansas

City.
as I
to

One

of them does

such an immense business


dollars a year.

that,

was informed, the


over sixty thousand
their agents well.

commissions of the manager amount

The Money Kings pay

3rd. These Stores

Are Breaking Down All Other


Merchants.

The House
retail

of A. T. Stewart broke
in

merchants
his

New York
In
all

City,

down one thousand many of whom beagency


I

came

clerks.

our

cities,

these grand

retail stores are

monopolizing the

retail trade.

found

such stores

in

many

of our country towns.

They always

92

RISE OF THE

MONEY POWER.

keep immense stocks of goods of all kinds in their various departments, which they sell at retail at wholesale prices and their counters are swarming with customers. The old merchants are being driven from business. I have found these stores in different towns in Missouri, and Iowa and Kansas, where I have lectured. The American merchants are driven from business, and have to leave All who live by the merchants are also thrown town.

out of employment.
recollect, in a

The towns
where

are
I

slowly dying.

town

in Iowa,

delivered the lecture

on the
invited

along the

Money Power, on the next morning as I walked street, a man came out of his grocery store and me to enter. When I went in, he wrung my hand
:

with tears in his eyes, and said

"Ah
night
is

Sir,

one of those Jew

stores

you

told about last

established here in town.

of groceries, they say,

They make a specialty and profess to sell them at cost.


are
I

My

business

is

ruined, and the business of the dry goods

merchants

also.

The people

store to get things cheap.

And

swarming into the Jew do not know what we

are going to do."

What can
who have
can afford

they do but get out

How

can a

man

with

only a moderate individual capital compete with people


the capital of the world at their back ?
to sell at a loss for a time,
till

They

they get posses-

sion of the trade.

The American merchants can only give


retire

up

the struggle

and

from business.

If things

go on
will

as they are, in a few years more, the

Money Power

have monopolized the retail traffic, as it has monopolized and is now monopolizing all the other branches of business
in the country.

The Money Kings never


Their

carry any business by storm.

approaches are always quiet and stealthy, their


secret

methods
failed of

and

tortuous.

accomplishing their end.

But they never yet have A few years more will

NEW ATTACK ON RETAIL


put them in possession of
the country.
all

STORES.

93

the mercantile business of

4th.

a New

Discovery A New Method of Attack BY THE Money Kings.


:

While this work has been passing through the press, I have heard of a new method of attack upon the stores of
our country towns.
It
is

like

every thing else that the


effective,
all

Money Power
success
if

originates,

very
it

and sure of
thing

not arrested; and

has

the traits of secret-

iveness, cunning, craft

and

slyness, that

mark every

that emanates from that source.

The * * * *
is

Store System, as stated


:

based upon the following plan

capital to

engage

in

the

a person has a small business, $500 or more, the


If

by one who knows,

promoters of the plan


price to that amount,

will furnish

him goods

at a

very low

and

as

much more without

interest, to

be paid out of the business. On the other hand, the party binds himself to purchase a certain amount of goods every

month

not large;

and

to sell the
fifty

goods

for cash,

and

at

a fixed price, from thirty to


evitably bankrupt

per cent, lower than any

other merchant can afford to


all

sell

them.

He

will thus in-

competitors.
all

This System has purchasing agents


to

over the country,

buy up bankrupt stocks

as fast as the old

merchants are

broke.

This system, of course, must be furnished with

goods from

New

York, at

first;

but after the merchants

begin to break rapidly, the bankrupt stocks, purchased

very cheap, will keep up the supply of goods, until the

new

stores are in full possession of all the business.


list is

A
the

made

out of

all

the states

and

territories,

with

available

towns

still

unoccupied

one

store

to

be

started at a place.

This System
try,

is

already widely established over the coun-

and, as

my

informant says,

is

making

the merchants

94

RISE OF
their eyes

THE MONEY POWER.

"open

wide."

The Money Power

is

resolved

to root out

our country town merchants, and themselves

take possession of the business.


VIII,

THE MONEY POWER


is

IS

DEVOURING OUR FARMS.


its

So vast
vestment
old world

the

various sources of wealth, that


for
it

income of the Money Power from it can no longer find


its

in-

in

in its loans to states

immense loans to the nations of the and counties and cities

and municipalities and corporations in building new warehouses and ships for its ever extending commerce in erect-

ing

new

factories

new mines
Power
It

in starting new mercantile establishments.


investment for
its

in building

new

railroads

in

opening
All

these vast branches of enterprise can not afford the


sufficient

Money

enormous and constantly


mortgages of city proppurchase of

increasing income.

can only find investment

in

and improved farms, and grand branches of business.


erty
1st.

in the

new and

Farms Mortgaged.
on the Money Power,
I

Until

began

to lecture

had no

idea of the extent to which our farms have been mortgaged


to the

Money

Kings.

thought that perhaps one-twenti-

I knew that Dakota was shingled over with mortgages; but I supposed that I was astonthe condition of Dakota was exceptional. ished upon reading an article in a New York paper,

eth of the farms were mortgaged.

evidently intended to soothe the public mind, stating that


the public
statistics

state

need feel no uneasiness about Dakota that proved that there are more land mortgages in the of New York in proportion to area and value, than
!

Dakota I was astounded have mercy on New York


in
!

at the statement.

The Lord

thought

that, in Missouri, the

people surely are out

LAND LOANS,
of debt.
I

95

knew

that they are economical,

and not oversurprise

venturesome and enterprising.

What was my
:

where I delivered my lecture on the Money Power, a good citizen said to me " I don't know much about prophecy. But I do know that what you say about these foreign capitalists is true.
when,
in the first place

To my
in this

certain knowledge, at least two-thirds of the farms

community are mortgaged

to foreign capital."
I

I traveled

widely through Missouri, and everwhere

found statements that two-thirds to three-fourths of the


farms are under mortgage!!
fact exists.

In Iowa,

the
state,

In some counties of that

same state of where farms


after a

used

to sell for twenty-five dollars

per acre, the farms were

mortgaged
dollars

for one-third of their value;

and

num-

ber of farms were bought in by the mortgagee for eight

an acre, the amount of the mortgage,

all

the lands

receded to that price.


of the counties of

A gentlemen

told

me

that, in

one

Iowa where he had investigated the state of things, the property valuation of the county was $3,000,000, and there are $2,000,000 worth of property mortgaged.

Perhaps

this

is

an average of the con-

dition of things in the state.

In Kansas, a very large proportion of the farms are

mortgaged
Missouri.

much

larger proportion

than in Iowa or

In Nebraska, as I am informed, the agents of the Money lenders are to be found in every neighborhood. They go through the country like lightning-rod agents, urging the farmers to borrow money on five years time,
secured by mortgage on their farms.

2nd.

Land Loan Agencies.

In any of the large cities, if you go into the office of one of the Farm Loan Agencies which has agents all over
the state, and ask for a loan on your farm, the agent will

96
ask where

RISE OF
it lies
:

THE MONEY POWER.


him
the county,

tell

and he

will ask the

township

and

as soon as

you
will

tell

him, he will step to the

wall and, after a

moment,

draw down the map of your

township and will show you your farm. They are prepared to mortgage and buy every farm in the whole country.

money line of these Land Loan Companies always has three points, the agent in the West, who loans the money; the intermediary in

banker

said to

me:

"The
it;

the East, from the line


is

whom

he gets

but
is

the third point in

always London.

There

where the money

comes from." How the Money for the loans is obtained was told me by an agent who loans large amounts every year, He sent his mortthrough a large number of subagents. gages to a little bank in an Eastern state from which the money was sent to him. That bank transferred the mortgage to the third party from which the money came origAnd this third party is the Money Power of Loninally.
;

don, or some of

its

immediate agents.

The Money Kings

hide their

trail in these loan

transactions without difficulty.

to buy in some'^ company, up the stock of a bank or an insurance they agency, an such then, through and Eastern state; and the American people can loan millions of dollars Thus, a litthink it is simply Eastern American capital

They need only

tle

bank

in Connecticut
it is

can loan millions of dollars every


its

year,

when

only making in

regular business

some

twenty thousand dollars a year. The Money is London Capital, as


the vast

is

evident from

amount of it loaned in this country. Billions of dollars have been loaned upon farm mortgages, to say No nothing of the vast amounts loaned on city property. such loan companies could insurance or American banks immense amounts of money..

FARMS BEING DEVOURED.

97

The London Money Kings have, in this country, an income of many hundred millions of dollars, every year, derived from interest on loans from the profits of their from the various industries various lines of investment they have monopolized and from the various lines of traffic they have taken possession of. They invest in the United States all the income derived from their investand statistics prove that, besides ments in this country

this,

they are sending to this country, annually, a large


specie for investment, being a portion of their

amount of
profits

derived
It is

from their vast trade with the outside

world.

manifest that the

the United States


year.

Money Power is loaning in many hundred million dollars every


tether.

We

have about reached the end of our

About
In the
Illi-

two-thirds of the farms of the country are


for one-third of their value,

now mortgaged
time.

on

five years

ten great states of the


nois,

West and Northwest,


Wisconsin,
the

Ohio,

Indiana,

Michigan,

Minnesota,

Iowa,

Nebraska, Missouri and Kansas,


property,
liberal

valuation of farm
1880,

according to the census of


estimated

allowance for the increase


It
is

of value,
that

making a amounts to
farm
mort-

$7,000,000,000.

the

amount to $3,400,000,000. The farms are usually mortgaged for one-third of their value on five years time. The amount of farm mortgages
gages
in

those states

given

above
is

is

probably excessive.

One-half the

esti-

mate

most probably nearer

to a correct statement.

We
two-

may

perhaps safely say

that, in the

above ten

states,

thirds of the farms are

now under mortgage

for one-third

of their value on five years time.

How much of the other one-third of the farms is now owned by the Money Power it is impossible to say. Thousands of agents have been loaning money all over

98
the

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.


than

country for more


in

twenty years, on improved


South,
in

farms and plantations.

Down

Mississippi

or

any neighborhood about the grand plantations of the past, and they will tell you those plantations are under mortgage or owned, as the phrase is,

Alabama, ask

The Southern plantations passed hands of the Money Power in the hard years following the war the Western farms are passing to them now. Many of the plantations of the South and many of the improved farms of the West have had the mort-

"by

foreign capital."

into the

gages on them foreclosed, and

now belong

to the

Money

Power.

If

we include

the

farms on

which mortgages

have been foreclosed together with those now mortgaged,

we can see what an immense area of our country the Money Power will own, when the mortgages they now hold shall
have been foreclosed.
3rd.

The Money Power

is

Crushing the Farmers,


and save
their

so that they can not pay their mortgages


farms.

Having two-thirds of
to

the

farms of the country


are putting
it

mortgaged

them, the

Money Kings

down

the price of

all

farming products, so that

is

impossible

pay off their mortgages. The Money Kings are the only purchasers of produce, and by establishing Boards gf Trade which are absolutely subject to
for the farmers to

their control, they are able,


to suit

through them, to
in

fix

prices

themselves.

By

the

agency of the Boards of


traffic
all

Trade, and by their monopoly of the


ing products, they have put

farm-

down

the

price

of farming

products, until

it

is

impossible for the farmers to pay off

the mortgages on their farms.


I.

The Money Power Has Put Down the Price of


the
price

Beef.

We
down

have already seen how the Money Kings have put


of
Beef,
in

defiance of the laws that

MONEY POWER CRUSHING FARMERS.

99

regulate business prices, wholly setting aside and annulling the law of supply
2.

and demand.

The Money Power Has Broken Down the Wheat


Market.
years ago, our wheat crop was
It
fifty

Two

million bush-

els short.

was naturally expected that the price of I saw a quotation from a Liverpool wheat would rise.
it was expected that the wheat would be high, owing to the short Ameri-

paper, at the time, stating that


price of

can crop and the active demand, and expressing surprise


at the

low price of wheat that prevailed in America.

The price was put down by the imperial power of the Money Power over the American markets. When it was known that the wheat crop was fifty million

bushels short, the price of wheat was seventy cents


It

a bushel.

was naturally supposed


probability,

that the price

would

go up.
this

syndicate of Cincinnati capitalists, acting on

business

organized

with a capital of

$12,000,000, to operate in the

Chicago market;

not to

put up the price of wheat to ninety cents or a dollar a


bushel, which the condition of things

would have war-

ranted, but merely to keep the price up to the existing rate

of seventy cents a bushel.

They had

make
to

their operations a sure success

capital enough to under the rules of

Board of Trade, which only allowed wheat was delivered into the elevator. The regular average amount of delivery was about three hundred car-loads a day, and they had money enough to purchase this amount of daily delivery, until they could make their
be sold as
it

the Chicago

operation a success.

But the wheat operators of Chicago had the elevators all full of wheat: they ordered the Chicago Board of Trade to rescind the rule which prohibited the sale of wheat except as delivered into the elevators, and
over the Northwest

lOO
allow

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.

it to be sold out of the cars; and when their order was obeyed, they rushed down to Chicago from all over the Northwest three thousand car loads of wheat a day They sold the Cincinnati syndicate wheat at seventy cents a bushel, till their $12,000,000 was gone; and then, when they had broken the syndicate, they at once put down the

price of wheat to sixty cents a bushel


It

million bushels short,

was a great outrage! When the wheat crop was fifty and the supply was inadequate to

meet the demand, wheat, according to all the laws that regulate prices, ought to have gone up to at least one dollar a bushel. To put down the price, under such circumstances, lower than it had ever been before, was an
outrage

violation of

all

the laws of trade

revolu-

tionary overthrow of the law of supply and

demand.

In the same way, and at the same time,


3.

The Money Power Broke Down the Cotton Market.

Two

years ago, a Southern syndicate was formed, to

which cotton was then held. A capitalist at Houston, Texas, headed the movement, with $15,000,000 at his back. But the Money Kings now own many of the cotton plantations of the South and they delivered cotton to the syndicate at the price offered, till the $15,000,000 were gone; and then, when they had broken the syndicate, they immediately

sustain the cotton market at the low price at

down the price of cotton one and one-half cents a pound The Money Kings have the cotton market completely in their grasp. As one of their agents said, "the planters had as well struggle against the course of the seasons as against the prices fixed by the Money Power." They have
put

put

down

the price of cotton, until

it

will not

pay wages

to the laborers
all at

who produce
if

it.

It

could not be grown at

the present price,

the negro laborers did not take

BOARDS OF TRADE CONTROLLED BY MONEY POWER. lOI


their

pay

in a part of the crop,

so that they share the


planters.

oppression

and poverty of the

laborers are barely able to subsist,

by

raising their

The negro own

provisions; but they are brought


the

down

to the condition of

Hindoo

peasant.

4th.

Two Years Ago was an Era


American
prices.

in the history of

That was the time

when

the

Money Power

boldly and openly went into the


all

Boards of Trade and crushed


prices to suit themselves, in

opposition, and put down open defiance of the law of

supply and demand, and

all

the laws that regulate prices.

Before that time, other persons dared to operate in Boards


of Trade, on the indication of the markets under the of Supply and

Law

Demand.

But the Cincinnati and South-

ern syndicates were so completely crushed, that no


will ever in their

again dare to interfere with the

man Money Kings


The
their

manipulation of prices in Boards of Trade.


then

Money Kings
opponents as

made

so terrible an

example of

to deter all others

from repeating the offense.

The
their

Cincinnati syndicate was so sure that, with a short

supply of wheat and an active demand, they could sustain

move

in the

Chicago Board of Trade, that some of

them were tempted,


people's

when hard

pressed,

to

use other

money

in their possession.

For

this offense

they

were prosecuted, and sent to state prison. After such terrible examples, no one will ever dare again to interfere

Money Kings in their regulation of prices. Boards of Trade are instruments controlled at will by the London Money Kings, atid may be made
with the
to register their will.

Under

the rule of the Chicago

Board
its

of Trade the Cincinnati syndicate was perfectly safe in

operation

they had enough

money

to

pay

for all the Avheat

that could be offered

them under the


into the

Trade.

When Armour went

Board of Board of Trade, and


rule of the

I02

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.


be changed, so as to enable
to break

demanded

that the rule should

the agents of the


nati syndicate,

Money Kings

down

the Cincin-

and the Board of Trade at once compUed with the demand, the fact was thereby established that Boards of Trade are conquered by the London] Money Kings, and made agencies by which to regulate prices as they see best, and that all persons are to be broken down who attempt to sustain against them the law of supply and demand. That was a practical announcement of the
fact that

The old law of supply and demand abrogated, and the will of the Money Kings
place, as the sole regulator

is
is

wholly
put
age.

in

its

of prices in our modern

and demand can only reguthere is a free market, and the free competition of buyers and sellers operates to regulate prices. But there is no such competition now the agents of the Money Power are the only buyers of all produce. Boards of Trade are subdued by them, and answer to their ma-

The law

of supply

late prices

when

the might of Capital, they can regulate Board of Trade. They control absolutely the Chicago Board of Trade, and Chicago regulates the They can fix all price of produce for the whole country. prices to suit themselves by their imperial power over the markets, in utter disregard of the law of supply and demand, and in utter violation of all the laws that regulate
nipulations.

By

prices in any

prices.

The time has come

for the public to consider

this question of prices, and find out some new way in which we may regulate prices, and keep them at a proper and
uniform standard.
regulate prices
cise

We

can never suffer the Money Kings

to

and ruin our farmers

by their arbritary exerlast's

of imperial power, thus subverting all the legitimate


as
to them, they will

of

trade.

As long

it

is left

do as they have

PROPER METHOD NEEDED OF REGULATING PRICES. I03


been doing
while
it
;
:

they will put

is

in the

down the prices of all produce hands of the farmers, so as to buy it


it is

cheap

and

then,

when

in their
sell
it

own
!!

hands, they will

put up the price, so as to

high

This has been


are the Ameriwill

their regular habit for years.

can people going


the old

to stand it?

How long How long

they suffer

themselves to be plundered by these capitalists?

When

method of regulating
is

prices by the law of supply

and demand

no longer operative,
Find Some Other

We Must
by which

Way
much
better way.

to regulate prices.
will

And
Either
if

it

not be
will

difficult to find a

One method

be presented

in

this

work, later on.

it, or some other method will have to be adopted, we do not intend for the Money Kings to freeze out all

our farmers, and get possession of their farms.

5th.

The Money Power Determined To Have


THE Farms.
fair price.

No

farm product, except hogs, brings a


is

And

hog cholera. With the danger of cholera, the farmers would not raise hogs at all, but for the inducement of a fair price. No Western farmer, at present prices of grain, and beef, and other produce, can pay wages, pay taxes, and support his family in comfort much less pay off his mortgage. Some of the newspapers,
the price of hogs

owing

to

setting forth the views of the

Money Power,

are already

saying that the farm laborer of the Northwest must submit


to a reduction of wages.

And

other newspapers declare

and let us have the Tenant Farm System that prevails in Europe. The wages of the farm laborer may be reduced, but this
that our farmers
lose their farms,
will

must

not save the farmers.

uce,

At the piesent price of prodno mortgage can be paid off.

104

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.


Iowa
told

distinguished gentleman of

me

that he, not

long since, traveled in the same seat with a general agent for farm loans who has many subagents in different counties

of the state; and, in the course of conversation, he


if

asked him
ble

the farmers could pay off their mortgages?


at the idea.

The agent laughed


resort.

He

said

it

was impossilast

that he had orders not to foreclose, except as a The Money Power means to have the farms;
it

but

wishes to appear indulgent.


in

Conversing with a banker


gentleman,
I

Kansas, a very clever

spoke

to

him

of the great evils that

would

follow the loss of the farms.


said,
' '

He
that

laughed pleasantly, and

think the farmers will have to lose their farms."

From present appearances


more,
gages,

must be the
foreclosed

result.

If

things continue in their present grooves, in a few years

the

and

Money Power will have will own in fee simple

its

mort-

two-thirds or three-

fourths, or

even a larger proportion, of the farms of the

country.

And
the

then,

when

the farms have been devoured,


to finish the

it

will

be an easy matter

merchants and grocers of

country towns.

When

the

farms of the Northwest, as they

Money Kings own the do many of the cotton


peasant
off the

plantations of the South, they will pay off their

farm laborers, as they


their

now pay

negro laborers on

stores.

Southern cotton plantations, with orders to their own Then all the outside merchants who are not
stores
will

established by the Money up business. The merchants will have the sad grace accorded to them which the Cyclops

already broke by the

Power,

have

to give

accorded to Ulysses, of being the last to be devoured. Then the Money Kings will have accomplished their
aim.

They

will

have everything

in the country.

America

will be the Ireland of the

New World its

people peasants,

groaning under the yoke of foreign landlordism.

THE YEAR 1864 AN ERA.

I05

Chapter

VIII.

DEMONSTRATION OF THE WORK OF THE

MONEY POWER
That
it is

IN THIS COUNTRY.
is

the

London Money Power which


is

thus crush-

proved by evidence that is a scientific demonstration. I make no assertion without proof. The demonstration has been necessarily delayed till the facts were all presented. But the proof is absolute, and overwhelming. It is, indeed, a scientific demonstration, based
ing our industry

upon the application of the fixed laws of industry.

The evidence
beyond
I.

is

cumulative.

Each point of evidence


is

strengthens the others, until the conclusion


the possibility of doubt.

demonstrated

FIRST PROOF: BRITISH TESTIMONY TO

THE

EXIST-

ENCE OF THE MONEY POWER, IN


Power.

1864 A. D.

The year 1864 was an era in the growth of the Money The English public then first realized its growing

and the idea produced a powerful impression upon the English mind. The English are reticent on the subject of the growth of the Money Power. Not a word
greatness,
is

ever said of

it

in

Parliament.

a line that would enable the foreign world to


centralization of all wealth
their national secret.

The papers never publish know of the


in Britain.
It is

and property
it

But when they


flush of joy

first

learned of

in

1864, in the
for a

first

and pride they forgot reserve

moment,

and gave utterance to their self-gratulation. Some of these outbursts fell under the eye of the author of this work.

The English

writers speak in glowing terms of the rising

ImperiaHsm of commerce and wealth, then building up by the Money Kings; but they couch their thoughts in enigmatical phrase, which would be understood by the

Io6
initiated,

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.

but would not expose their national secret to the

outside world.
I

in the beginning of this grandest era of the

quote two of these press statements published in 1864, growth of the

Money Power.

They

fully

bear out

all I

have stated

in

describing the Imperiahsm of capital, industry and wealth


established by these
1st.
I will first

Jew Money Kings.

First British Statement.

quote some statements from a brilliant writer one of the English reviews, who gives a grapic oudine sketch of the Imperialism attained, at that time, by the
in

Money
city;

Kings.

He

says

"London, as every one knows, contains a city within a and within this inner city there is yet another [the

Money Quarter], the very heart of the metropolis. It is In a couple of minutes, you may walk a small place. across it, from side to side, from end to end. Yet it [the Money Quarter] is the center and citadel of our greatness the heart whose pulsations are felt to the farthest The occupants of the precinct extremities of the empire. [the Money Kings] have dealings with all the world. The railways which accompany the ceaseless advance of the white race into the prairies of the Far West, in America the [mining] companies which [our North-western States] explore and develop the [mineral] resources of California and Australia the iron roads and irrigating canals which are maturing the prosperity of India the enterprise which covers with tea plantations the valleys and slopes of the Himalayas, and which carries our countrymen [the agents are of the Money Kings] into new regions everywhere, created or sustained by the outgoings [of capital] of this little spot in London. "The wastes of Hudson Bay trading companies for the Nile the cotton planting which is invading Africa ocean lines of steamships submarine telegraphs connectwater works for Berlin gas for ing dissevered continents Bombay these and a hundred other matters and projects

engage the thoughts and employ the capital which

is

at

BRITISH STATEMENTS. TEMPLE OF PLUTUS.

I07

the command of this busy hive of operators [the Money Kings]. Almost every country is included in their operations.

"And ALMOST EVERY STATE IS INDEBTED TO THEM. From gigantic Russia to petty Ecuador and

Venezuela they hold the bonds of every government, those of Persia and Japan excepted. Prosaic as their operations are in detail, taken in the mass, they constitute a grand work. DAILY AND HOURLY, // is their business to scan in detail the condition of the world. They weigh the
influence of the seasons they know the condition of every mine the prospects of every railway the dividends of every Company, "It [the Money Quarter of London] is a city of Money Dealers a Sanctuary of Plutus. Blot out that inner heart of London, and the whole w'orld would feel the shock." (Capitals and italics mine). (! !)

His calm

style

commercial principles place


of exaggeration.
rather than fact.

and intimate acquaintance with facts and this writer above the charge
Indeed,
there
is

reticence

through-

out the article; allusion instead of statement, suggestion

And

yet,

what a picture does he draw

of the imperialism over industry, trade and wealth attained

by the Money Kings of London.


2nd, Second British Statement.
next quote from an article in Blackwood, for 1864, which the writer speaks of the Money Quarter of London as a Temple of Mammon, in which the Money Kings
I

in

are storing up the wealth of the world.

He

says

"There [in the Money Quarter of London] they are ceaselessly storing up the the w^ealth that flows to them from the rest of the world. Men in strange climes, and in strange dresses, and speaking all manner of tongues, are seen preparing produce and luxuries of all kinds for the Temple, which flow thither in long streams across land and sea. And still the work of storing goes on gold, silver, and all precious things, [bonds, stocks, etc.], the delights of life the cream of the earth's good
:

Io8

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.

accumulate higher and higher in the chambers of things the Temple [the Money Quarter]."
3rd.
I

Third British Statement: The Pamphlet.


that

do not think

any one can

still

doubt the

fact that

the

Money Kings

of

London have estabhshed

a grand im-

periaHsm of industry, trade and wealth, extending all over If a shadow of doubt remain in any mind, it the world. will be dispelled by the utterances of a pamphlet given

me,
for

in

London,

in 1864.

The pamphlet was intended


and therefore
speaks out

private

circulation

only,

frankly with regard to this grand English ImperiaUsm of


Capital.

In a discussion with the author of

this

work, the

writer of the pamphlet lost his temper

and coolness of
remarkable publi-

judgment, and gave him a copy of


cation.

this

The author of
the

the pamphlet speaks of the wealth of


as national wealth,

Money Kings

and of

their capital

Where he speaks of England, therefore, he means the Money Power of London and when he speaks of the English, he means the Money Kings. The writer shows but little literary skill, either in his
as English capital.
;

style,

or in the grouping of his facts

but his statements


following extracts

are true, and his facts authentic.

The

from the pamphlet present a picture of the monopoly of


industry,

commerce and
that will

wealth, attained
startle

Power,
says
:

in 1864,

by the Money mankind. The writer

a remarkable position England occupies in the little point amid the Northern seas, almost invisible to the school boy as he seeks for it on his globe, and which he may hide with his finger point as he turns the colored sphere, the British Isles are nevertheless the heart of the world the center to which the thoughts and and to and from which acts of men most generally tend the streams of material life are ever flowing.
It is

"

world.

WONDERFUL STATEMENTS OF PAMPHLET.


"If we draw on
will see
;

I09

a map the great lines of commerce, what a large proportion of them converge to It was once a proverb that "all roads lead our shores. to Rome " and England, commercially, holds in the world [italics his] the same predominant position which the

we

Eternal City held in the restricted era of the Roman Our country is the chief goal of the highways empire. Caravans, with their long strings of laden of commerce. camels and horses, are ceaselessly crossing the plains and railway trains drawn by the rapid fire deserts of Asia car rush across Europe and America with their freights of goods and ships in thousands bring to us, from all parts of the world, the staple supplies of our food and

if.

industry."

the

^ "China sends raw silk, and tea; India % sends cotton, indigo and rice. We get our spices from the Phillipine Islands ; almost all our coffee from Ceylon a portion of our cotton from Egypt; hides, chiefly from the pampas of Buenos Ayres; wool, chiefly from Australia and the Cape; wood, from the Northern countries of America and Europe flax and tallow, from Russia ; corn, chiefly from the United States and Russia; and the precious metals from Australia, California, Mexico and * * * * England [i. e. the the Andes of Peru. Money Power of London] furnishes employment to tens of millions of people in the uttermost parts of the earth,
i(.

Chinaman in his tea plantations and mulberry gardens the Hindoo in his rice and cotton fields the poor Indian miner in the Andes the Guacho, as he even the Negro of follows his herds in the Pampas

Africa,

and the natives of the

far

and

fair

Islands of the

Pacific."

" Of our exports, we send beer


coal, to

many

to India and Australia; places, to supply coaling stations for steam

We send cotton yarn for manufacture to India, Holland and Germany; cotton Our hardpiece goods to the United States and Brazil. wares and cutlery go chiefly to Australia, India and the United States and our woolen and worsted goods to the United States, India, and China, Germany, British North
vessels, but chiefly to France.
;

America and Australia."

no

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER,

* * * * " The trade of England is ubiquitous. It Fully three-fourths penetrates to every part of the earth. of the exportable produce of every country is sent direct to England, and of the remaining one-fourth, the greater part is carried by English enterprise, and at English risk In like manner, almost every to the port of consumption. spot on the earth receives its foreign su23plies from this country, or by the hands of English traders [agents of the Money Kings] and by means of English capital. * * * * We are the great general merchants of the world."
;
:j<

:1c

^
[the

Money Kings] are the manufacturers for the world. Every nation in the world except England may be called an agricultural country ; each no doubt, has some few manufactures more or less rough ; but the manufactures of every one are trifling in the extreme in proporConsequently, tion to the raw products which it grows. and the few countries export much except raw produce direct trade between the various countries of the world is very small. All trade through England; for what little goes direct from one country to another is generally on English [Money King] account, carried by English [Money King] enterprise, and with English [Money
;

"We

King] capital." " We [the Money Kings] are the great carriers for the world. Thirty thousand ships sailing under the flag, or bearing the cargoes of [the Money Kings of] England, are ever on the seas going and coming from all parts of the globe. From the Thames, the Mersey, the Tyne, and the Clyde argosies and commercial armadas are ever leaving, and jostle in our estuaries with similar squadrons making to port. We [the Money Kings] are the ship-builders for the world; and ouni or have mortgages on every vessel afloat. The shipping in every foreign port either belong to England [the Money Power,] or are employed by England [the Money Power,] ivith the exception of a few coasters." "The shores of our estuaries, lined with miles of docks and building yards, ring with the clang of hammers and vast ribs of wood and iron, curving upward from still vaster keels, show where leviathan vessel? are being got ready Both for their adventurous career.

*****

'

'

*****

BRITISH CENTRALIZATION OF TRADE,


classes of our ships, botli

III

steam and sailing, are regularly In both kind of vessels, too, there increasing in numbers. Comparing the present a steady increase of size. is amount of our shipping [in 1864,] with what it was in
1850, we find that we have 11 per cent, more ships, 40 per cent, more tonnage, and 15 per cent, more men." Filled with enthusiasm at the picture presented to his

mind, the writer exclaims

"Our
gies

little

islands

no longer

suffice for

us.

Our

ener-

overpassed their limits. There is room for us to live and work here that is all. These islands are * * * our house and garden, but our farm is detached. We live upon the world.
far

have

''^

The
"
world
:

writer goes

on

We

[Money Kings]

are

the

railway makers of the


t>ropoiiion

a7ui the actual owners of the greater foreign railways.

of

Kings] carry the mails for the whole Strange as it may appear, even the letters from South America to North America have always passed through the London post-office. "No one can go from one part of the world to another without passing through England; so completely do we [Money Kings] monopolize the whole passenger traffic." "We [Money Kings] are the bankers of the whole world. If the North sends money to the South, or the East to the West, the money must be sent through London there is no other way. "We [Money Kings] are the bulHon dealers of the world all gold and silver is brought direct to England [to the Money Kings,] in payment of debts due to us [Money Kings,] and then is redistributed by us in the shape ofpublic
world.

"We [Money

and private
mine."

loans.

^^

"We [Money
"We [Money
*
world.

Kings] have the

lion's

share in every

Kings] are the great capitalists of the * * It may be truly said that there is not at any time any corner of the world in which Englishmen [the Money Kings] have not more or less pecuniary interest. Without English [Money King] capital, and English [Money King] enterprise, the tallow of Russia

^=

112

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.

could not be brought from the interior to St. Petersburg nor the timber of Norway and Sweden and Poland be brought to the ports of embarkation nor the cotton of Egypt to Alexandria. English [Money King] capital performs the ttiternal traffic of every country, and largely supplies " the means of interior production. "We [Money Kings] are the annuitants of the world. We have loaned money to every gover?iment, and almost to every municipality. Every country has to pay large sums to the Enghsh [Money Kings] as interest upon loans, amounting to many hundreds of millions [pounds]." "Nothing is too large and nothing is too small for English [Money King] capital, and English [Money King] We [Money Kings] even pave, light, watch, enterprise. and drain numerous foreign cities. The very water-works of Berlin were constructed by the English [Money Kings], So endless are and are owned in England [by them]. the ramifications of Brittish [Money King] trade and enterprise, that the slightest misfortune to any country or people seriously affects [the Money Power of] England. A severe drought in the most remote spot on earth leaves A deluge England [the Money Power] a serious loser. in any country fills our [Money King] ledgers with bad debts. An earthquake in any quarter of the globe largely Every flood reduces English [Money King] profits. washes away English [Money King] dividends, English [Money King] exports, English [Money King] imports, and sweeps away English [Money King] capital, and ruins English [Money King] future expectations." IS HALF "IN FACT
;

MORE THAN MORTGAGED TO ENGLAND


The
foregoing statements

THE WORLD

[the

Money Kings]."*

(Capitals and italics in the forgoing are mine.)

make

it

evident that, in 1864,

the Money Kings of London had already established a grand empire over industry, manufactures, commerce and wealth, which was then dominating all the countries of The Money Kings were the only great capthe globe. No country had sufficient capital to italists of the earth.

*The author will have occasion markable publication, later on.

to

quote further from

this re-

SCIENTIFIC DEMONSTRATION.
build
its

II3

own

railroads, or

make

its
its

ments, or even raise and market

own public improveown products. All


as

gold and silver was sent direct to

London

soon as taken

out of the mines, in part payment of debt, and then was'


redistributed
to states to
uals.

by the Money Kings


counties

in loans to nations,

to

municipalities
'
'

and

to individ-

The Money Kings were then


all

the actual

owners
"

of the greater proportion of

the railways of the world.

They "owned or had mortgages on every vessel afloat." The ocean commerce of the world was in their hands.
Their "capital performed the internal
try."
traffic

of every counfor

The world was even dependent upon them


to at that date, this writer says,
is

"money
Even
world

supply the means of interior production."

mortgaged

to [the

"More than half the Money Kings of] England."


of

No

one can doubt

that, in 1864, the great capitalists

London had established an ImperiaUsm of Capital that was then dominating the earth, and monopolizing industry

and commerce.

If its capital

was

'gigantic proportions twenty-five years that have


least

so great at that time, to must it have attained


since elapsed.
Its capital

what
in the

has at

quadrupled since then. No wonder they are everywhere seeking farm loans, and are buying up property all
over the earth.

The above
no other

declarations of English writers,

if
I

there were

proof,

would

alone establish all that

have said

about the operations of the


II.

Money Power

in this country.

SECOND PROOF: SCIENTIFIC DEMONSTRATION, DEDUCED FROM THE LAWS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY, APPLIED TO INDUSTRIAL CONDITION OF U. S.
In a natural state of things, industry moves forward in

accordance with the laws of Political Economy which


regulate business

and

trade.

When we

perceive that the

114

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.


World
is

present condition of things in the business

utterly

contrary to what the natural laws of industry would bring


that some mighty influence is at work, enough to override all the laws of Political Economy, and bring about the abnormal condition of things, by the might of irresistible capital. Such is the state

about,

we know

powerful

of fact at the present time.

The Law of Scientific Demonstration has not been generally comprehended. Any Hypothesis respecting the facts of a case
true,
is

scientifically

demonstrated
all

to

be

when
It is

it

harmonizes and explains

the facts of the


:

case.

not necessary to have any outside evidence

the harmonizing and explaining all the facts of the case is, without any outside evidence, a Scientific Demonstration of the truth of the Hypothesis.
It is by such evidence that the Copernican System is In the era before Copernicus, demonstrated to be true. while the Ptolemaic theory, that the Earth is the center

of the universe, was held, Astronomy was not a science.

When

the center of the Solar System,

Copernicus promulgated the view that the Sun is and that the Earth and all

the Planets
scientifically

move around
demonstrated

it,

the theory was held to be

to

be
all

true,

by the

fact of

its

harmonizing and explaining


Solar System.
So, I

the

phenomena of
all

the

now

present the Theory that

these grand cor-

porations that are overshadowing this country are run by

Money King capital


ing that
it

and

demonstrate
all

its

truth,

by showwhich,
inci-

harmonizes and explains


all

the facts,

on any other supposition, are a jumble of discordant


dents utterly contradictory of

the principles of Political

Economy.

violated laws of political economy.


1st.

15

The Laws

of Political Economy Violated.

Which Are

The laws

of Political

Economy
the

are as fixed as the stars

in their course.

of the Business World, which are as immoveable and unalterable as the Laws of Nature. Let us note some of these Laws of the Business

They are

Laws

World : Principle
regulated by
2)

I.

In a normal
things,

state

tii'o

of

things,

all prices are

i)

The amount of currency; and


in business operations is
its

The law of supply and demand. Principle II. A large capital


gives
to

a great advantage, and


superiority over competitors

possessors a
capital.

marked

having small

Principle III.
things equal.

Persons established in business have an

advantage over those just starting in the same business, other

Principle IV.
that a

From

the

above principles,

it

follows

New Man who

starts in business poor, is at

a great

disadvantage in competition tvith Rieh


established.

Men who
is

are already

Principle V.
lished, will be at

A New Man

tvho

Poor, if he starts in
are already estab-

business in antagonism with Rich

Men who

such a disadvantage that he will be almost

certain to fail.

Principle VI.

/;/

Business Crises, men of large capital have a great ad-

who

are

already established in business,

vantage over
capital.

New

Men Just starting in the business with small


In
Business
Crises,
to

Principle VII.
capital,

who

are overtrading,

and have

men of small borrow money, are

at such disadvantage that they are usually the first to break.

Principle VIII.
that

It follozvs

from

the above principles,

of small capital can not, as a rule, enter into competition with Rich Men already established, and drive them

New Men

Il6

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.

out of business ; but in such cases of antagonistic competition,


the

New Men

Principle IX.

of small capital will be the first to fail. And especially in Business Crises,

New

Me?i of small capital can not, as a rule, successfully enter into competition wick Rich Men already established, and take their
business

from them;

but, in such antagonistic competition, the

Rich

Men

already established will be able to sustain themselves,

and the New Men of small capital will fail. Principle X. The superiority of a large capital is equally apparent in all operations in stocks and produce, in Boards of
Trade.

For
The Laws of Chance have their varialimits, and in the long run conform to
gambling operations, the longest purse
operations in
not,
:

Principle XI.
regular latv
will win,

tions only within certain

so that, in

in-

the long run.

Principle XII.

hi
to

Boards of Irade,
7'ule,

New
will,

Men

with smaller capital can

as a

men, and reduce thefn

bankruptcy

but the Ne%v Men


it

break doivn richer

in the long run, fail in such operations.

Principle XIII.
that,

From
in

the above principles

follows

in the Business World,

a man can only make a reasontime.

able

amount of money

a given

The wealth of a coufitry, under the operation of the natural laws of Political Economy, zvill increase most rapidly in times of prosperity, and will increase more slowly
in eras

Principle XIV.

of industrial depression.
Principles

The above
truth
is

are

Industrial

Axioms.

Their

recognized as

soon as they are stated.

They
Planets

are

Laws of
their

the Business World, which are as fixed as

the course of the Planets in their orbits.

The

have

perturbations

and there may be occasional


laid

exceptions to the
Principles.

Laws of Industry

down
rule.

in

these

But the exception proves the

There

can not be any general departure from these Principles.

prices abnormal.

ii7

2nd.

These Fixed Principles of Political Economy ARE now Violated in Every Particular
facts of the business world, in
:

by the

our time.

We

call

attention especially to four points

The
1.

Principles of Political

Economy are Violated

In the abnormal condition of prices; which by the amount of currency, and by the law of supply and demand in 2. In the abnormal condition of business
are no longer regulated
;

which

New Men who

started poor

have taken possession

of everything;
3. In the unheard of aggregation of wealth in the hands of New Men, who have sprung up from and poverty into unprecedented wealth
;

In the anomalous fact that the wealth of our country has increased most rapidly when the general prosperity was at the lowest ebb.
4.

1.

The

Principles of Political Economy Violated, by Prices Being no Longer Regulated by the Amount of Currency, AND THE Law of Supply and Demand.

The Amount

of Currency and the

Law
is

of Supply and

Demand
there
is

would, at present, give us good prices.

And

the fact that prices are

now broken down

evidence that

an active and powerful agency

at

work

subvert-

ing the laws of Political

Economy

that regulate prices.

We
But

live in

it is

one of the most striking

an age of wonderful industrial movement. facts of our time, that all

prices are in an anomalous condition, not to be explained by the ordinary laws of industry and trade. All prices,

especially those of farming produce, are extremely low.

Il8

RISE OF THE

MONEY POWER.

The depression of the farming interest depressed every other interest of the country.
little

has The

farmers are compelled to economize closely, and buy as


as possible

from the merchants and other tradesmen


Consequently, business in our towns
of enforced
is

of our towns.
dull.

The wave
its

economy has spread from


This general

the farmers to the people of the towns.


pressure, Avith
factures, in

necessitated economy, affects our

manu-

diminishing the ability of our people to con-

sume manufactured products. The question that stares us


answer,
is

in the face

and

calls for

an

What
ume
at

is

the Cause of the Low Price of Farming Products?

Heretofore, two causes have regulated prices,


of currency,

the volIf,

and the law of supply and demand.

any time, prices were very low, we could see the cause, either in a scarcity of money, or in production carried beyond consumption, and a consequent glut of the
market.

In the hard times, from 1837

to 1850, there

was a great
state

lack of currency; there being, in

1842, only $64,000,000

of currency in the whole country.


fact,

In such a

of

we

see an adequate cause for the low scale of prices

then prevailing.

Scarcity of
low
prices.

money

is

not

now

the cause of our

Money is now abundant in the country. We have much more money than can be used in carrying on the business of the country, at the rate of prices now prevailing. The men who purchase our farming products
have such abundance of means that they are able to pay
cash for
dations.
ant,
all

our products, without needing bank accommocenters,


rate of interest

At our great money


is

and the

low.

money is abundMoney is so abundfor

ant in the country, that any

man

can get a loan,

any

MONEY KINGS REGULATE


amount,
curity.

PRICES.

II9
se-

provided

he

has property to mortgage as


millions are for loan, constantly,

Hundreds of

on
its

farms and real estate.


investment.

Money

is

so abundant,

that

holders are seeking in every direction for opportunities of

The low

prices of farming

produce now prevailing can

not be caused by a scarcity of money.


tion.

are the low prices caused by overproduchave not an oversupply of wheat, or cotton, or pork, or beef, or any of the great''staples of the counThe growth of population keeps pace with the try. growth of production, and the increased supply is merely The crop of sufficient to meet the increased demand. next crop consumed by the time the is always each year At no time has the market been is ready for market.

Nor

We

oversupplied.

The

present low prices can not be attributed to a glut

of the market.

On

the contrary, prices have gone down,

especially, at times

meet the

when demand. The


So
far as as

the supply was inadequate to

present condition of prices

is

anomalous.

money and

the law

of supply

and demand go, we have the conditions for fair prices. There is now as much money in the country, and we have as good a market for produce, as in 1870, and in 1881 and 1882, when prices were much higher than now. Prices are no longer regulated by the amount of currency

and the law of supply and demand. Prices are now regulated by a Titanic Imperialism of Capital. Facts already mentioned, and which it is unnecessary to repeat here, prove this demonstrably.

The

prices of farming produce are low, because


is

the Imperialism of Capital

the only buyer of our pro-

duce, and there

is

no competition:

because prices are

manipulated by an Imperialism of Capital, in Boards of Trade, and fixed according to the will of the Money

120

RISE OF
:

THE MONEY POWER.

Power

because the

Money Power
it it

so dominates the

markets of the world that


the standard for
all

makes the Liverpool

price

countries; while

keeps down the


the

Liverpool price, by keeping on hand shipments of India


produce, raised on plantations

owned by

Money

Kings,

with Hindoo J?jof labor, at five cents a day.

2.

The

Principles of Political Economy Violated, in the FACT that New Poor Men Have Taken Possession of Everything, in All Departments of Business.

A
all

multitude of

New Men

have grown up from pov-

erty into

ness in

sudden wealth, dispossessing richer men of busiwhich they were well established, thus throwing

the business of the country into

new

channels.

New Men
trade

are at the head of the import

and export
of proin the great

of the country
in the oil

of

the trade in

all

lines

duce

business
in the

in

manufactures

wholesale trade

packing business

in all the great

lines of business in the country.

In

New

York

City,

New Men

bankrupted the old

merchants, and took away the business from them.


English branch merchants down the price of goods, and broke down the New England Mills. They were evidently in collusion with their London principals; and their ability to break down the New England Mills is another proof

These

New

York
put

houses

afterwards

of the mighty capital behind them.

Street, and broke the immense fortunes; a positive proof that the New Operators were backed by the unlimited capital of London, which made their operations a

New Men

went

into

Wall

old operators, and acquired

certainty.

New Men

went

into the

oil
all

the old operators, monopolized

the wells,

regions, broke down and secured

NEW MEN BREAK DOWN COMPETITORS.


a grand monopoly of
oil;

121

manifest proof that they had be-

hind them the power of an immense capital.

In pork packing,
packers were
all

the old Louisville

broke, while a

Chicago from poverty into


a demonstration that the

and Cincinnati sprung up in sudden and immense wealth

New Man

New Man who

rode the storm

before which the others went down, and

000,000 into

his business in a
is

in his business, but

put $120,few years, is not a principal an agent of the Money Kings, who
for his operations.

who

gave him unlimited capital

This

is

an age of

New

Men.

In

all

the

great

branches of business,

the old business

men have gone

down, and

New Men

have taken
all

their place.

New Men
down
and
rich,

who started

poor, have,

over the country, broken

and displaced the former operators who were


well established in business.

The

fact is capable of Scientific

Demonstration

that those into wealth

Americans who have thus suddenly grown up

and power, are


of the

The Agents

London Money Power.

It is impossible, under the regular laws of business, that these New Men could be independent operators, conducting business on their own account. To suppose them

independent operators makes the business


an anomaly, full of
with the facts

life

of the age

facts utterly contradictory of all the

laws of the business world.


it

Our age
Economy.
rejects
it

is

presents in utter antagonism to

moving onward, all Law.


to

Its facts are a

jumble of irreconcilable contradictions


Political

the past experience of the world, and to the fixed and

immutable laws of

Enlightened Rea-

son revolts against the idea that these

men
see

are engaged in

independent business, and

as utterly absurd.

When,

in all lines of business,

we

New Men

w^ho

were poor break down the rich men who were

in the bus-

122

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.

iness before them,

take possession of

it

and drive them out of the business and themselves, we may know that the New
source, not
is

Men
of

have,

from some
down.

knotvn

to the public, supplies

capital greater than

at the

command of

the

men whom

they break

All the facts are explained,

if

we suppose
its

that the

New
sup-

Men, who
the

started poor a few years ago, are the agents of

Money Power, and

are using

capital.

But to
is

pose that they have, unaided, by their owti fiarrow means,


supplanted

and driven from

business richer men,

the rank-

est absurdity.

absurdity of the idea is manifest. It is imfor poor young men to go into business, and bankrupt the rich men already established, and take their
possible

The

business from them, unless the Poor


cretly the agents of the

Young Men were seLondon Money Power, and were

suppHed with funds by the Money Kings, so as to enable them to break down all opposition. Napoleon said. Providence always favors the strongest
battalions, in war.

In business, as in war,

God

does not

choose

to

work miracles by
;

setting aside the regular laws

of nature, but leaves natural laws to


ural results

work out

their nat-

and men of smaller


will, as

capital

who launch
to ruin.

out

boldly into business in antagonistic competition with rich

men

already established,

a rule,

come

In

business,

the longest purse wins, as the strongest battal-

ions, in war.

Whenever we
and bankrupting

see a multitude of poor


rich

men growing rich,

men

already estabUshed in business,

we may be

sure that, from

some source.
Capital.

The Victors Have the Heaviest

This

is

Law Law fixed

As has been said, the planets have their and there may be occasional exceptions to

as the course of the planets. perturbations


these business

NEW MEN AGENTS OF MONEY


laws,

KINGS.

23

where a poor man may grow rich in such a manner. But when a multitude of such cases occur when, indeed, it is the rule for Poor Young Men to get rich, and rapidly

supplant their predecessors in trade

changes hands

so

that all business

in

such cases,

it

is

certain that the poor

men who
mighty

thus get rich have behind them the backing of a

capital.

This

is

Law.

By

the operation of the

Law
it

of Cause and Effect,

the heaviest

Capital carries with

poiver to crush smaller operators; as surely as a thunder cloud


carries rain, or the

North Wind

cold.

Look Over to London, and


all is plain.

We have seen

that in 1864,
all

the

London

Money Kings were


that the

carrying on business

over the earth.

In 1865, Mr. Gladstone stated in the House of

Commons
here.

United States was the best place


British capitalists to

for

investment,

and advised

make investments

more natural than that they should concentrate their capital upon this country? The Drift of Gold to the United States, proves that London capitalists have not only been reinvesting here all
is

What

their profits derived

from their business

in

this

country,

but that they are sending profits of their world-wide com-

merce over here for investment. Where is the Money that has been coming
constant stream for investment?
less
it

in a

We

can not find

it,

un-

is

the

money

these

New Men

have been investing

own name. If the capital these New Men have is London capital, it makes all plain. There is More Evidence to prove that the London Money Power has been extending its Imperialism over our country by breaking down our business men, and thus
in their

been investing

conquering and taking possession of our business, than there is to prove the truth of the Copernican Theory of
the Solar System.
It

establishes the fact of the

work of

124
the

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.


in
this

London Money Power

country beyond the

possibility of doubt.

This evidence
3.

is

enough.

But

it is

not

all:

The

Principles op Political Economy Violated, in the Sudden Acquisition of Inordinate Wealth by a Multitude of Poor Men, in a Very Short Time.

It is

needless to mention the

of the newly and immensely rich.

names of the multitude All know them. That


they have the property

they have the wealth


to

is

evident

show
it

for

it.

The Important Question


Is

is,

Whose
it

wealth

is

it?

theirs?
?

and did they make


is
it

out of their

resources

Or
?

the wealth of the


trust,

own London Money

Kings, which they are holding in

and managing on
of the
all

commission
All Kings
is
;

Plain
to

if

they

are

the

agents

but

suppose them to have

made

the

Money money

themselves, in so short a time, and under such conditions,


is

a contradiction of all the fixed laws of Political Economy.

Let Us Note Some of the Facts.


vast
if

We

have a
are the

number of

facts in the industry

of our times which,

we

leave out of view the

London Money Power,

strangest

anomaly

in the history of the world.

There are

a multitude of facts in the history of our age, which, as they are

commonly regarded, transcend


Romancer,
or the

the vivid imagina-

tion of the
fable.

wild dreams of Oriental

When Eugene

basis of that strange

Sue needed a Collosal Fortune as the work of fiction. The Wandering Jew,

he constructed a fortune of $42,000,000, as the result of the accumulation of several generations. But, in our
times,

we have

the Vanderbilts credited with $200,000,little

000, acquired in a

over twenty years.

And Armour

MIRACLES OF ACCUMULATION.

25

was operating
it,

his business, in a year or

two

after

starting

with a capital of $120,000,000.


If

novel,

Eugene Sue had stated such a thing as it would have been scouted as perfectly
author of the

this in his

ridiculous.

If the

Arabian Nights,

in narrating the

adventures of Sinbad the Sailor, had

made him

acquire

such a fortune, the credulity of his readers would have been too severely taxed. Such a Collossal Fortune would

have overtaxed the powers of the Genii of Aladdin's Ring and yet, we believe all that is told us about and Lamp
;

the

time.
for

mushroon fortunes that are said to be made in our Without consulting probabilities at all, we take it

granted that the natural laws of industry are wholly

suspended, and that miracles of accumulation are being

wrought around

us.

Com. Vanderbilt made $100,000,000, Gould made $200,000,000, in that Rockafeller has made $150,000,000, in ten years! and that Armour made $120,000,000, in fifteen years! Is there anything the American people three years!!!
believe that
in twelve years!

We

that Jay

will not believe,

if

the newspapers

tell

them

it

is

so?!!

Had

those
it

men

possessed Aladdin's lamp, and diligently

rubbed
time!

all

the while from

night, they could not

Monday morning to Saturday have made so much money, in the

The Gambling Argument Refuted.


It

may

be said that these

men made

their

money

deal-

ing in stocks,
their favor
!

that

they were gamblers; and luck was in


their va-

But the mutations of chance correct

riations in the long run,

by a

series
at

gambler

and return to some regular order, The of changes which may be calculated. win for a time the may on the roulette table
;

turn of the wheel

but as surely as he continues to tempt


all,

Fortune, he will have a turn of luck, and will lose


last.

at

So these gamblers

in stocks.

126

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.

They would
gained,
done,
win.
if it

long since have lost all they had were mere luck as so many others have
;

who

trusted to fortune entirely, without any great

unlimited capital at their back.

But these men uniformly

Their success

is

the result of Capital, which

Commodore Vanderbilt enabled them to insure success. went into Wall street with only a million dollars. He
$15,000,000;

was constantly opposed by Daniel Drew, who was worth and he frequently had the whole street against him. And yet he was able to carry out all his plans successfully. It is known that he had command of unlimited capital more than could be brought against

The operations of Vanderand Gould and others in Wall street can only be accounted for by the fact that they were the agents of the London Money Kings, and were supplied with suffihim
in
all

North America.

bilt,

cient capital to

make

their operations

an assured success.

The Facts of the Outside World,

make
years.

it

apparent

icans should have

how impossible it is that so many Amermade such colossal fortunes in a few

An

article

has recently appeared which shows the congreater concentration

centration of wealth in a few hands in the United States,

from which

it

appears that there

is

of wealth here than in any other country.

There are

about seventy persons

who average over $37,000,000 each, most of them having made it within the last thirty years. wealthier This makes these persons, these Newly Rich,

than the richest capitalists of Europe, whose fortunes have

been growing up
richest

for generations.
fall
;

It is

said that

"The

dukes of England

below the average wealth


while the greatest bankers,

of a dozen American citizens

SUCH WEALTH OF NEW MEN IMPOSSIBLE.

27

merchants and railway magnates of England can not compare in wealth with many Americans."

The average annual income


dred Englishmen
is

of the wealthiest one hunabout $400,000- while the average an-

nual income of the richest one hundred Americans largely

exceeds $1,000,000!

Even

the richest of the

Rothschilds

left

only about
of several

$17,000,000,
generations.*
mines,

the result of the accumulation

Earl Dudley,
at
left

the

owner of

the richest iron

was worth
of Buccleuch
is

his

death but $20,000,000.

Duke Duke

about $30,000,000.

The The Marquis


Duke
of West-

of Bute

now

estimated to be worth $40,000,000; the

of Norfolk, about the same; and the

minster about $50,000,000.


It is perfectly evident by comparison with these grand fortunes abroad, which have been actually made, and under the most favorable circumstances, how impossible
it is

that these

Americans should have amassed these


It is
all

fabulous fortunes, in a day.

impossible.

The
it

idea

is

contradicted by

the history of the past:

is

contradicted by the actual facts


:

known

to exist in

other countries, in our time

it is

contradicted by the laws


the business world
:

of Political
is

Economy which govern

it

contradicted by the certainties which limit the possibiliof business accumulation.

ties

The Absurdity
The men have
not

of the Idea

is

too gross for belief.


It is

made

these fortunes.

impossible

* This proves that the Rothschilds are the head of a syndicate. For that House loaned over $500,000,000 to national governments in the ten years from 1854 to 1864; besides all its other immense
operations in the same time
;

and

all

its

previous loans.

The

House

of Rothschild has loaned several billions of dollars.

And

yet the richest of the Rothschilds

was worth only $17,000,000.

The House is evidently a syndicate loaning much money not owned by the Rothschild family.

128

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.

have made them. They are the agents of have been using their capital the London Money Kings
that they should

and are holding


4.

their property in trust for them.

The Principles of Political Economy Violated, Enormous Growth of Wealth in the United
FROM 1870 to
1880.

in

the

States,

Remarkable Fact Fully Corroborates

the con-

drawn from the foregoing testimony, and proves positively the workings of the Money Power in this
clusions

From 1870 to 1880, the wealth of this country country. increased from $30,068,000,000 to $43,642,000,000; an
increase of $13,574,000,000.

That

is,

the wealth of the

country increased in these ten years of disaster over twofifths

of the whole amount!


indicate

This Immense Growth of Wealth would


that our country

was then enjoying an unprecedented that our merchants, and manufacturers and prosperity, farmers were growing rich with unprecedented rapidity. But the fact is, that those were ten years of overwhelming

and universal financial ruin. Business was dull during the whole ten years and five years out of the ten were years of such general prostration of business, and such overwhelming ruin, as no country ever before suffered in Prices were never so low business was time of peace. never so prostrate bankruptcies, never so numerous. Our people were all growing poorer farmers were getting in debt: there were from nine thousand to ten
:

thousand great business


kept.
in

failures

every year; besides the


poorer, in 1880, than
in-

multitude of small bankruptcies of which no account was

The American people were

and yet the wealth of the coontry vastly creased, increased beyond precedent, during tht
1870;
terval.

in-

ENORMOUS GROWTH OF WEALTH.

29

How

do

We

Account
?

for the

Anomaly
for.

The
The

people getting poorer, and during the ten years


It

the country two-fifths richer


is

easily

accounted

accumulation of wealth was not the wealth of our people;


but the wealth of the corporations established in America

by the Money Kings. Those Were the Ten Years when Armour was building up his gigantic business, while American packers were being broken down when the Money Kings were getting possession of property in Chicago and other cities when the Money Kings were taking possession of the great lines of trade, buying up or cotton and wheat and pork and bacon and whiskey, and breaking those engaged when the Money Kings were takin the business before
: :

ing possession of our manufacturing interests in the North,

and planting the beginnings of a grand manufacturing system in the New South when Jay Gould was buying
:

up his grand railroad system


being purchased; and
mills

when other railroads Avere when lumber forests and lumber


:

and hundreds of other branches of American incheap by the Money Kings at bankrupt prices. All These Purchases Required a Vast Outlay of Foreign Capital in the country and they account
dustry were purchased
;

anomaly that the wealth of the country increased so vastly, while the American people, suffering from hard times and low prices, were getting poorer, and
for the strange

suffered one

hundred thousand great bankruptcies. but the There was indeed the opening up of new farms great increase of wealth in the country was the growth of the wealth of the Money Power in America. It was the growth of grubs in the head of the sheep of worms grown
;

from the eggs of the ox-fly in the back of the ox. The wealth was not our wealth, but the wealth of the Money Power. It did not belong to our people, or our nation,

I3

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.


Parasites

but to the horde of predacious vermin


are preying

that

upon

us.

Synopsis of the Argument.

As has been said, the evidence here adduced proceeds on the same scientific basis as the Scientific DemonstraAs tion that proves the truth of the Copernican Theory. that Scientific Theory is demonstrated to be true by its
harmonizing
the
all

all

the
it is

Theory

that

the

phenomena of the Solar System, so Money Power which is devouring

our industries is proved to be true by its harmonizing and explaining all the facts of the Business World that have been so perplexing to all observers. Everybody knows that the times are out of joint. The most startling business developments are constantly occurring; but no one has been able to account for them. Our business system is like Astronomy under the old Ptolemaic System: it is a jumble of incongruous facts,

wholly unaccountable by

all

the ordinary laws of industry,

and indeed

in

antagonism with them.

The Hypothesis, that all the facts are caused by the work of the Money Kings through a system of agencies in this country, makes all plain. I. We have the existence of the Money Power set forth
by English writers, who declare that it is constantly piling up the wealth of the whole world higher and higher in its Temple, the Money Quarter of London: that its capital is carrying on the business of all countries, and generally supplying to them the means of interior home production
:

that,

twenty-four years ago,

it

owned almost
it

all

the
its

rail-

roads of the world; and that


ations,
all

is

carrying on

oper-

over the earth.

The

existence of the grand


is

world-wide Imperialism of Capital


Furthermore,
this

a demonstrated

fact.

Money Power always

operates through

SYNOPSIS OF ARGUMENT.
joint Stock corporations
its
:

I31

it

always systematically conceals


it

operations

thoroughly organized,
its

proceeds in the

accomplishment of a regular method.


2.

aims of conquest
in this

in

accordance with

Hence, when we see


monopolizing
in
all

country grand corporaof independent business

tions

business, thoroughly organized, pro-

ceeding

their

breaking

down

men
their

with regular uniform method

wrecking operations from the public

by

secret

underhanded

carefully concealing working always methods these create a


:

facts

strong presumption that these corporations are the agents

of the

London Money Power. And when we see a multitude


it

of other

facts, all point-

becomes a certainty. 3. We find a multitude of New Men, who started poor, going into business without capital of their own, and breaking down Rich Men already established in business, and
ing in the same direction,

taking the business from them.


4.

We

find

New Men,

starting poor, in a few years os-

tensibly having possession of vast fortunes,

greater than

the wealth of the Rothschilds, or the richest Plutocrats

of Europe.
5.

We

find our country vastly increasing in wealth in

the decade

when business was

when
6.

the whole country

dullest, times hardest; and was swept by an overwhelming

tide of ruin.

We

find business drifting into

new channels

being

monopolized by a few great

capitalists

the

multitude of

small business operators being ruined, while grand com-

panies with overwhelming capital are taking possession of


all

kinds of business.
7.

We

see times hard, while

money

is

plenty

we

see

business dull in the ordinary business channels, while the


railroads are pressed stantly

beyond

their

capacity by the con-

expanding industry of the country.

132
8.

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.


;

We
it

but

ators,

have more business than ever before gone out of the hands of the many small operand has gone into the hands of a few great business
is

companies.
9.

We

see

money abundant, and demand


when money was

for

produce

steady and active; and

yet prices of produce as low as in old


so scarce that

days of the

40's,

we had

* * * only $64,000,000, of currency in the country. The people have seen these and other anomalies already
mentioned, and have been asking the reason. The reason for this state of things is sought in vain in ordinary business causes.

The
is

action

of

ordinary business

causes

would, in a normal state of things, give us general prosperity.

There

great business activity

lying idle

an
all

plenty of money
:

abundant market and an active demand

there are

the elements of prosperous times, high prices

and general prosperity; and yet, notwithstanding, we have low prices, hard times, everybody in debt, and The great masses of our people on the verge of ruin. state of things is unaccountable by all ordinary business
principles.

Some Great Cause for these Effects.

These uniform violations of the principles of

Political

Economy can
and the
all

not be fortuitous.

In

all

these great Hnes


are violated;

of facts the principles of Political


facts are too

Economy

occurred by chance.

numerous, and too varied, to have There is some great cause, of which
in

the facts are the effects.

Without the presence


on varied business
principles
lines,

our
facts,

Country

of a

grand Imperialism of Capital, these


of
Political

numerous, and

and all in utter violation of the Economy, and wholly contrary

to the results that

would have followed the regular oper-

MONEY POWER, THE CAUSE FOR THESE ANOMALIES.


ation of natural business laws, could not

33

have occurred.
capital

They

are

the

natural effects which the

of the

Money Power,

invested in vast amounts,

would produce.

And

they could not have originated from any other cause.

facts of our Industrial System are wholly inexplicable, unless we adopt the Hypothesis that the London Money Kings own all these great enterprises,
ostensibly

The

owned by Americans
all

and

that their capital

is

producing

the anomalies apparent in our Industry.


all

This Hypothesis harmonizes and explains


the facts of our Industrial System
;

and

this

harmonizing

and explaining the facts demonstrates the truth of the Hypothesis on the strictest Scientific principles. It is a Scientific Demonstration.

The reasoning
proved
to

is

without a flaw.

It is the

same kind
is

of evidence as that by which the Copernican System

be

true.

And

it is

even more conclusive.

And

yet this

is

not

all

the proof.

There are other


sure.

facts,

which strongly corroborate the proofs already offered, and which make the conclusion doubly
III.

THIRD PROOF: CORROBORATING FACTS, PROVING

THAT THE CAPITAL OF THESE NEW MEN CAPITAL OF THE MONEY POWER.
If

IS

THE

adduced
doubt
is

no other evidence, that which has been amply sufficient to prove the work of the Money Power in this country. But the last shadow of
there were
is

dispelled
it.

when we

see so

many

facts in corrobor-

ation of

and at his death it becomes evident that Gould were not the owners of the Erie Jay Gould's railroad Railroad, but were only agents. system breaks down, and proves that he did not own the
Jim Fisk
dies,

the firm of Fisk

&

134
railroads he

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.


to possess,

was believed

but was only an


dies,

agent of the

Money

Kings.

Commodore Vanderbilt

and only divides up three and one-half millions among his children. Wm. H. Vanderbilt sells out a controlling interest in the Vanderbilt system for $50,000,000, and places the money in a London bank. And, at his death,

he leaves

his property, so that

it

can be easily controlled


it

by a

single will.

A.

T.

Stewart dies, and

is

proved
:

was only an agent of the London Money Kings These and many other similar facts make it certain that
that he

these grand corporations in our country are the agencies

of the
2.

London Money Power.


any agent wants to deny that the Money Kings it is very easy to prove the denial to be

If

are his principals,


true.

Let him show the stock books of his corporawho the stockholders are and let him show that his corporation is not mortgaged to the London Money Kings. No man who is afraid to show his stock
tion, and show
;

books,

can deny that he

is the

agent of the

London Money

Kings.
3.

The

necessity for concealment shows why em-

ployees of those corporations,

when

testifying

in

court,
to

and before committees of Congress, can not be induced


to state
serve.

who

are the stockholders of the corporations they


is

That

their

secret

secret that

is

never

di-

vulged.

One of them, after answering frankly the questions that were asked him about the management of his company, begged to be permitted not to tell who were the stockholders.
all

had come prepared to answer truly him concerning the management of the business, but he had no right to tell who were the stockholders of the corporation. He was excused by the Committee and the American people do
said he

He

the questions that might be asked

THE JEWS
not

IN EUROPE. the

135

know who

are the stockholders of

Standard Oil

Company.

They do
Kings
care.
!

these grand corporations are

not wish Americans to know that all owned by the London Money
this precious secret

They guard

with the greatest

were once taken out of a New York court by force, and carried off to Canada, to prevent it from being discovered who were the stockholders.

The books of a corporation

They never
in

will

permit the public to see their books,

unless indeed, hereafter, they should divise a

new

system,

which the agents might be allowed to hold the stock under trust bonds, and carry it upon the books in their own name, in order to deceive the American people.

They
secret

will

do

it,

if

necessary.

Anything to keep

their

IV.

FOURTH PROOF THE JEWS TAKING POSSESSION OF PROPERTY, IN EUROPE, AS IN THIS COUNTRY.
:

What
it it

the

Money Power
all
its

has been doing in this country,


All over the earth

has been doing


is

over the world.

extending

empire over industry, commerce and

wealth.

The

national debts of the world


It
is

now amount

to

about $26,000,000,000.
nicipal,

estimated that the

entire

indebtedness of the world,


corporate,

national, state, county,

muover

and
If

individual,

amounts

to

$75,000,000,000.
is

three-fourths

of this indebtedness
this is a moderate income from interest

owed

to

the

Money Power
at four

and
,

estimate
alone,
it

then

per cent.

the

amounts

to

has the profits derived from


its

$2,150,000,000 a year. Beside this, from its its manufactures


city rents

from coal and lead and and from petroleum from


ocean commerce
silver
its its

from

its

mines of
tin
traffic

gold and copper and


freights

and passenger

136

RISE OF
railroads

THE MONEY POWER.


vessels^

on

its

and ocean
trade
in

^from
From

farms and plantations


dizing

from

from

the profits of
its

its

the profits of
all

merchanof

its

the

productions
all

our

country, and of the whole world.


the

these sources,
vast

Money Power have an annual revenue


States, the

beyond
is

computation.

In the United

Money Power
that
is

Making Almost All the Money


the

made.

Our

people used to get the Liverpool price for our produce;


profits being divided between the producer, the merchant who shipped, and the ship-owner who carried But after the Money Power bought our ships, we it.

only

made

the profits received at the sea board.

And

now, the Money Power has devoured our import and export sea board trade our railroads our mines our manufactures, and the traffic in all our products; and all that

our people

now

get

is,

what the Money Power pays our


All the profits,

farmers for produce, at the railroad depots.

from that point, are realized by the


agents.

And

it is

the

same

in all

Money Power and its other countries. From

we can form an idea of the immense profits the Money Power is realizing from its imperialism over industry, commerce and wealth, all over the earth. Though the fact that the Jew Capitalists are the London Money Power, a grand Imperialism of Capital, has never
these facts,

been thought of before,

yet

thoughtful

observers have

noticed the rapid rise of the Jews into astonishing wealth.


Since this work was written, a thoughtful book, entitled

The Jews, by Samuel H. Kellogg, D. D., has fallen under my eye, from which I take some very startling facts that
are

new

to the public.

in their bearing

The statements are more striking upon the Imperialism of Capital attained

by the London Jews, from the fact that the author of the work has no idea of the Jewish London Money Power. It shows that the Jews have done, and are doing,

JEWISH POWER IN EUROPE.


in

I37

Europe,

all

have shown that they are doing in the

United

States.

1st.

Jewish Power and Influence.

Dr.
the

Kellogg says:

"Everywhere

in

Europe

is

noted

extraordinary tendency of capital to concentrate in

Jewish hands."

A
"

writer in the Nineteenth Cetitury


:

makes

the following

statements

The Influence of the Jews at the present time more noticable than ever. That they are at the head of European Capitalists, we are all well aware. * * * * The Jews are, beyond dispute, the leaders of the Plutoc* * * * In all the vast financial racy of Europe. schemes of recent years, the hand of the Jews has been felt, both for good and evil. The Rothschilds are but the
is

leading name among the whole series of capitalists, which include the great monetary chiefs of Berlin, Amsterdam, Paris and Frankfort. During the ten years, 185410 1864, the Rothschilds furnished in loans, $200,000,000 to England, $50,000,000 to Austria, $40,000,000 to Prussia, $130,000,000 to France, $50,000,000 to Russia, $12,000,000 to Brazil, in all $482,000,000. This, besides many millions loaned to small states."

And
ists

this was twenty-four years ago, when these capitalwere comparatively feeble How many millions have
!

they loaned in the

last

twenty-four years?!
are only two per cent, of

In Prussia, where the Jews


the population,
in

hundred and forty hundred and fifty were Jews; /. e. about And this was seventeen six-sevenths of the whole number. How great has been the growth of Jewish years ago.
1871, out of six

two bankers,

five

capital in the interval

In Austria, a

similar state of things exists.

One

of

the religious papers of Berlin

makes the statement


lies

that

"The Bourse
hands."

of

Vienna actually

wholly in Jewish

138

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.


Germany,

The

petition of the Anti-Semites, circulated in

in 1880, complains:

"The

fruits of Christian labor are


is

harvested by the Jews.

Capital

concentrated in Jewish

hands."

2nd. These Jew Capitalists Are Taking Possession OF the Business of Europe.

returns,

So long ago as 1861, according to the Prussian official out of seventy-one thousand Jews in Prussia,
half,

capable of work, thirty eight thousand, or more than

were engaged

in

six one Jew in five In Berlin, where the Jews were five per cent, of the population, in 187 1, while, out of every hundred Protestants, thirty nine were returned as "employers," out of

commerce while, hundred and eighty


;

at the

same time, only was a day laborer.

every hundred Jews, seventy-one were engaged in commercial


life.

It is

evident that the

at least five times as

much

profit as the Protestant

Jew merchants make "em-

ployers " engaged in various lines of business.

In

Lower

are returned in the last census as Jews.

Austria, out of 59,122 merchants, 30,012 Over half the

merchants Jews, while the Jews are


of the population
!

less

than five per cent,

And we know

that the

Jew

stores are

always extensive establishments;


chants have the small stores.

while the native merin

When the Jews are half

number of the merchants of our towns, what will have become of our merchants ? Where will they be ? In Algiers, even a worse state of things exists. According to Le Telegraphe, " Constantina, Algiers and Oran belong almost completely to the Jews. The whole trade
of Algiers
is

in their

hands

and, in consequence of high


a large proportion of the

and usurious
natives
are

rates of interest,
fallen

into
is

the

power of the Jews."


full

The

writer adds,
future."

"Here

a dark point,

of danger for the

jews devouring lands of europe.


3rd.

39

These Jew Capitalists are Devouring the Lands of Europe.

to a vast extent the owners of and are rapidly becoming the owners of Europe in fee simple, as they are of the United States. In a debate in the German Reichstag, on the famine of 1880, in Upper Silesia and Posen, it was said that one of the causes of the starvation of the people was the fact, that the lands of those countries had passed, by

The Jews have become

the soil of Europe,

mortgage foreclosure, to a vast extent, out of the hands of the German Proprietors into the hands of the Jews. So far had this foreclosure of mortgages gone that, as it

was

stated, the

German

population were so stripped and

impoverished that they were "almost incapable of raising


themselves again."
years more.

So

will

it

be

in this country, in a

few

A
tricts

Thank God that it is not Berlin paper asserts, " It is a


of Russia,
Austria,

so yet.
fact

which can no
dis-

longer be denied, that the population of the remote

Hungary and Roumania,


soil,

are

only the nominal possessors of the

and

for the

part cultivate the land for the Jews, to

whom

most they have

mortgaged

all

this writer to

would almost suppose be speaking of farmers of Iowa and Kansas


the estates."
for several years past, in-

One

In Galicia, mortgages have,

creased at the rate of about eight million florins per an-

num; and
Jews.

it

is

stated that one-third of the total

amount

has already passed, by foreclosure, into the hands of the

The

sheriff's sales

of peasant land were one hun5

but, in 1879, these sales had was almost exclusively the Jews who brought about these foreclosures, and acquired thereby the property." In the province of Berkowina, of the private mort-

dred and sixty-four


risen to 3,164;

in 1867
it

"and

gages registered in 1877, eighty-two per cent.,

according

140

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.

to the official returns,


it

were owned by the Jews. In 1881,

was stated

that already one-half of the real estate of that

province, in town and country, had been taken possession


of by the Jews, under foreclosure of mortgages. And Dr. Thaddeus Pilat, the Director of the Bureau of Statistics, expressed the opinion that "the remainder would, very shortly, go the same way."

From Hungary,
country,
sales

similar facts are reported.

In that

in

1878,

there were sixteen thousand sheriff's

of property, far the greater part of which passed

over to the Jews.


years ago,
that the

The London

Spectator stated,

a few

Jews had obtained posession of so many of the old estates of Hungary, "as to make a change in the constitution a necessity." In Roumania, the ^same authority says the gravest apprehensions were entertained that the Jews "would gradually oust the peasantry, till they possessed the whole
land."

In Russia
the West,

it

is

said that, as early as 1869,

seventy-

three per cent, of the real estate of certain provinces in

where the Jews are the most numerous, had


is in

passed from the Russians into the hands of the Jews.

The Money Power


all

a fair

way

to devour

Several years ago the property of Asia Minor. the New York Nation made the following statements
:

"Capital has fixed its eye on the magnificent region as Asia Minor, and found it full to overflowing of material for handsome returns, which nothing prevents it from getting at, but insecurity and oppressive taxation. The Money markets of London and Paris, now that they will not lend the Sultan any more money, are beginning to insist, with a subtle, silent, but always in the end irresistible persistence, which unemployed capital knows so well how to exert, that he must at least give them a chance at his mines, and his minerals, and his wheat fields, olive yards and vineyards, must let

known

******

JEWISH DOMINATION OF EUROPE,

141

them carry their own poHce with them, and fix their own * * * * From this," the editor significantly taxation. remarks, "the Ottomans are probably in greater danger at this moment, than they have ever been from the armies
of the Czar."

In

this

dreadful state of things, can


in

we wonder

that the
?

Jews are about,


4th.

every way, to dominate Europe

The Jew Money Kings are Menacing Europe,


AS well as America, with Domination.

M. De
gium,
on

Lavileye, the eminent publicist of Belwords:

has expressed the general uneasiness that prevails

this subject, in these


is

"The

rapid rise of the

Jewish element

Europe.
ites,

If this

may be observed all over upward movement continues, the Israela fact which
Spectator says:

a century hence, will be the masters of Europe."

The London
talent for

"The

Jews display a

accumulation with which Christians can not

compete, and which tends to make of them an ascendant


caste."

The New York


papers as saying,
leadership
is
'
'

Tribune quotes one of the

German

The

rapid rise of the Jewish nation to

a great problem of the future for East Gerthe writer states in justification of this opin-

many."

And

ion that "All the lower forms of labor, in the work shops, the fields, and ditches and swamps, fall to the lot of the

German
and

element, while the constantly increasing Jewish


in capital

element obtains enormous possessions


raises itself to

and land,

power and influence


the

in every depart-

ment of public life." In view of all these things,


following editorial, which appeared

London

Spectator

gives utterance to the prevailing feeling of anxiety in the

some years ago

"The nations feel insecure, as if they had no defense; the working population are distressed till their irritability

142

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWER.

shakes the governments; there is deep unrest everywhere, a sense as of over-fatigue ; a popular looking forward, not for a millennium, but for some colossal catastrophe in

which
half

all

prosperity shall be

submerged

a tension which

would come and be over. And we see ahead no prospect of amelioration, no gleam of hope in the sky."
that the cataclysm

makes statesmen wish

5th.

The Jew Money Kings have Lately Secured a Most Extensive Control of the Press.

Dr. Kellogg says: "The increase of Jewish influence


is

further illustrated in the extensive control of the press

[italics his]

which the Jews have

lately acquired.

This

is

much insisted on, and with good reason greatly lamented, by many of the most eminent Christian men in Europe.
The fact
ist
is to

be observed in every country where the JeM>s ex[Italics his.]

in a?iy number."

In Dresden,

in a gathering of the representatives of

the press, twenty-nine out of forty-three were Jews.

Out of twenty-three Liberal and Progressive


papers
of the Berlin daily press, there are only two which
are not, in one

way or

another, under Jewish control.

In Italy,
ish control.

the

The most
It is

Jews have control of the Liberal Press. influential paper in Spain is under Jewthat the open

well

known

Jews have

control of

a great portion of the Metropolitan Press of the United


States.

They

are always

to give the gloss to events,

inspired by the
It is

Money Power.

a part of the astute policy of the


to

Money

Power,
Europe.
this

have Jews in

control ot

the Liberal Press in

There are two advantages they derive from

I.)

They keep up
but keep
it

the agitation

keep

it

boiling

all

the while

within limits fixed by themselves.

JEWISH CONTROL OF PRESS.


2.)

I43

great advantage the Money Kings deagitation of so-called Liberals and Prothe rive from

The

gressives,

is

this

they are afraid the nations will rise

own outrageous monopoUes. They are destroying the business men of all countries and they are afraid the business class may rise up against them, and check their atrocious outrages in the business world. To
against their
;

prevent
ness

this, it is their

policy to keep

up an

agitation of

the working class, aiming at projects to which the busi-

men

are utterly opposed.

It is their policy to keep

up a hot

agitation for
;

Com-

munism and Socialism


the side of the

in the great cities

so that the busi-

ness men, in their antagonism to those ideas, will keep on

Money Power.
for

It is

a significant fact that

SociaUsm are Jews, who are most probably the agents of the Money Power, to keep up this most of the agitators
agitation for their

own purposes. Thus, most of the Nihilists

in

Russia are Jews.


St.

Prof. Wassiljew of the Imperial University of

Peters-

burg, in his testimony, given in the

"

It is

an open secret that the

London Times, says, Jews are among the leaders

of the Nihilistic agitation."

The London Spectator, in a review of Victor Tissot's Russians and Germans, says: " M. Tissot calls attention to the notable fact that the Nihilist ranks are largely reby Jews. * * * * * There are ten times as many Jews as there are Russians, Poles, or Germans." This shows that the Nihilist movement is largely an agitation against the Russian Government, started up by
cruited
the

Money Power through


vi^ith

its

Jewish agents.

The Russian

property class, in their horror of the Nihilists, keep in

sympathy

the

Money Power.
;

So, in this country, it is the interest of the Money Power to keep up the agitation of Socialism so that the businees class, in their abhorrence of Communism, may keep

144

^^SE OF

THE MONEY POWER.


and
the

in sympathy with the

railroads,
It
is

other corporations

of the Money Power.


craft of these

a part of the consummate

Money

Kings.

No
tific

ations are the agencies of the


:

one can any longer doubt that these grand corporMoney Power. The Scien-

Proof is positive and the Money Kings are doing in Europe what they are doing in the United States. Their
all
it

movement in Europe, for the possession of and all lands, is even more advanced than

business
is

in our

own
V.

country.

MONEY POWER HAS CAUSED


There
is

FIFTH PROOF: ANTICIPATION OF THE EVILS THE IN THIS COUNTRY.

no stronger evidence of the existence


fact that
it

of a cause, than the

has been traced to


out.

its

effects before the effects

were wrought

The Author
wrought out
that work,

of this work, twenty-three years ago, traced

out in a published work the evils British capital has since


in this country,
its

and predicted
to

its

monopoly
In one

of our industry, and

devouring of our property.


the
subject:

he gave two chapters


British
Centralization of

headed
*^

^'^

Commerce," the other

British

Centralization of

Wealth."

Want
work.
as the

of space forbids any extended quo*:ations from the

One
work

passage must
is

suffice,

quoted from memory,

not beside

me

its own, but lays eggs in the nest of the hedge-sparrow and the robin. When the young birds hatch, the intruder, by its larger growth, soon needs the whole nest and it throws out the young sparrows, one by one, upon the ground to die, while the stranger consumes all the food brought by the England is laying a cuckoo's egg in every parent birds. It will not be long before the foreign egg nation's nest. its
;

" The English cuckoo has no nest of

THE AUTHORS PREDICTION.


will

45

its gigantic development, will need the nation's wealth. Then, one by one, it will cast out of their nest the nation's young, to perish, while the intruder will devour all the nation's

hatch,

and, in
all

for

its

growth

* * " It is the prosperity of * * England against the world one or the other must go down."
wealth."
^''i:

The Author,
Moneybags.
while

in

that work,

represents the

American

people as a prodigal heir,

mortgaging
all

his possessions to

And

he says that

Moneybags was accommodating; but come when he insisted on having his own.
bankrupt prodigal would bewail
All this has
anticipated.

would be pleasant, ruin would

Then

the

his folly, too late.

come upon us; and worse than the Author The Cuckoo's egg has hatched; and the
most of the nation's
nest, to perish.

foreign intruder has already thrown

young out of the


sale

Manufacturers, wholein wheat, cotton, hogs,

merchants,

oil

men, dealers

beef,

and

all

the products of the country have been re-

morselessly pitched out of the nest, to perish, while the


intruder takes their place.

But the Author did not dream of the impudence of the

Money Power,

in

daring to commit the ravages

it

has

perpetrated in devouring the business of our country, step

by step. He did not dream of its entering the country, and making Americans its agents to aid it in devouring
their

countrymen.

He

expected oppression, but he did


it

not anticipate such mastery as


expecting the

has achieved.
;

He was

money
and
the

lender's harassments

he did not

realize the grasp

of the mighty Imperialism, now throttling


world.

our country,

He

supposed they were

merely English

capitalists.

He
the

did not

Knot of Capitahsts

are

Great

know that Red Dragon,


is

this

the

Seventh Head of the Beast, the mightiest Imperialism that


has ever risen upon the earth
;

which

now

controlling

146
all

RISE OF

THE MONEY POWV,R.


all

governments, devouring

property,

and threatening

to destroy all national life.*

* Some may object that the Jews can not be the great Money Kings of London, because the great banking houses of Lombard that the Jews street are not Jewish, but English banking houses are not on Lombard street, but on Threadneedle street, and others

in the .vicinity.

But
Jews.

this fact

is

merely a specimen of the habitual craft of the

They
is

habitually hide their operations behind other parties.


in

Nothing

more

keeping with their policy than to hide their


a business,

operations behind English banking houses.

Wherever the Money Kings break down a bank, or


it
is

their habit to reorganize the establishment, take into their

own hands

a majority of the stock, give the original bankers, or

business managers, the minority of the stock, and continue the


business under the

name of

the old firm.

They have done

this

repeatedly in this country.

In some of the

many

business crises of the past, the Jews


to

may

have driven these English banking houses


ordinated them to themselves.
Or, they

the wall, and sub-

may have

entered into

some business arrangement with them, and made them their The fact is known that the Jews are at the head of the agents. There is nothing that capitalists of England, and of the world.
militates against
their imperial position in the fact that a large

part of the foreign business of

London

capital

is

done through

English banking houses.

PART

II.

THE GREAT RED DRAGON A SYMBOL OF THE


LONDON MONEY POWER.

Chapter L

THE SEVEN HEADS AND TEN HORNS.


The Seven Heads and Ten Horns appear
the book of Revelation
:

three times in

i)

In the 12th chapter, upon the


;

body of the Great Red Dragon 2) In the 13th chapter, upon the body of the Beast like a leopard, that rises up out of the Sea; and 3) In the 17th chapter, on the body of the Scarlet-colored Beast, that has a Woman upon its
back, called the Beast from the
Pit.

In
tion.

all

cases, the seven

heads have the same

significa-

The

following

is

the text of the

passage where the

Seven Heads and Ten Horns appear upon the body of the Dragon
:

And there appeared another wonder in heaven and behold a great red dragon, having seven heads and ten horns, and seven crowns upon his heads." RaK xii: 3,
' ' ;

The following is the text of the passage where these Seven Heads and Ten Horns appear upon the body of the Beast from the Sea
:

"And I stood upon the sand of the sea, and saw a beast rise up out of the sea having seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten crowns, and upon his heads the name of blasphemy." Rev. xiii: i.
('47)

148

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.

In the 17th chapter of Revelation, where the Seven

Heads and Ten Horns appear upon


from the
to
Pit,

the

body of the Beast


:

they are elaborately described by the angel


following
is

John.

The

the text of the passage

"So
ness
full
:

he carried me away in the spirit into the wilderand I saw a woman sit upon a scarlet-colored beast, of names of blasphemy, having seven heads and ten

horns.

And the woman was arrayed in purple and scarlet coland decked with gold and precious stones and pearls, having a golden cup in her hand full of abomination and and upon her forehead was a filthiness of her fornication
' '

or,

MYSTERY, BABYLON THE GREAT, THE MOTHER OF HARLOTS AND ABOMINATIONS OF THE EARTH. "And I saw the woman drunken with the blood of the
name
written,

and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus and saw her, I wondered with great admiration. "And the angel said unto me, Wherefore didst thou marvel ? I will tell thee the mystery of the woman, and of the beast that carrieth her, which hath the seven heads and ten horns.
saints,
:

when

beast that thou sawest was; is not; "and shall ascend out of the bottomless pit; "and go into perdition "and they that dwell on the earth shall wonder, (whose names are not written in the book of life from the foundation of the world) when they behold the beast that was, and is not, and yet is. "And here is the mind which hath wisdom. "The seven heads are seven mountains on which the

"The

"And

woman sitteth. " And there


"and one "and the

are seven kings "five are fallen;


is;

other

is

not yet come; and

when he cometh,

he must continue a short space.

"And
eighth,

and

"And

the beast that was, and is not, even he is the is of the seven, and goeth into perdition. the ten horns which thou sawest are ten kings

SEVEN HEADS AND TEN HORNS.


;

I49

which have received no kingdom as yel but receive power as kings one hour with the beast. "These have one mind, and shall give their power and strength unto the beast. ^nd the woman which thou sawest is that great city which reigneth over the kings of the

*****'< *****
RaK
xvii: 3-13,

earth."

and

18.

In each of the above instances, while they appear upon


different bodies, the

Seven Heads and Ten Horns are the

In the 17th ChapJohn that the Seven Heads and Ten Horns symbolize "seven kings," prophetic phrase for seven kingdoms or empires. The angel says "five are fallen; and one is; and the other is not yet come, and when he cometh he must continue a short space."
ter,

same, and symbohze the same powers.


the angel explains to

From

this explanation,

we

are able to understand

The Appearance of the Seven Heads and Ten Horns,


as they appear

on the body of the Dragon.

As

the

Dragon

stands uplifted before the

woman,

five

heads hang

down

dead, underneath

its

neck, symbolizing the five empires

which had

fallen at the time the

Revelation was given.

The
on
it

Sixth

on the end of the Serpent's neck, and are ten horns. The Seventh Head is the Serpent's
is

Head

head, jutting out through the top of the Sixth Head, and
all. Such is the appearance of the Dragon, Seven heads and Ten horns. What is the symbolic signification of the Seven Heads and Ten Horns? What powers do they symbolize?

dominating
with
its

Before giving the true exposition,


I.

it

will

be best to notice

THE ERRONEOUS INTERPRETATION FORMERLY GIVEN OF THE SEVEN HEADS.


Headed Beast was
empire, exclusively.

In former interpretations, the Seven


interpreted as symbolizing the

Roman

This interpretation could be made, only by an entire mis-

15

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.

application of the facts of history.

The Five Heads

that

had

fallen at the

time of the vision, have been interpreted


Republic,

as symbolizing the five forms of administration that existed

under the

Roman

Kings, Consuls, Decemvirs,

Military Tribunes,

and
I

Dictators.

1st.

Object To This,

I. That there were only two forms of government in Rome that had fallen at the time the vision

was given,

the Kings;

and the Republic.


of the Senate
its

The Republic was always a government


and the People, throughout
during
its

entire

existence.

And,
in-

entire existence, the Executive of the

Republic

was

in the

hands of the Consuls, except during brief

tervals.
2.

Again,

Object to the Interpretation, that


all

It is

a violation of

the facts of history


as

to call

the
tors,

Decemvirate, the Military Tribunes, and the Dicta-

such forms of the

Roman government

would be

symbolized by ''heads."
i) The Decemvirate was a brief rule of ten persons who had been sent to Greece, to obtain new institutions, and who ruled about a year, while they put the institutions They were overthrown in a popular uprisin operation.

ing against the crime of one of their number.

Military Tribunes were a temporary arIt was only that lasted only a few years. another name for the Consuls and it was adopted, in orIt was der that one of the officers might be a Plebeian. merely a temporary expedient for a special purpose, and
2)

The

rangement,

was soon

set aside.

Dictatorship only existed in times of great 3) public danger, when a Dictator was appointed, whose auIt is absurd to call the thority only lasted six months.

The

SEVEN HEADS AND TEN HORNS.


Dictatorship a

151
sort of a

"head"
is

of the

Beast.
falls

What

head

is

that,

which comes on and


ridiculous.

off constantly ?

Such a symbol
4)

These forms
"heads."

called
public

of administration can not be The government of the Roman Reall

was continuous

the while
its

and these changes of

administration did not affect

identity in the least.

different

France, since the Revolution of 1789-93, has had nine forms of executive administration, the Mon-

archy, the Convention, the Directory, the Consulate, the

Empire, the Monarchy again, the Republic, the Empire,

and the Republic.


yet,

All

these

were much more funda-

mental than those changes of the

Roman

executive.

And

Who

France has been the same power all the while. would think of saying that any prophecy would rep-

resent France, during the last

hundred
absurd.

years,

with nine heads?


tion has
3.
I

The

idea
all

is

by a beast The French na-

been the same,

the while.

Object to this Application of the Symbol that,

If the Different

Forms

of the

Roman Adminthe

istration

Are
;

to be

Continued as Heads, then


make
six

Triumvirate of Octavius, Antony and Lepidus must be

counted also

and
! !

it

will

heads that had lived,

instead of five
4.

Object to this Interpretation, that


in

Head,

Prophecy,

is

Never the Symbol of a

of Administration. A head, in prophecy, The four always symboHzes a kingdom, or an empire. vision of the second heads of the Macedonian Leopard, in into which the kingdoms four the Daniel, symbolize

Mere Form

in like

Mecedonian empire was divided. And these seven heads, manner, represent seven empires that have risen in

the earth.

152

dragon, symbol of money power.

2nd.

But the Greatest Absurdity of Tbjs Exposition


to

remains

be stated.
the

By

making
of

the

"Seven Heads"
administration,

symbolize

seven

forms

Roman

former expositors had to find fulfillment for the Seventh

Head
in the
1.

in

some form of Roman power; and they found Heathen Roman empire.
is

it

But the Dragon


is

a Power of the Latter Days.

This
i)

certain.

It is

contemporary with the Beast from the


is

Pit;

all

expositors agree that the Beast from the Pit

and power

that has not yet risen.


2) In the Great Final Millennium, the Dragon

War
is

of the Earth, just before the


in the

engaged

war, in alliance

with the Beast from the Pit and the False Prophet.
3)

And

all

the facts respecting


it is

the

Dragon,

in

the

Apocalypse, prove that

a power of the Latter Days.

The

idea of

making
is

the

Dragon symbolize the Heathen


It
is

Roman

empire

perfectly absurd.

this

kind of
has

interpretation,

such

such a straining

of

all

the facts of history

a jumble of symbolism and imagery,

that

made of this grand symbol, the Beast with Seven Heads and Ten Horns, an epithet of contempt and derision,
hurled by the scoffer against
II.

all

prophecy,

THE TRUE INTERPRETATION OF THE SEVEN HEADS AND TEN HORNS. The Beast with Seven Heads and Ten Horns
is

a most remarkable symbol.


that
it

It is so peculiar, so

com-

and yet so simple, those it was intended to


plex,

will not

fit

any powers but

set forth.

Macedonian Leopard, in the second vision of Daniel, symbolize the four kingdoms into
the four heads of the

As

which the Macedonian empire was divided, so here, the

FIRST FIVE HEADS.

I53
But, as

Seven Heads symbolize seven empires.

we might

suppose, from the analogy of the vision of Daniel, that the seven empires were contemporary like those of the

Macedonian
consecutive.

Beast,

it

is

expressly

stated

that

they

are

The Seven Heads Symbolize Seven Empires


having relations with the people of God, and existing from the earliest times down to a time yet future. Of these
empires, five had fallen at the time of the vision.
1st.

Exposition of the First Five Heads.


Five

The
at the

first

Dead Heads hanging down under


five
:

the

neck of the Dragon symbolize

empires that had fallen


"five are fallen."

time the Revelation was given


1.

The First Dead Head Hanging Down

under the neck of the Serpent, symbolizes the Egyptian


empire; which, under the Eighteenth Dynasty, as

we

learn

from the records of the Egyptian monuments, recently deciphered, extended over Western Asia beyond the
Euphrates and the which persecuted
tion,

Tigris.
Israel.

It

was the Nineteenth Dynasty


the Persecu-

The Pharaoh of

under

whom Moses was

born, was the second king

The Pharaoh of the Exodus some twenty years after that event, with his Asiatic empire all lost, and with Egypt divided between himself and two rival kings, who reigned in the Delta. The great Egyptian empire fell before the judgments of God, visited upon Egypt for the deliverance of
of the Nineteenth Dynasty.

died at Memphis,

His people.
2.

The Second Dead Head Hanging Down


is

beneath the neck of the Dragon

a Lion's head,

and

symbolizes the Assyrian empire, which carried away the

Ten Tribes

into captivity in Media.

154
3.

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.

Thf Third Dead Head Hanging Down


Lion's head,

is

also a

and symbolizes the Babylonian

empire, which carried Judah


4.

away captive

to

Babylon.

The Fourth Dead Head Hanging Down

a Bear's head, and symbolizes the Persian empire, which restored the Jews to their own land, and always treated them kindly.
is 5.

The Fifth Dead Head Hanging Down


is

beneath the neck of the Dragon

a Leopard's head, and

symbolizes the Macedonian empire, which, under Alexander the Great, overthrew the Persian empire, and which,

under

Antiochus

Epiphanes, afflicted the Jews with a

grievous persecution.

tion

These five empires had was given.

fallen,

when the

vision of Revela-

2nd. Exposition of the Sixth Head,

With

its

Ten Horns.

The
now

Sixth

was then
is."

in existence,

the Roman Empire, which and of which the angel said "One The Sixth Head, the Roman empire, was slain

Head was

by the "sword" of the Northern Barbarians, 476, A. D., at which time historians date the
Western

in the year
fall

of the

Roman empire. The Northern Barbarians Planted Their Kingdoms in the territories of the Roman empire. In the year
476, A. D.,

the
its

very year of the


find, for

fall

of the Western

Roman empire, we
doms
within

the

first

time.

Ten King-

boundaries.

In the eye of prophecy, the Babylonian, the Persian,

and Macedonian empires continued

to exist geographically,

after their fall as political powers; just as Ireland

and Poland

SIXTH HEAD AND TEN HORNS.


are
still

55

recognized as having a geographical existence,

According was that part of the Roman empire which was not covered by the Babylonian, Persian and Macedonian empires, the territory extending from the head of the Adriatic to the Danube, and thence westward, within the Rhine and the Danube, to the Atlantic and the Mediterranean, and including England and a part of Scotland.
after they
to to

have ceased
the

be political powers.
territory

prophecy,

Roman

Within This Territory, We Find Ten Barbarian Kingdoms in the year 476, A. D. And there have been Ten Kingdoms in the territories of the Roman empire
ever since that time.

Not always the same kingdoms: sometimes, some would and others would rise in their place sometimes, in eras of transition, there have been one or two more or less than ten kingdoms. But when these eras of transition were over, and Europe returned to its normal condition, there would be Ten Kingdoms again. There have been Ten Kingdoms in Southern and Western Europe, for thirteen hundred years: there are Ten Kingdoms in Europe now, within the limits of the Roman empire. These Ten Kingdoms are fully set forth in my work, not necessary to present ^^ Key to Prophecy^'" and it is them further here. These Ten Kingdoms within the territories of the
fall,
:

Roman empire are symbolized by the Ten Horns, which grew out of the dead Sixth Head. This Sixth Head
corresponds with the fourth beast of the second vision of

That beast symbolized the Roman empire: so Head. That beast had ten horns so, on the Sixth head here, are the same ten horns.
Daniel.
here, the Sixth
;

156

dragon, symbol of money power.


3rd.

The Seventh Head.


is

the Serpent head, the work to prove that the Seventh or Dragon Head symboHzes the London Money Power the ImperiaHsm of Capital centered in London. We will proceed in the next chapter to give the proof. At present we will proceed to the identificaempire of the Dragon.
It is

The Seventh Head

the subject of this

tion of

4th.

The Beast from the


to give

Pit.

After explaining to John the Seven

Heads and Ten

Horns, the angel goes on


Scarlet Beast,

an explanation of the
Pit.

the

Beast from the

The
pit,

angel says
is

of him:

"The

beast that thou sawest was, and

not;

and
is

shall ascend out of the bottomless

perdition."
not,
I.

And
is

he says again
the eighth,

"The
is

and go into beast that was and


rises

even he
all

and

one of the seven."

This shows that the Beast from the Pit


the other seven empires have risen,

after

after the

rise of the

Dragon Empire,

the Seventh

Head.

"He

is

the Eighth."

After the rise of the Dragon empire, another emwhich is the Eighth in order of time, but which is actually not a new empire, but is one of the first Seven Empires that is, it is a new imperial power, in whose dominion one of the dead six empires comes to Hfe again, and is re-established. All expositors agree that the Roman empire, the dead Sixth Head, is to be re-established in the dominion of the Beast from the Pit. There are many other prophecies which foreshow this re-estabUshment of
pire rises,
:

the

Roman

empire.

The

re-establishment of the

Roman
Pit
is

empire under the dominion of the Beast from the


set forth with great clearness in the 13th chapter of

Reve-

lation,

and

also in the First

and Second Visions of Daniel.

BEAST FROM SEA, MEDIEVAL EUROPE.

57

of the

In the 13th chapter of Revelation, this re-establishraent Roman empire is set forth. The context reads as
:

follows

stood upon the sand of the sea, a beast rise up out of the sea, having seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten crowns, and upon his heads the names of blasphemy. "And the beast which I saw was like unto a leopard, and his feet were as the feet of a bear, and his mouth as the mouth of a lion. "And I saw one of his heads as it had been wounded to death [or slain ;] and his deadly wound was healed.
I

"And

"and saw

"And the Dragon gave him his power and his seat and great authority." "And all the world wondered after the beast. And they worshiped the Dragon which gave power to the beast: and they worshiped the beast, saying, Who like unto the Rev. xiii: beast? Who is able to make war with him."
1-4.
I

have, in one place, slightly transposed this passage, so

as to give the proper order of sequence.

The Seven Heads

here, as has

are i) Egypt; 2) Assyria; 3) Babylon; 4) Persia; 5)

been already explained, Mace-

don; 6) Rome; 7) The Dragon head; which I expound as This is the point now the symbol of the Money Power.
being established.
2.

It

is

Important to Fix the Time

when

the vision begins.

Beast, in its first rise from the Sea, represents Medieval Europe, after the fall of the Roman This is evident both empire, under the Ten Kingdoms. from history, and from the symbolism of the Beast i) The Ten Horns represent the Kingdoms of the Northern Barbarians who overran the Roman empire. It is Europe under the Ten Kingdoms that is here represented. That the time is during the reign of the Ten
:

The

158

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.


is

Kingdoms

evident from the fact that the ten horns in

the symbol are crowned; which shows that they are reigning in the era set forth in the vision.
2)

The Beast
is

rises

up out of "the Sea."


all

The

"Sea"

a prophetic image frequently employed, to repthe ele-

resent a chaotic condition of society, in which

ments of

social life are unsettled.

Such was the condition


after the fall of the

of the territory of the

Roman

empire

Western empire.

All the institutions of


:

Roman

civilization

were broken down society was dissolved by the Barbarians who overswept the Roman empire, ravaging, destroyuntil the remnant of the Roman population ing, burning were reduced to the condition of serfs, hoveled in the for;

ests

which grew up

in the cultivated provinces that

were

reduced to desolation.
emerged.
3)

Out of

this

chaos modern Europe

When the Beast


"as
it

man head
is,

freshly slain.

which was just Northern Barbarians, All the symbolism shows that the Beast represents Europe during the era of the reign of the Ten Kingdoms,
after the fall of the

rose it had the Sixth or Rohad been wounded unto death," that This was true of the Roman empire, recently slain by the "sword" of the

Roman

empire.

description of the Beast also agrees per4) fectly with Europe under the Ten Kingdoms. In the Macedonian i] "77;^ Beast ivas like a leopard" Leopard (^Daniel vii), the spots indicate the great number of Grecian states that entered into the Macedonian empire. The Amphyctionic Council of the Grecian states made Phillip, King of Macedon, and afterwards Alexander, the head of Greece for the war with Persia, while

The

each

state

continued to maintain

its

independence.

So here, the spots of the Leopard indicate the Ten Kingdoms of Europe, which have maintained a sort of

DEADLY WOUND HEALED.


loose

I59

combination

through their community of religion

and

interest,

but have always maintained their independstates.

ence as separate

They were combined during


religious -enthusiasm;

the
all

Crusades by a

common

and

through the Middle Ages, they were united


legiance to the Papacy.^

in their al-

In

Modern Times, community


Balance of Power.

of interest has caused them to combine against any pre-

ponderant nation,

to maintain the

The

ten crowned horns have thus been united on the head of the Beast from the Sea.
2]
'^

The feet were as


its

the feet
;

of a bear."

The

Persian

bear was slow in


that the states

and these bear feet show of Europe were, Uke Persia, slow in their
conquests

military operations.

And

indeed, the

Ten Kingdoms

of

Europe have always been slow and sluggish in any military conquests, and generally close their slow wars with but little or no conquests on either side. This lion 3] '^His mouth was as the mouth of a lion." mouth tears and ravages, and shows the ferocity of the European states in their furious and bloody wars. There can be no doubt that the Beast from the Sea represents Roman Europe after the fall of the Roman empire, under the dominion of the Ten Kingdoms.

3.

The Healing of the Deadly Wound,


defers the mention of the deadly

The Seer
til

wound, unfirst

he speaks of the healing of the wound.

The

act

which John saw was the healing of the deadly wound. This symboHzes the Restoration of the slain Roman head
to
life,

the re-establishment of the Roman empire.


This fully explains the symbolism ot the Beast from

After the healing of the dead Sixth Head, that head, when restored to life, is the Beast from the
Pit.

the Pit
i)
It

:
shews how the Beast from the
Pit

was the Eighth

l6o

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.


in Ihe order of time,

empire
Hfe.
2)

but was not a

new

head, but
to

one of the seven heads, being the Sixth Head restored

We

also perceive

how
;

the Beast from the Pit might

be called

"The Beast that was, and is not, and yet is." It is the Roman empire it is not, in its new form, actually the Roman empire but the German empire; and yet, it is the Roman empire, re-established under a new form. 3) The Beast from the Pit is the Roman empire reunder the imperial supremacy of Prussia over kingdoms of Southern and Western Europe. The symbolism plainly shows that the power under which the
established,

the

Roman
i]

empire

is

to

be re-established

is

Prussia

none of the ten For a horn can horns can be the Beast from the Pit. The not be a head, much less can a horn be a Beast.
the nature of the symbolism,

From

horns are

all

on the Sixth
;

Head

of the Beast

they are

all

accounted
the Pit.

for

and none of them can be the Beast from

This shows that none of the Ten Kingdoms of Western and Southern Europe can be the Beast from the Pit. This excludes all the kingdoms in the territories of the Roman empire, within the Rhine and the Danube, from the head of the Adriatic westward to the Atlantic, including EngNeither France, nor Austria, land and part of Scotland. nor Italy, nor Spain, nor Britain, can be the Beast from
the Pit; for they are horns on the head of the Beast.

common
vented
empire.
2]

sense analysis of

the symbol would have pre-

all

the blunders that have been

made

in

expound-

ing the Beast from the Pit as the symbol of the French

The Beast from

the Pit must, from the nature of the

symbol, be some power in Europe outside of the Rhine

and the Danube. It must be either Prussia or Russia. But it is not Russia; because, in prophecy, Russia is

MODE OF IDENTIFYING SYMBOLS.


called

l6l

by name

as at the

head of Europe,

at

an era after

the Beast from the Pit has fallen.*

ten

Hence, as the Beast from the Pit can not be any of the kingdoms of Europe within the Rhine and the Danube, on the one hand, and, on the other hand, can not be
Russia,

The very nature


that

must be Prussia. of the symbolism demonstrates the Prussia is the Beast from the Pit.
it

fact

We

will find that identifying Prussia as the


is

Beast from

the Pit

a strong point of the evidence in proving the

Dragon

to

be the symbol of the London

Money Power.

Chapter

II.

MODE OF IDENTIFYING SYMBOLS WITH THE


POWERS THEY SYMBOLIZE.
As
I

wish to set forth the evidence that the Dragon

is

the symbol of the

London Money Power

in regular order,

desire, in the first place, to

show the method by which


This can best

expositors of prophecy prove that the symbols of prophecy

symbolize the powers which they set forth.

be done by means of

illustrations.
I

To

illustrate the

laws of prophetic symbolism,

will
vis-

take, as examples, the first

two beasts of the second

ion of

Daniel.

In Prophecy, objects in the natural world are employed


to

symbolize or represent objects ivhich

tJiey

resemble in

the political world.

Thus,

an earthquake, which breaks


is made down and de-

down and

destroys objects in the world of nature,

the symbol of a revolution which breaks

*This will

be fully explained in

my work

on "77*^ United

States in Prophecy.'''

l63
stroys

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.


political

institutions.

storm of lightning and

thunder,
electrical

the

effect

of conflicting
natural

winds
world,

and opposite
is

conditions, in the

made

the

symbol of a great war arising out of furious opposing


elements in the
pire.
political world.
is

Thus

also, a wild beast,

cruel, sanguinary,

a proper symbol of a political em-

Thus, in the second vision of Daniel, four beasts which


rise

one

after another, are

made

the symbols of the suc-

cessive empires of Babylon, Persia,

Macedon, and Rome,

Upon
1.

this expositors are agreed.

In identifying these beasts with the powers they


first

symbolize, the
of succession.

thing to notice
first

is

the historical order

The

Beast that
first

rises,

of course symorder of time.

bolizes the empire that rises

in

the

No one would make


Babylon, the
first

the

first

Beast symbolize Persia, the

second empire, or make


empire.

the

second

Beast symbolize

Hence, any facts mentioned which enable us to determine the historical order of events may be very important elements in identifying the symbol with the power it symbolizes. These identifying facts, for want of a better name, I term Historical Marks. 2. Furthermore, in prophetic symboHsm, symbols are chosen which resemble, in character, the power symbolThus, a lion is made the symbol of the Babylonian ized. empire, and a bear, of the Persian empire because those

wild beasts resemble, in character, the empires they symbolize.

These resemblances in character between the symbol and the power symbolized, I term Parallelisms
But Historical Marks and Parallelisms of Character do

of Character. not always sufficiently designate the power represented by


the symbol.

And hence,
is

in

symbolic prophecy, another


:

means of

identity

also

employed

certain facts are

LION IDENTIFIED WITH BABYLON.


Stated respecting the symbol,

163

which represent correspond-

ing facts that are true of the power symbolized.


points of resemblance in respect of facts,
cidences
I

These

term Coin-

of Fact.
is

Let us now observe the manner in which the Lion


identified

with

the Babylonian

empire,

Marks

by Parallelisms of Character and by Coincidences


I.

by

Historical

of Fact.

THE LION WITH EAGLE'S WINGS.


is

The
'
'

following

the text

And
I

four beasts
first

came up from

the Sea, diverse from

one another.
like a lion, and had eagle's wings. the wings thereof were plucked; " and it was lifted up from the earth, and made to stand upon its feet like a man, and a man's heart was given to it."

"The

was
till

**

beheld

Daniel
All expositors are agreed that the Lion
is

vii

3,

4.

the symbol
illustra-

of the Babylonian empire.


tion, identify
it

We

will,

by way of

by Marks, by Parallelisms of Character,

and by Coincidences of Fact.


1st.
:

Historical Marks.
is

There First Mark which aids the expositor


Babylon.
first

only one

important

Mark

in

identifying the

Lion with

But

it

alone

is

sufficient.

Babylon was the


of the four beasts

of the four great empires which arose in succession


first

and we would naturally expect the to be the symbol of Babylon.


It
is

this Mark alone would not be Babylon as the power symbolized by the Lion. The evidence is cumulative. The Marks, the Parallelisms and the Coincidences, all go to establish the

apparent

that

sufficient to identify

identity.

And when

all

four of the beasts are thus identi-

l64
fied

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.


with the powers they symbolize,
the force of the
that,

Historical
if

Mark becomes

intensified.

For we know

the other beasts symbolize respectively Persia,

Macedon

and Rome, then, most


Babylon.

certainly, the first beast symbolizes

In some of the symbols of prophecy, however, the Historical

Marks are

quite numerous.

2nd. Parallelisms of Character.

There are several Parallelisms of Character between the Lion with Eagle's wings and the Babylonian empire
First Parallelism of Character:
ferocious carnivorous wild beast.

The

Lion

is

The Babylonian
and herds.

empire,

under

its

founder

Nebuchadnezzar,

was a sanguinary

conquering empire, ravening and destroying among the


nations, like a lion

among

flocks

The Lion is a magnanimous wild beast. Unlike the tiger and the leopard, which raven with the mere lust of slaughter, it only destroys to appease hunger. The Babylonian empire only assailed and conquered the countries which resisted its

Second Parallelism of Character:

possession of the great trade between the East and the

West,

leaving

all

other nations in peace.


first,

And Nebuto severity

chadnezzar sought,
repeated revolts.
Eaglets wings.

to treat the subject nations of the

West with leniency, and was only provoked

by

Third Parallelism of Character: The Lion had The lion lies in wait for its prey, and springs upon it from ambush. To indicate that this was

was furnished show the rapidity of the conquests of Nebuchadnezzar. At the head of his Chaldean horsemen, the conquerer overran in a few campaigns Syria, Palestine, Egypt, and North Africa as
it

not the case with this symbolic Lion,

with Eagle's wings.

These

Eagle's wings

far as the Straits of Gibraltar.

lion identified with babylon,

165

3rd. Coincidences of Fact.


Besides the above Parallelisms of Character, there are mentioned two Coincidences of Fact respecting the Lion with Eagle's Wings, which represent corresponding facts in the history of the Babylonian empire.

First Coincidence of Fact


wings were plucked.'"
of course

^^

I beheld till the

Eaglets

The plucking of the Eagle's wings,


the

longer in

Lion from sweeping on any Deprived of the Eagle's wings, the Lion henceforth would be Hke other lions, and
prevented
its

career of conquest.

lurk in

its

habitat, lying in wait for prey.

The plucking
event which

of the Eagle's

wings indicates
all,

a sudden

stopped, once for

the Babylonian career of conquest.

The conquering

career of Babylon was terminated by the That event plucked the madness of Nebuchadnezzar. v/ings of the lion and henceforth, Babylon remained content in the enjoyment of the wealth and grandeur derived from its possession of the grand commerce between the Indian Ocean and the Mediterranean, which flowed through
;

the city.

Second Coincidence of Fact:


stand on
it."
its feet like

"//

7vas

made

to to

a man, and a man's heart was given


reliefs

In some of the bas


lion

hunted

hunters,

rearing upon its whose spears are transfixing it. In its fall, Babylon was like the hunted lion. For years, it held the conqueror at bay behind its city walls, standing like a During all the siege, lion upreared against the hunters. Babylon had the man's heart, afraid to meet the foe in the open field. But it fell fighting, and hopeful of victory to

from Nineveh, we see the hind feet, confronting the

the end.

Now, by
all

this

one Historical Mark, these three

Parallel-

isms of Character, and these two Coincidences of Fact,


expositors agree that the Lion with Eagle's

Wings

is

66

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.


proved
II.

sufficiently

to

be the symbol of the Babylonian

empire.

THE PERSIAN BEAR.


is

In the same way, the Bear


of the Persian empire.

proved

to

be the symbol

The

following

is

the text

"And "And
* '

And

"And
flesh.'"

behold another beast, a second, like unto a bear. it raised up itself upon one side. it had three ribs in its mouth between its teeth. they said thus unto it, 'Arise, devour much Daniel v\\: 5.
1st.

Historical Marks.
in identifying

There is one Historical Mark which aids the Bear with the Persian empire
:

Historical

Mark

As the

Persian empire was the sec-

ond empire

in the order of succession,


is its

we

naturally are

led to expect that the second beast

symbol.

2nd. Parallelisms of Character.

There are two Parallelisms of Character between the Bear and the Persian empire; The Bear is not First Parallelism of Character:

an

exclusively carnivorous
fruits.

animal:

it

subsists

largely

on
fe-

vegetables and

This shows

the bear to be less

rocious than the lion and other carnivorous animals.


the Persian empire was the mildest of
all

And

the empires of

ancient times.
greater leniency.
tivity

It

treated the
It suffered

conquered nations with

the people carried into cap-

by Babylon,
Sea.

to return to their

own

countries.

It

allowed the Phoenicians to resume their trade by


the

way of

Red

The

countries

desolated by Babylon re-

sumed

their prosperity under Persian rule.

Second Parallelism of Character:


clumsy, slow moving animal.

The Bear

is

So,

the Persian empire

was

BEAR IDENTIFIED WITH PERSIA.


slow and clumsy in
bers of
its

167

military

movements.
its

Great numarmies; and

women and

children accompanied

the officers carried with

All military
ties

them all the appliances of luxury. movements were impeded by the vast quanti-

of baggage which were carried with the armies.

3rd.

Coincidences of Fact.
empire by

The Bear

is

also identified with the Persian

three Coincidences of Fact.

itself

" The bear raised up First Coincidence of Fact: Persia was on the Eastern side of the on one side." empire, and all the conquests of the Persians, in founding

the empire,

empire, like the bear, "raised up

Second
ribs in its

were made toward the West. The Persian itself on one side." Coincidence of Fact: The Bear ^^ had three

mouth between

its

teeth."

victims fallen prey to the Bear.


its

These indicate three The Persian empire,


ribs

in

rise,

overthrew three powers,

Lydia,
:

Babylon and

Egypt.

"// was said unto it, Third Coincidence of Fact The bear was thus indicated Arise, devour much flesh." The Perto be an animal very destructive of human life. sian empire conquered many countries not under the Bab-

ylonian yoke.

It

extended
it

its

conquests
all

far to the

North,
its

and East and South;


Southern Russia.

subdued
during

Asia Minor; and


entire existence,

invading armies penetrated into Greece, and the plains of

And,

its

the

Persian empire was convulsed with frequent revolts.

The

conquests and the revolts occasioned very destructive wars.

acter,

Mark, these two Parallelisms of Charand these three Coincidences of Fact all expositors agree that the Bear is proved to be the symbol of the Perthis Historical

By

sian empire.

68

DRAGON, SYMBOL OK MONEY POWER.

Chapter

III.

PROOF THAT THE DRAGON


By

IS THE SYMBOL OF THE LONDON MONEY POWER.

the illustrations given in the last chapter, the reader

can perceive the method by which the symbols of prophWe ecy are identified with the powers they symbolize.
are now ready to proceed to identify the Dragon as the symbol of the London Money Power. And here, I wish to say that, if there were not more evidence to prove that the Dragon is the symbol of the

London Money Power, than


symbolize,
all,

there

is

to

prove the identity

of the other symbols of prophecy with the powers they


I

should not venture to advance the idea at

in this

age of general scofifmg of prophecy.

But there is about eight times as much evidence to prove Dragon is the symbol of the London Money Power, as there is to prove the identity of any other prophetic symbol with the power it symbolizes. There is one Historical
that the

Mark, three Parallelisms of Character, and two Coincidences of Fact, to prove that the Lion with Eagle's Wings is the symbol of the Babylonian empire and one Historical Mark, two Parallelisms of Character, and three Coin;

cidences of Fact, to prove that the Bear


the Persian empire.
less

than six

is the symbol of on the other hand, there are no Historical Marks, twenty Parallelisms of Char-

But,

acter,

and twenty-two Coincidences of Fact, to prove that the Dragon is the symbol of the London Money Power. It seems as though divme inspiration had-purposed to give
such an array of evidence to establish the
fact that the

Dragon

is

the symbol of the

Money Power,

as

would

force

conviction upon the most incredulous.

The Marks,

the Parallelisms of Character,

and the Coin-

flRST proof: historical marks.

169

cidences of Fact, which prove that the Lion with Eagle's

Wings
torical

is

the symbol of the Babylonian empire, and the


;

Bear, of the Persian, are not very striking

but the HisDragon


all
is

Marks, the Parallelisms of Character, and the Cothe

incidences of Fact, which prove that the

symbol of the London Money Power, are, striking, and some of them very remarkable
able, indeed, that

of them,

so

remark-

no idea of a chance resemblance can be entertained for a moment. They prove that Divine inspiration intended thus to mark the Dragon unmistakaIt is bly as the symbol of the London Money Power. evident that Divine Providence wished to make the proof of the identity of the Dragon with the Money Power so certain that none can doubt; but that, as it is said in another prophecy of the Dragon in the Old Testament, "He who runs may read." The proof dispels all doubt, and compels belief.

As the world may be slow to accept the Dragon is the symbol of the Money Power,
tedious.

fact that the


I shall

array

the evidence in regular order, even at the risk of seeming

I.

FIRST PROOF

THAT THE DRAGON

IS

THE SYMBOL

OF THE LONDON MONEY POWER: HISTORICAL MARKS.


1st.

Recapitulation.
review the facts respecting the Seven

Let us

now

briefly

Heads and Ten Horns: I. The angel says of the seven heads, "There are seven kings," that is, kingdoms or empires. Of these
seven empires he says, "five are fallen." These are the Egyptian, the Assyrian, the Babylonian, the Persian, and
the

Macedonian empires, which had

all fallen at

the time

the vision was given.

lyo
2.

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.

The angel
Roman

continues,

'^

Afid one is"

This was

the

empire, which was in existence at the time

when
i)

the Revelation

was given.

Immediately

after the fall of the

Roman

empire, ten

Barbarian kingdoms were planted in

its territories,

which

have been in existence ever since. These Ten Kingdoms are symbolized by the Ten Horns which grew upon the

dead Sixth Head of the Beast. 3. The angel continues, ''And the other, [the Seventh Head] is not yet come; and when he cometh he must eo?itinue a short space. " This is the Dragon head and, as I shall

prove,

London Money Power. The proceeds to explain the angel then 4. Beast from the Pit as an Eighth empire, but not an eighth head, being the Sixth Head come to Hfe
it

symbolizes the

again, or the

Roman

empire re-established.
is

This Eighth

empire, as

we have

seen,

the empire of Prussia at the

head of Germany, extended over Southern and Western


Europe.
5.

The Dragon
as
TTie

gives to
to the

Prussia

dominion,
elation
seat,
6.
'
:

we

learn from the 13th Chapter of

'

Dragon gave

imperial RevBeast his power, and his


its

and great

authority."

"And

then the prophet saw that the Dragon


a united imperial
7Vorshipcd the

and the Beast wielded over the empire " they


:

sway

Dragon which
able
to

gave power unto the beast


ing,

and

they worshiped the beast say-

who

is

like

unto the beast?

Who

is

make

war with him?"


2nd. Six Important Historical

Marks

are here found, which will go far toward enabling us to


identify the

First

Mark:

Dragon empire: The Dragon empire

is the

seventh empire

SIX HISTORICAL
in order of time.

MARKS OF DRAGON.
an empire which

171
rises after

Hence
:

it is

the

fall

of the

Roman

empire, 476 A. D.

Second Mark
1.

The Dragon empire, " When he


space.^'

co7neth

must continue a short


not the Papacy

Both of these marks prove that the Dragon empire for i) The Papacy rose in the Pontificate of Leo the Great (440 A. D. 460 A,D.) before the fall of the Western Roman empire; and 2) The
is
:

Papacy, instead of continuing


in existence

'
'

a short space, " has been

more than 1,400 years. Leaving the Papacy aside, what empire has
fall

risen since

the
2.

of the

Roman

empire, 476 A. D.?

It

can not be the empire of Charlemagne; nor that

For those empires power of one of the horns; and in each instance the access of power continued only for a generation. The nature of the symbol precludes the idea that either of these empires could be the Seventh Head; for, as has been said, a horn can not become a head. The ten horns are all upon the Sixth
of Charles
that of
I.

V; nor

Napoleon

were only the temporary

rising into

Head
3.

they are

all

accounted

for

from the nature of the


Papacy, no emof the

symbol, neither of them can be the Dragon.

Aside from these empires and the

pire has risen in

Europe since the

fall

Roman

empire, 476 A. D., except the


It is

Money Power
It is

of London.

the seventh empire of the earth.

the grandest

Imperialism that has


is

ever existed in
;

the world.

This

especially an age of industry

and

it

has established an
It is at the

empire over industry, of which

it is

the head.
in

head of the mighty movement of the age

which the

whole world is marching. The kingdoms of Europe are all dependent upon it for loans. They all truckle to it, and do its will. They are kingdoms: it is an empire. Being the one empire that has risen since the fall of the

172

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONF.V POWER.


empire,
it

Roman
proves

it is

the seventh empire

and

this

Mark

to

be the power symboHzed by the Dragon.

That the Dragon empire is the London Money Power is corroborated by the other Historical Marks mentioned of the Dragon
:

Third Mark:
times.

The Dragon empire

is

In the 13th Chapter of Revelation

a power of modern it is cotemporary

with the healed head, or Beast from the


empire.
the Pit

Pit,

the

Prussian

And

all

expositors agree that the

Beast from

In the 13th is a pDwer that has not yet risen. Chapter of Revelation, the Dragon is represented as aiding in the rise of the empire of the Beast from the Pit, and
as wielding with
it

a
is

partnership
certainly a

imperial

sway.

The
times,

The Dragon empire

power of modern

existing cotemporaneously with the Beast from the Pit, a

power that has not yet risen. This agrees perfectly with the Money Power, which has also risen in modsrn times. Fourth Mark: TJie Dragon is represented, in the i^ih Chapter of Revelation, as attaini?ig its highest power at a
time yet future.

This

agrees with

the

Money Power,
and will some time yet

which
reach
future.

is,

in our time, rapidly rising in power,

its

highest point of dominion at

the

The Dragon empire is the Seventh head: Fifth Mark Beast from the Fit, or Prussian empire is the eig/ith, in Therefore it rises after the Dragon empire order of time. the Dragon empire being in existence at the time of its
:

rise,
if

and aiding

it

to attain its imperial


is

dominion.

Hence,

the Prussian empire

about to be established in the


is

near future, the Dragon empire

now

in existence.

And
now

as the

Money Power
it

is

the only such imperial

power

must be the Dragon. Sixth Mark: The Dragon empire was a short space. And, as it is in existence
in existence,

only to continue
at

a time yet

future, according to prophecy,

its rise

to imperial

dominion

DRAGON

IS

MONEY POWER.

73

can not be very far in the past. This agrees with the Money Power, which, as we have seen, rose to imperial dominion in the year 1757, A. D., and has now been in
existence one hundred

and

thirty years.

the Money Power no other power now in existence that agrees with these Marks in any particular. The Historical Marks of the prophecies point unmistakably to the Money Power as the imperialism symbolized by

The Dragon Agrees With


There
is

in all these particulars.

the Dragon.

It

This Far, the Conclusions Reached Are Sure. The clear statements is impossible to dispute them.
irresistible,

of prophecy are

i)

It

is

certain

that the
is

Roman
that the

empire

is

not yet re-established.


is

2) It

certain

Dragon empire

in existence before the re-estabits

lishment of the

Roman

empire, and aids in


that,
if

re-establish-

ment.

3)
is

It is

certain

the

Roman

empire
as

is

about to be re-established at an early day,

the

Dragon
the
that,

empire
as

now
is

in
to

existence.

4)

It is

certain,

Dragon empire
it is

"continue only a short space"


it

in existence at a time yet future,

has risen to
is

imperial
that

power of modern times. On the other hand, the Money Power is the only great ImperiaUsm that is now in existence. The Money Power been long risen. The is an Imperialism that has not Money Power is an Imperialism that is still rising. The Money Power is an Imperialism which has, by its loans, enabled Prussia to crush Austria and France, and to become the first power in Europe; and which, according to present indications, will soon, by its loans, enable Prussia and her allies, Britain, Austria and Italy, to crush Russia and France, and attain to imperial dominion over Southern and Western Europe, and thus re-establish the Roman empire. And just as the Money Power has wielded the power of Britain in the past, it will wield the
is

power the Dragon

in

very recent times.


a

5) It

certain

174

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.


Prussia, the Beast from the Pit, in the future.

power of
All these

as the Imperialism symbolized

Marks point unmistakably to the Money Power by the Dragon.

Chapter

IV.

PROOF THAT THE GREAT RED DRAGON IS THE SYMBOL OF THE MONEY POWER, Continued.
II.

SECOND PROOF : PARALLELISMS OF CHARACTER.


1st.

What

is

a Dragon?

great error has obtained as to the personality of a

During the ignorance and superstition of the Middle Ages, the idea of a mythical Dragon arose, which But the historical dragon resembled a winged crocodile. of antiquity, which was the universal conception of a dragon prevailing at the time the Revelation was given, was a great serpent. A fact is mentioned in the early history of Rome which shows what was the classical and historical idea of a Dragon. When the Roman army, under Regulus, invaded the Carthaginian territories in North Africa, a great dragon appeared in the neighborhood of the Roman camp, and devoured a number of the soldiers. The Romans were greatly terrified, but finally killed the monster by hurling stones upon it with their balistas. This dragon was undoubtedly a boa constrictor, which had found its way across the desert from Central Africa. The Dragon of Revelation, then, was a great red serpent.
Dragon.

2nd. Parallelisms of Character.

We

have seen that certain things

in the natural

world

are chosen

by Divine

inspiration, to symbolize the

powers

PARALLELISMS OF CHARACTER.

175

they set forth, on account of a resemblance in character

between the symbol and the power symbolized. Thus, the Great Red Dragon is chosen by Divine inspiration to
symbolize the London

Money Power,
and

because, in

all

the

realm of nature, nothing but a great serpent resembles the

Money Power,
In
its

in

its

character,
all
its

its

character,

and

activities

modes of action. and methods, the

Money Power is like a snake. The Great Red Dragon, like


to the constrictor species.

all

great serpents, belongs


therefore, look to the

We must,
be found.
in

Boa
in

Constrictor for the points


parallel
is

of character and action,

which the

to

the

Money Power
its

as a great Serpent,

England, but
the earth.

body extending

Prophecy represents with its den in mighty coils all over

First Parallelism of Character:


devourer.

The dragon
it

is

The Boa

Constrictor,

when
lie

has devoured a
is

sheep or a deer, remains torpid until


then
for
it

its

meal
life

digested

lives for

nothing else but to


Its

in wait,
is

watching absorbed

another victim.

whole sluggish
is

in devouring.

So the

Money Power

a devourer of industry, comIt lives for

merce, wealth and property.


to accumulate.
its

nothing else but


in

It differs
size.

from a Boa Constrictor only


Constrictor,
till

inordinate
is

A Boa
it

if it
is

swallows a
;

sheep,

torpid for a time,


is

its

meal

digested

but

hungry and wants more. This Great Dragon, the Money Power, is so vast, that it can never be gorged to repletion. It is devouring indusgive
it

a mouse, and

still

try, trade

and property,

all

over the earth, and

it

never

has enough.

The

inspired prophet, speaking of this

Money

power, says,
as

"He enlargeth his desire as hell, and he is and can not be satisfied, but gathereth unto him all nations, and heapeth unto him all people." We have seen how the Money Power is devouring all
death,

176

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.


It is

over the earth.


all

devouring in Europe

in India,

and

over Asia

in

Egypt, South Africa, on the Congo, and

is penetrated in South America in Mexico and Central America in Canada in the United States in Australia, and the Isles of the ocean. Everywhere it is devouring the industry and wealth of the earth. It aims to devour all industry, all manufactures all banks all railroads all shipping all commerce all traffic, import and export, internal and foreign, wholesale and retail all transportation all mines, of coal and iron and silver and gold all oil wells all city property all farms and all the wild lands of the world.

wherever Africa

Besides the fact of


tain

its

being a devourer, there

is

a cer-

method

in its

devourings that identifies the Dragon

with the

Money Power.

These points of

similarity I point

out in the several Parallelisms of Character next follow-

ing:

Second Parallelism of Character:


or
all
tJie tiger,

Unlike
is

the lion

xvhich spring upon their prey with a roar, so that

the neighborhood

knows when
its

the victim

destroyed,

the Serpent steals secretly upon


lessly.

victim,

and

seizes it noise-

So the Money Power

is

sly

and

secretive in

its

methods,

and

steals

upon

its

victims secretly,

without noise or struggle.

The
it

secret

and destroys theni sly methods of the


it

Money Power

are exemplified in every assault

has

made

upon the merchants of oil well owners of Pennsylvania the operators in beef, pork, cotton and all the various business enterprises it has devoured. So silently, so stilly is it now the retail the coal mines stealing on the cattle ranches

upon our industries. New York City the

Thus

stole

merchants

the

breweries

the

flour mills

the farmers

and

all

the business interests

it is

now

devouring.

MONEY POWER LURES, CRUSHES AND DEVOURS.

77

Third Parallelism of Character


its victims,

The scrpetit charms

and

lures

them

to their

doom.

world, with the lure of


all

So the Money Power has charmed and is charming the its money. It lures people from
over the world to
its

London den,

to get

money

to

and water works, and gas works and, in the end, all that was built with the money it devours. It lures miners after money to develop mines and it crushes the miner and devours the mine. By starting a boom in cattle, it lures farmers, merchants, mechanics, to borrow money on mortgaged property and put it into catde ranchand then it devours the mortgaged property, and the es ranches in which the borrowed money was invested. By starting booms in cities and towns, it lures all classes who have property, to borrow money on mortgage and invest it in town lots and then it devours both the mortgaged property, and the boom investment. Fourth Parallelism of Character: Unlike the lion and the tiger, and all other beasts of prey, which rend and
build railroads^

tear their victims in furious assault, the

Boa
it.

destroys

its

prey

by enveloping

it

in

its coils,

and crushing

So the Money Power always envelops the industry


sails in

it

as-

the coils of
it

its

capital,

and crushes
oil

it

by
all
it

constric-

tion.

gland Mills
dustries
it

Thus enveloped the industrythe the New York merchantsand


has devoured.

New
used

Enits

the in-

In every instance,

immense
its

capital in such a

manner

as to crush the opera-

tors instantly, as the


coil.

The

boa constrictor crushes its victim in method of the Money Power is identical

with that of the Boa.

Fifth Parallelism of Character:


tor crushes only to devour,
it

and devours

all

The Boa In
it

Constricthis

crushes.

is

unlike the tiger or the leopard.


;

The

tiger will de-

and eat only one or will kill half a dozen bullocks, and devour only a part of a single carstroy forty sheep,

178
cass.

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.


In this they resemble political despotisms, of which

such wild beasts are made the symbols.


ical

For such politpowers wage grand and destructive wars, and in the
all

end, the conquering state gains only a petty acquisition.

Thus,

the grand wars of the


:

first

Napoleon ended

in

but small accessions of territory

Prussia, after crushing

France, gained only Alsace-Lorraine.

This

is

unlike the

Money Power

which, like the


all
it

ser-

pent, attacks only to devour,


It

and devours

it

attacks.
to

never attacks any business


it.

interest, unless

means

devour

It

did not attack the

New England
till

Mills, or

the iron interests of Pennsylvania,

the time

came

for

them
in
its

to

be devoured.

caged Boa
till

will leave the rabbits


it

cage unharmed for days,

is

ready to devour
side

them.

So the Money Power

will

work

by

side with

business interests for years, without showing any hostility,


till the time comes when it is ready to take possession of them and then, it makes its attack suddenly, and crushes them inexorably. We find illustrations of this, in all the It has operations of the Money Power in this country. never assailed an American business which it did not dethe lumber It is now assailing the cattle men vour.
;

men the
them them
;

wholesale

merchants

the

retail

merchants
is

the farmers, and other business interests; and

crushing

and, unless
all,

its

career be arrested,

it

will

devour
oil

as

it

did the

New York

merchants and the

well owners.

Sixth Parallelism of Character:


has
to

beslime

its

victims,

before

it

can
it,

The Boa always devour them.


It

pounces upon a deer and crushes


tissues,
till

bones, flesh and

all

within

its

hide

is

perfectly soft.
it

Then,
it

before beginning to

swallow the victim,


it

beslimes

from head to fooc; when

begins to swallow gulp after


is

gulp, until the entire victim

engorged

in its raaw.

MONEY POWER PARALYZES

VICTIMS.
its

179

Thus the Money Power always beslimes


the slime of
its

victims with

capital before devouring them.

Thus

it

beslimed

our

railroads

with

construction

capital

mines with
mortgages.
thing with

capital, to

develop and operate them

blocks
it

our

of city property and broad areas of farming lands, with

The
its

Money Power always


devouring
property,

beslimes everyit;
it

capital, before

and
is

surely

devours
beslime.

all

business,

and

all

allowed to

Seventh Parallelism of Character


victims are paralyzed and powerless to resist.
It
is

The SerpenVs

destructions of the

one of the most remarkable phenomena in the Money Power, that none of its victims
to

have ever been able

make

the shghtest resistence.

There
fore

is

always a conflict in ordinary trade contests, beis

one of the parties

crushed.
:

But the victims of the


coil
fate.

Money Power never

resist

they are paralyzed in the

of the python, and submit quietly to their

Thus

the

New York merchants, of New England, the


Money Kings have
of
its

the oil well owners, the mill owners


cattle

companies, and

all

whom

the
fate

crushed have submitted to their

as quietly as a rabbit in the coils of a boa.

This paralysis

victims

is

one of the reasons why the destroying


little
:

career of the

Money Power has attracted so Eighth Parallelism of Character


its

attention.

The Serpent
all

swallows
of prey.

prey whole.
lion,

In

this

it is

unlike

other beasts

The

the tiger and

all

other beasts of prey

devour their prey a mouthful at a time, and leave the And they always leave a bones and horns and hoofs.
portion of the prey to the jackals
follow their footsteps.

and other beasts


in
this

that

The Money Power


It

is

like the serpent

regard.
it

always takes entire possession of every industry


It

seizes upon.

did not content

itself

with dividing the


oil

business with the

New York

merchants, or the

well

l8o

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.

So with every never divides with previous competitors ; it devours the whole business it takes possession of. It never will engage in any business, unless it is put into a
it it

owners;

devoured the entire business.

business

joint stock

company; and

it

always demands the conit

trolling interest in the stock, before

will invest.
it

And
devour

then
it all.

it

is

only a question of time

when
:

will

Ninth Parallelism of Character


tiger gorge their prey at once
:

The

lion

and the
is

unlike them, the serpent


requires

a long
it is

time swallowing

its

prey :

it

many

gulps before

finally engulfed in

its

maw.
the serpent strikingly resembles
said, these

In
the

this characteristic,

Money Power.

As has been

Money Kings

always want a controlling interest in an enterprise before they will invest, and then they begin a systematic process

down the remaining stock of the company. They never buy up all property in an enterprise at once. They begin with a mere start, as the serpent begins with
of gulping
the head of
till

its

victim

they have

swallowed the whole.

and then they keep on devouring Thus, they began

with a few wells in the oil region, to start the business afterward, they kept on devouring till they had swallowed

So in a gold or silver mine, they must always it all. have a controUing interest in the stock and then they
;

begin systematically to freeze out the other stockholders. This small beginning and persistent continuance in devouring, till all is engorged, is not the least striking of

the

parallelisms

between

the

Dragon and

the

Money

Power.

Who

can doubt that Divine inspiration meant

by the Great Red Dragon to set forth the London Money Power ? The Serpent is chosen by Divine inspiration to be the
symbol of the London Money Power, because,
in all the

realm of nature, the serpent alone perfectly resembles the

CHARACTERISTICS OF MONEY POWER :-CRAFT.

l8l
pro-

Money Power.
cesses,

In

its

character, as well as in
activity,

its

and methods and modes of


is

the

Money

Power

like a snake.

We

have

seen the striking paralleHsms between the


the Serpent, exhibited in
its

Money Power and


of devouring
in disposition
:

methods

let

us

now mark some

of the parallelisms,

and

intrinsic character.

Tenth Parallelism of Character:


the

The

serpent

is

synonim of worldly wisdom, craft and cunning: '^wise


displays the

as a serpent

The Money Power


in all
that
is
its

wisdom of the serpent


It

policy

in

its

entire career.
It

never takes a step


its

not thoroughly matured.


attack.

never alarms

victim

by a premature

Its assaults are

always

made on

well considered plan,

How

skillful

its

and have always been successful. attack on the oil wells! first building a
line to
it.

railroad,

and then constructing a pipe

How
the

thoroughly matured the plan!

how

skillful the

execution!

Like the combinations of

a great military genius, of the railroads, by


first

movement was irresistible mode of getting possession


!

What consummate
furnishing the

skill in its
first

mortto

gage bonds

for

the iron

money

build the road bed, on city and county bonds that had to

be paid; then getting possession of the railroads upon How wise its attack on first mortgage bonds for the iron
I

by establishing branch houses, and then starting drummers to take away their trade How crafty their booms! building up a city by lavish expenditure of capital, and getting multitudes to invest and make partial payments, and then stopping all investment
the

New York

merchants

and

letting the

boom
it

collapse

so that,

when

prices

fall,

they can take back the property for the

remaining pay-

ments, and have

all

ready

for

the next

boom

Still

l82

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.


crafty their

where they buy town to fifteen thousand in a couple of years, and so make the world believe it will be a city of one hundred thousand inhabitants; and when the gulls have bought prairie lots
in small towns,

more

booms

the land around a country village, build up the

at

high prices,

let

the

boom

drop,

pocket the

money

made, and take back the But why particularize ?


All their acts are
ful

lots, for final

payments!

They never make a blunder. marked by wonderful skill and wonderif

wisdom.

But

there

is

any

act

showing most con-

summate craft and skill, it is their wonderful attack on the New England Mills. We have a saying, " Sharp as a Yankee." But these Jew Money Kings far surpass all American shrewdness. American wisdom had exhausted
itself in

devising measures for the protection of the

New

England Mills from the competition of foreign merchants. But these Money Kings found a flaw in our system of protection, through which they crept like a serpent, and enmeshed the New England Mills in the coils of their capital, and crushed and devoured them. And they did
it

all

so

skillfully,

so
it

quietly, so

secretly,

that, to

this

day,

nobody knows
serpent
only,
is is
it

was done!
all

The
and
vourer.

wiser than
fit

the beasts of the


this

field

symbol of

crafty secretive de-

of the

The Money Power is a veritable embodiment wisdom of the serpent. Eleventh Parallelism of Character: The serpent

its

hides in the grass.

So the Money Power systematically hides

operations

from the eyes of mankind, in such a manner that its path can hardly be traced. It always operates through joint stock corporations, in which its identity is concealed under
the

agencies

it

establishes.

corporations

are

the

The stockholders of London Jew Money Kings.

these

But

they elect directors and officers in the country where the

CHARACTERISTICS, CONTINUED
corporations are established
the
;

HIDES ACTIONS.

83

and the people believe

that

men who manage the corporations are their The Money Kings put a man at the head of
system, as
its

owners.
a railroad

and the public does not suspect that the owners are in London. They loan money by billions of dollars, on city property and improved farms, through their agencies, and make the public believe that it is American capital. They ruin business, and
ostensible owner,

own

property

all

over the country, and yet manage to


to fix the laws of joint

conceal their identity.

They have induced government


ing their identity.

stock corporations, with the special purpose of conceal-

All other
houses
in

real estate

is

transferred on
joint stock
city prop-

record books open to public inspection.


corporations

own

real estate in

These railroads and

erty, in business

which they transact


in

their busi-

ness,

in

improved farms,
all

wild lands;

and

yet the

stocks which represent

this real estate are treated

by

the law as personal property, and are transferred like a


horse, or

stock are

any other personal property. All transfers of made on the books of the company, and the

public

is

never allowed to

know who

the stockholders are.

The whole system


tions has

of laws regarding joint stock corporafor the special

been devised

purpose of conceal-

ing the stockholders from the public.


in the grass, so the

As

a snake hides
its

Money Power

systematically hides

operations and

its

existence, behind the concealment of

joint stock corporations.

Indeed,

when

this

hiding secretive
is

Money Power,

al-

ways seeking concealment,

now

presented as an Imperi-

all are astonished, and wonder how such a terrible Imperialism could have risen in the earth, and mankind be kept in utter ignorance of

alism actually existent in the world,

its

existence.
its

It is

now overshadowing

the whole earth

with

monopolies of trade and industry, and has almost

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.


its

ruined the world, and yet

existence

is

unknown.

How

strikingly like a serpent hiding in the grass

The
it

trail

of a snake can never be found, except where


So,
it

crosses a dusty road.

is

only at death where

evidence can usually be found that a


the

man

is

the agent of
still

Money Power.

If A. T. Stewart were

living,

he

would be universally believed to be worth over $100,000,000. His death revealed him as the agent of the Money
Power.
it

The

track of the serpent could only be found as


So,

ran across his grave.

the death of Jim Fisk re-

vealed the fact that he and his partner, Gould, instead of

being the owners of the Erie railroad, were the agents


of the

Money

Kings.

The
it

Money Power

hides

all

its

operations under the guise of agencies.

Who

can doubt that

is

the crafty, secretive hiding

Money Power which is symbolized by the Dragon? Twelfth Parallelism of Character: The

serpent

crawls on his
it

belly.

The

curse of baseness was fixed upon

at the beginning.

Money Power is a tissue of and treachery, comparable to nothing but a serpent crawling on its belly. Its career is a Uving lie, as it systematically hides itself behind its agents, pretending that they are the owners of the business they control. Like the garroter, it throttles and plunders
The whole course
of the
fraud, falsehood, trickery
its

victims in the dark.


its

Like the gambler,


hells, the

it

entices

its

victims to bet in

gambling

Boards of Trade,
rise

upon the
produce
;

rise

and
it

fall

of stocks,

and the
in its

and

fall

of

while

holds the

game
its
is

hands, and stocks


It is

the cards for the robbery of

victims.
its

a slugger,

whose purse,
it

filled

with gold,

sandbag, with which

strikes

down

enues of trade.
ber
is

true to

its victims, in all the busy avThere is honor among thieves the robhis "pal;" but the Money Power syste-

in the dark

matically

plunders

its

partners,

freezing

out

minority

CHARACTERISTICS, CONt'd
Stockholders,
prises.

DESPICABLE, MALIGNANT.
take
part
in
its

85

and

all

men who

enter-

It knows that if the world knew of its system of plunder, mankind would rise up against it it therefore robs through agencies, and makes agencies the "cribs" where it hides
:

its

plundered goods.
tissue of lying,

Its

whole career, from the


its

first,

has

been a
It

robbery, fraud and concealment.


trail
:

has acted falsehood in the past, to hide


that
it is

And

now
fish,

discovered,

and exposed

to the eyes of the

it will no doubt attempt to escape, like the scuttle by making the waters around it inky black with falsehood, causing its minions to swear in the columns of the

world,

press, that
is

its

existence

is

a myth, that the discovery of


is all

it

a "mare's nest," and that this exposure of it

imaginaits

tion.

The Money Power


Its

is

always a snake crawling on


lie.

belly.

whole

life is

a living

Thirteenth Parallelism of Character:


is

The serpent

a cold blooded malignant


In
this
it

beast.

strikingly resembles the


;

Money Power, which


and which,
in pursuit

is

without either heart or conscience


its

of

selfish aims, displays

a cold blooded remorselessness,

without a parallel in the history of the world.

The Money Power


there
is

operates entirely through vast im;

perial joint stock corporations

and, in such corporations,


or a sense of in-

no place
soul.

for

human sympathy,
individual
is

dividual responsibility.

Such a corporation has no conwithheld from


too

science

no

An

by sympathy, by conscience, by a sense of moral responsibility; but no one connected with the management of these grand Money Power Corporations feels any sense of personal responsibility. The stockholders feel none for they are away off in London, and do nothing but elect the directors. The directors feel no
flagrant wrong,
;

sense of personal responsibility


cipals,

for

they are not prin-

but only agents;

and they simply appoint the

l86
officers

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.

and leave the management to them. The officers they have no individual responsibility, because they are under orders, like the officers of an army, and
feel that

are not acting for themselves, but for the directors and the

stockholders.
to

They come
of
these

to feel that their only

duty

is

take care of

the interests of the corporation.

The
utterly

management
selfish,

imperial

corporations

is

without a tinge of sympathy or generosity.

This does not apply to ordinary business corporations,

where individuals incorporate themselves into a company for the transaction of business. There are many advantages in such an incorporation, and it is free from objection. In such corporations, conducted as individual enterprises, on a moderate scale, the sense of justice influences the minds of the stockholders, and pervades the management,
as

much

as in the individual

management of

business.
attain-

But an imperial system of corporations, bent upon


ing

a universal

control

of industry,

and a

universal

monopoly of wealth and property, like an ambitious conquerer, is utterly selfish and remorseless. The cold blooded heartlessness of these Money Kings is glaringly
displayed in the entire course of the

Money Power.

Its

whole course
wrong.
is

is

a black night of oppression, injury

and
it

It is as useless to

attempt to particularize, as

to seek the darkest cell in a

dungeon, or the foulest


are bent

corner in a lazar house.


getting
all

The Money Kings


all

on

the business,

the wealth,
:

and

all

the property

of the earth into their

bankrupting

all

the business

own hands they can only do it by men in the world, and reduc-

mankind to the condition of serfs, and dependent upon them for bread; and they are pursuing their aim of the subjugation of mankind with ruthless energy. The Money Power is as
ing the great mass of
subject to their will,

cold blooded,

pitiless

and malignant

as a snake.

RESUME OF CHARACTERISTICS.

187

I have now presented thirteen Parallelisms between the Dragon and the Money Power I.) I have showed that, like the Boa Constrictor,
:

the

a devourer. eight points of Parallelism between the serpent and the Money Power, in respect of the manner in which they both devour their prey. Both
lently;
steal secretly

Money Power is 2.) I have showed

on

their prey,

and destroy them

si-

and so

secretly, that the


:

world knows nothing of

the

both charm their victims, and cause destruction them to come to them, and place themselves in their power both crush their victims in their coils, the serpent, of its body, and the Money Power, of its capital which constitutes its body both crush only to devour, both beslime their victims and devour all they crush by their secretion before devouring them, the serpent with slime, the Money Power with money both paralyze their victims by their attack, beyond the possibility
:

of resistance

nothing behind

both swallow both swallow


:

their

prey whole, leaving

their
is,

prey gradually.
in all points, like

The devouring
the

of the

Money Power
and
is

method of

the serpent,

like that of

no other

beast of prey on the earth.


3.) I have showed four points of Parallelism in Character between the Money Power and the serpent.

Both have certain personal characteristics peculiar to

and all the and skillful, and cunning and crafty, beyond all comparison with others of their kind both are secretive, and habitually hide themselves from the eyes of men, the one in the grass, the
themselves,
all

among

the beasts of the earth,


risen.

powers that have ever

Both

are wise,

other behind
picable, false

its

joint stock corporations

both

are des-

belly
less.

and treacherous, habitually crawling on the both are cold-blooded, and malignant and remorse-

l88

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.

But these thirteen Parallelisms do not exhaust the likeness between the Serpent and the Money Power. There yet remain seven other paralleHsms to be mentioned.
The proof already
Power.
offered
is

sufficient to
is

convince the most

incredulous that the Dragon

the symbol of the

Money

But the evidence is abundant even to nausea. I proceed to mention four other parallelisms between the Dragon and the Money Power, in respect of the modes
of activity.

Fourteenth Parallelism of Character // was a "Great" Dragon. The great Boa, unlike other wild beasts which appear in one spot, may stretch its long body
:

afar.

Prophecy well chooses the python as the symbol of the which, while its head is in England, stretches its body all over the earth, embracing in its folds India, China, Africa, Australia, Europe, South America, Mexico, Canada and the United States. Everywhere, the body of the Boa appears. It is as active in Europe, and England is its den; Asia and America, as in England. but the Dragon is, indeed, a great Dragon; its long body encircles the earth, and it has everywhere enveloped in-

Money Power;

dustry in

its folds.

Fifteenh Parallelism of Character: TTie Boa, as it lies along, may throw its folds around many objects. So, the Money Power has, in its huge length, many We call these folds, which encoil about many objects. Each mofolds of the python " Rings," or Monopolies. nopoly is a "Ring," formed by a fold of the serpent,
thrown around a branch of industry, or a branch of trade. "The whiskey ring," "the railroad ring," "the oil ring," "the cotton ring," "the wheat ring," "the cattle ring," " the coffee ring," " the sugar ring," "the packing ring,"

and

all

the other grand monopolies are each only a fold of

the serpent thrown around the industry.

Woe

to the

man

CHARACTERISTICS OF MONEY POWER, CONTINUED,

89

who
will

attempts to operate inside of one of these "Rings."

will be around him, and he and devoured. The grand Sixteenth Parallelism of Character Boa Constrictor habitually twines upon a tree, while watching for victims which pass beneath. So, the Money Power twines about the government,

Instantly the coils of the

Boa

be crushed in

its folds,

while plundering

its

people.

twines about governments.


its

The Money Power habitually The British government is


to its will.

servile

instrument

it

sways India with autocratic rule

the

European governments yield


it

In

our

own
third

country,
latures,

too often controls Congress,


influence.
all
;

and

by lobby

The

lobby,

"the

State

Legis-

house, "

controls

legislation that effects the interest of

the Money Power procuring legislation to suit its aims, and preventing legislation injurious to it. Not only does the government leave industry defenceless in the grasp of the Money Power it also, by vast land grants,* by paying interest on bonds in gold that were, by law, to be paid in paper, and in various other ways, .gives to it immense Our country is hardly in a less degree than Engbonuses.
:

land in the grasp of the


waiting for

Money Power. Seventeenth Parallelism of Character


its

The Boa
behind the

Constrictor,

prey, hides in a

tree,

green foliage.
So,

the

Money Power

hides

its

own

bloated wealth

under the guise of national prosperity.


are deceived

Thus, our people

by the statement
nation
in

that the

United States

is

now
sists,

the richest

in

the world.

The wealth conAmerican people


its

not so

much

the wealth of the

as,

in the

growth of the Money Power and

invest-

* Our land grants to railroads cover 159,621,000 acres, or 326,000 square miles; an area more than twice as large as Great
Britain

and Ireland, and about tbree times

as large as Italy.

I^O
ments.

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.

The Money Power

has built railroads, factories,

improvements; is opening up bonanza farms; is pushing forward with its capital many branches of production and trade but it owns them all. The American
city
;

and

people are getting poorer: the


alone
It

gages upon two-thirds of our farms: the


is

Money Power has mortMoney Power


it

getting rich.

is

investing in our country the revenues

derives

from its^world-wide manufactures and commerce.


investments increase the amount of
.this
its
:

These

wealth, located in
it is

country.

But

it is

not our wealth

not the green

foliage of national prosperity.

It is the
its

body of the Boa


is

and, instead of helping our people,

wealth

an engine

of oppression, destroying Americans engaged in indepen-

dent business, crushing our farmers, and devouring our


national wealth.

Two

oaks, standing in the

forest,

are

alike

vigorous

and flourishing. A wild ivy vine twines around and around one of the oaks, and girdles it from bottom to top in its twining folds, and wraps trunk and limbs in a mass How gloriously the oak seems of most luxuriant foliage. to flourish. But soon it ceases to grow: and finally, it But the ivy vine flourishes more and begins to wither. more luxuriantly its twining folds around the oak grow until the tree is strangled in its clasp, larger and larger and dies! Our country is the oak; the Money Power is the twining ivy vine. Already our oak is pining. Limb after limb has withered and fallen. The great farming branch, with many others, is slowly dying. But the

twining ivy vine,


ions,

crowns our dying country with a greener foliage than in the days of our greatest The serpent folds of the and most real prosperity.
is

the Money Power, with


and
it

its

vast possess-

flourishing;

Money Power

are throttling us.

MONEY POWER, ENEMY OF HUMAN RACE.

19I

Besides these Parallelisms, there are three others which

show, especially, that

The Money Power

is

the Enemy of the Human Race.


:

is

Eighteenth Parallelism of Character the immemorial enemy of the human race.


So
also,

The serpent

a necessary antagonism

exists

between the

Money Power and the human race. The People Can Only Prosper by Doing the Business which the Money Power is doing, and covets
to

monopolize

entirely.

If the individuals

keep the busi;

ness, they prosper,

and
the

their countries flourish

but

the

Money Power, under


the other hand,
if
it

such conditions,

will languish.

On

Money Power

takes the business,

those

who had

before are reduced to poverty, just in the

degree in which the


perity of the

Money Power
is

flourishes.

The pros-

Money Power

The Money Power


of

of the human race. is hostile to the well being


the ruin

beyond all despotisms that have ever existed. more oppressive than any national despotism. A despot rules by law, and makes specific exactions by taxIt is

man

ation.

No

despot desires to break

down people

in busi-

them of their property to reduce them and to appropriate their property to himto bankruptcy self. No despot enters the home, to take it from the owner. The Money Power does all this. It crushes inness
to plunder

dividuals:

it

oppresses
extorts
:

people
plunders
:

en masse.
it

It
:

cheats;
it

it

swindles

it

it

destroys

devours.

The Minotaur,
nish,

a monster which, every year, devoured

a shipload of victims which Athens was compelled to furis the most horrible monster of legendary antiquity. But the Money Power is worse than the Minotaur. That

monster was kept


victims brought to

in
it.

its

den, and could only devour the


is

The Money Power


all

an immense
it

Serpent, going at large, and devouring

the victims

192

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.


find.

can

More,

it

is

Crowned Imperialism, which


is

controls governments,

and

above

all

law.

It

bankrupts

the merchant, the manufacturer, the miner, the farmer;

and drives them and


into the

their families out

from

their

homes

world, beggared, and

perchance to die heartthat

broken and despairing.

The Money Power is worse than any despot


ever reigned.

The despot
lest
it is

is

restrained from excessive

wrong and oppression,


destroyed.

the prosperity of his people be

But

the aim of the


all

Money Power
it

to de-

stroy the prosperity or

persons engaged in independent


works,
it

business; in order that, amid the ruin

may

ravage, and devour industry and wealth.

The Money Power


that ever

is

worse than any monster

was conceived by human For the monster needs only to devour a few, to but this Serpent is so huge, that it appease its hunger encircles the earth with its folds, and the ruin of nations

roamed

the earth, or

fancy.

can not appease its insatiable appetite to devour. Were a wild beast abroad, destroying as the Money Power destroys, masses of men would gather to hunt it to
death.

as the
try,

"Were a despot to oppress and ruin his people, Money Power is oppressing and ruining our coun-

he would be blown up with dynamite, or his head would be brought to the block, in less than a year. The Money Power, like the Serpent, is the Arch enemy of the

human race. Nineteenth Parallelism of Character


of the dragon is

The

color

red.

This

is

Ius us

naturae.

Nobody

ever saw a red snake.

appropriateness in the color here, for


the serpent.

There must have been a special it to be applied to

that the

This color always, in the book of Revelation, indicates power symbolized by a red color is a cruel, bloody

MONEY POWER A DESTROYER.


despotism.
in

193

And

indeed the red color was indispensable,

order to indicate the bloody character of the

Money

Power.

For the Money Power

is

a great destroyer
life,

perIt

haps the greatest destroyer of

human

of

all

the des-

potisms that have arisen on the earth.

But
is

it

does not destroy

its

victims on the battle-field.


it is

described in the third vision of Daniel, where


it:
^^

said
25.

of
It

In peace, shall he destroy many."


its

Daniel

y\\:

does not strike


It

venomed

fangs into the body, but the

soul.

reduces

its

victims to want and beggary;

and

multitudes of them, in utter despair, turn their faces to


the wall and die.
Its victims

have died
its

are
and

dying

all

over the earth.

Great Britain

is

the seat of

power;

there,
it

by
is,

penury, and want and vain longing and despair,


graves.

every year, crushing thousands of the poor into untimely


I

saw

in

London such

poverty, and misery, such

utter wretchedness,

that the constant spectacle of suffer-

and I was had intended, in Among the London poor, you order to save my life. Poverty and want and hardly ever see a hoary head. hopelessness and despair drive them to untimely graves, long before time can furrow the brow or blanch the hair. The whole generation dies in the prime of middle Hfe, destroyed by the conditions with which the Money Power surrounds them. They are as actually murdered as though It is true, no the dagger were driven to their hearts.
ing I could not relieve broke
to leave the

down my

health,

compelled

country before

blood
its

is

shed;

victims

but the Serpent never sheds the blood they die a bloodless death, crushed
in die,

of
its

coils.

So the poor people of Britain

every generacoils

tion,

crushed to death by the constricting

of the
till

Money Power
India
is

crushed into
relief.

direst

poverty and want,

death comes to their

completely in the

coils of the

Money Power.

194

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.


killed five million

The Monster

Hindoos with famine, in its serfs upon its plantaAnd now, under the tions redeemed from the jungle. control of industry in India by the Money Power, half a million Hindoos die of starvation, every year. It is said that, in the wars of Napoleon, waged during twenty years, all over Europe, and in Egypt and Syria, two million men
order to compel them to become

perished.
in

In a time of profound peace, the

Money Power,
four years

a single country, destroys as


in twenty

many

lives every

as Napoleon destroyed

years !!

In the United States, during the long oppression of low


prices

which

it

has maintained since 1820, with brief

in-

and in the terrible financial crises it has induced, thousands have died of heart-break, and multiplied thoutervals,

sands of penury.

During
it

its

long continued course of

conquest

in this country, in

the last twenty years,

which it has been engaged for has broken down one branch of
it

industry after another, and devoured them; and

has

driven to untimely graves myriads of our countrymen.

There have been,


thousand
failures,

for the last

twenty years, about ten

every year, of prominent business firms.

The men

in

a great multitude
big fish caught

moderate circumstances who have broke are who have not been reported. Only the
little

multitude of

to die, are left


to

by the Money Power are counted the minnows that it has cast out of its net to rot in the sunshine without notice. Not
:

speak of myriads of small

failures, in this

country, caused

by the

Money Power,

in the last

twenty years, there have

been, in the United States, two hundred thousand great

most part victims of the Money Power. What became of those victims? Alas, we know not. Some died of heart-break many drag on hopeless lives
failures, for the
:

in

some subordinate

position

the sons of ruined families

have,

many

of them, swelled the ranks of the reckless,


cities
:

hopeless multitudes of our

many

of the cultured

MONEY POWER CALLED THE DEVIL

95

daughters are teachers, or seamstresses, or clerks; and

many have

sunk, through despair, into the great social


!!

deep lower than the grave


All over the earth, the

Money Power

has

its

holocausts

of victims.

They

fall

in the midst of peace.

and make no sign. Well is this bloody destructive Money Power represented by the Great RED Dragon. Twentieth Parallelism of Character: Inspiration drops the symbol at last, and calls the Dragon the Devil. The Devil was incarnate in the serpent, in Eden, to induce the fall of the human race. In the book of Revela-

They

die,

tion,

Satan

is

represented as incarnate in the Dragon.


is

The Money Power


ness,
craft,

an embodiment of Satanic
fraud,
deceit,

selfish-

cunning,
It
:

skill,

malignity and
industry in

destructiveness.
its

constantly breaks

down

selfish

greed

it

destroys the prosperity of the whole


:

earth, in the pursuit of gain


ol the

it

crushes multiplied millions

human

race

it

overshadows the whole age with

darkness.
It would destroy the dawning era of liberty and advancement now rising upon the world, as the serpent destroyed Eden. It would break down our grand Republic, and establish upon its ruins a mighty Despotism, to oversliadow

the hopes of
anity,

break

man it would, with Jewish hatred of Christidown our churches it would destroy our ris:

ing civilization, and reduce


serfs,
it

mankind

to the condition of

without the possibiUty of education or enlightenment:


arrest the progress of the

would

world toward the Mil-

lennium, and grind mankind beneath the heel of a despotism worse than that of the Feudal Ages.

The Money Power


liberties,

seeks to destroy our

Republican
its

and

to

bring the world under a subjection to

own grand Imperialism


it,

of wealth and monopoly; in which

and
all

its

agents, will be the privileged Aristocracy, hav-

ing

culture,

and refinement and power;

while

the

196

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.

its

mass of mankind are its serfs, tilling its lands, and doing work in the various departments of business life, and
all its

sunk into abject poverty, with rance, vice and debasement.


Instead of allowing the
benefits derived from

concomitants of ignorace to share


in

human

the

power of steam, it seeks to monopoHze all those benefits to itself, and use them as a weapon to crush all individual industry, and to subdue the It conworld beneath the imperial sway of its capital. verts the blessings conferred by Divine Providence upon mankind into a curse. It seeks to introduce a new Feudal Era, in which it, and its agents, will parcel out the world anew, and bring back the wrong and oppression of the Dark Ages. The iniquity of the Money Power surpasses human depravity. It is Demonic, in its selfishness and greed
the

in its in its

cold-blooded heartlessness

cunning and and chicane in falsehood lying concealments malignity murders of victims driven by ruin
bold robbery
its

in

its

knavish trickery
craft

in its in

its

in

its

in its

despair

and

death,

in all this

and in

to

all its other unspeak-

able turpitude,
utterly Satanic

and wrong and daseness, and devilish.

the

Money Power

is

Who
the

can Doubt That the Dragon London Money Power? Let us briefly

is

the symbol of

recapitulate the

line of evidence:

There are but three Parallelisms of Character between the Lion with Eagle's Wings and the Babylonian empire and only two, between the Bear and the Persian empire and none of them very remarkable. But here are Twenty
;

Parallelisms of Character between the

Money Power;
markable.

ten

times as many,

and

Dragon and far more

the
re-

RESUME OF PARALLELISMS.

97

Review the Entire Career


as
it

of the
every

Money Power
its

has been presented, and


it

its

trait,

every act

reveals
i)

as a gigantic Serpent.
is

It

Like a Serpent

in

being essentially a de-

vourer.
2) It is

vouring
to their

Like a Serpent in Its Method of DeVictims: it charms its prey, luring them doom it seizes its prey secretly it paralyzes its
Its

victims by

its

attack

it

crushes

its

prey in
all it
it

its

coil it

crushes only to devour, and devours


slimes
its

crushes

prey before devouring

it

whole, leaving nothing

it

its

it

be-

swallows

prey

it

swallows

by repeated
it

gulps,

and only
3)

after repeated efforts engulfs

The Money Power


:

is

Charaeteristics

it

is full

of

maw. Like a Serpent in Its worldly wisdom and craft


in its

it

hides in

its

agencies, as the serpent hides in the grass

it

continually grovels in debasement, lying, fraud

and
cold-

trickery, as the serpent crawls

upon

its

belly

it is

blooded, remorseless, cruel.


4)

The Money Power


:

is
it

Like a Serpent in
stretches afar
;

Its

Habitudes
in
its

like the serpent

its

head

England,
coil

its

long body enveloping the whole earth in

it

throws

many

coils of its

huge length around


all

many
every
as the

industries,
coil a

in "ring "

varous countries

over the earth,


for support,
its

it

hangs on governments
tree

Boa Constrictor hangs on a


in the leaves of a tree.

it

hides

own

bloated gains under the guise of national prosperity, as the

Boa hides
5)

is a Veritable Serpent in is the necessary it Relations with Mankind enemy of mankind, because its interests are opposed to

The Money Power

Its

the well

being of humanity,

there being as natural an


be-

enmity between the

tween the serpent


Dragon,
is

Money Power and mankind, as and man. The Money Power, like

the

red with

the blood of multitudes of victims,

198
slain

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.

by

it

in its continual
is,

wars upon industry


the very

finally,

the

Money Power

indeed,

embodiment of

Satanic malignity toward mankind.

In Every Particular, the Symbol has Its CounNot one point of likeness fails. No other power can possibly be found that embodies all the charIn no other power that has ever acteristics of a serpent.
terpart.
existed can these characteristics be found.

The Money
It is like

Power

is

the only ImperiaHsm that has ever risen on the


is

earth, that

like a snake, in

any
is

particular.

snake, in every point.

And it

like

nothing

else.

These
that

strange and startling resemblances cannot be fortuitous

and

accidental.
is

They prove most

indubitably

the

Money Power Red Dragon.

the Imperialism symbolized

by the Great

Chapter V.

PROOF THAT THE DRAGON IS THE SYMBOL OF THE LONDON MONEY POWER,
Continued.
III.

THIRD PROOF:COINCIDENCES OF FACT.

We have now seen the twenty Parallelisms of Character by which the Great Red Dragon is proved to be the symbol of the London Money Power. But these ParallelWe have seen that symbol is also identified with the power symbolized, by Coincidences of Fact, where certain things are stated
isms are only part of the evidence.
a

of the symbol, which represent similar things that are true

of the power symbolized.

dences of Fact, which prove that the

There are twenty-two CoinciMoney Power is the

MONEY POWER ESTABLISHING PRUSSIAN EMPIRE.


Imperialism symbolized by the Great
will

99

Red Dragon.

These

now be

presented

1st.

The Dragon and


Dragon gave

Beast.
the \ith

First Coincidence of Fact:


Revelation,
it is

In

said 'the
'

to the beast his

Chapter of power,

and
It

his seat

and

great authority."

And

again, ''they wor-

shipped the dragon which gave power to the beast."

has already been explained how,

according to the

and 17th Chapters of Revelation, the Roman empire re-established under the dominion of Prussia, is to be And it is extended over Southern and Western Europe.
13th

here stated

how the Roman empire is to be re-established "the Dragon gave to the under the headship of Prussia, Beast [Prussia] his power, and his seat and great

authority."

This Establishment of the Prussian Empire

over

Southern and Western Europe by the aid of the London Money Power is not yet accomplished; but it is so near in
the future that

we may now

see the

We know

that the loans of the

means of fulfillment. London Money Power to

the nations of Europe enable them to keep up their standing armies,


in

and Europe can


all

to

sustain

Money Power.
and France,
victor,

meet the expenses of war. No country a war without the loans of the In the great war of 1870, between Prussia the world thought France would be the

because she had the greater financial resources.

But the Money Power gave to Prussia unlimited loans, and enabled her to put two millions of men into the field, so that she crushed France like an eggshell, in a campaign of only a little more than four months.
If

we now observe
its

the state of Europe,

we

shall perceive

that

present condition indicates that the great nations

are on the eve of a

great war;

in

which Prussia and

200
her
allies

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.


will

triumph through the aid of the

Money

Power.

Europe

is

now Divided

into

two Hostile Camps:

Russia and France, on the one side; and Prussia and


Britain,
coalitions, Russia

and Austria and Italy on the other. Of these two and France are, in respect of military
the

force,

much

more powerful.
round numbers,

They

are able to bring

into the field, in

six million soldiers; while


field,

Prussia and her allies can only bring into the round numbers, four million men.

in

But the Money Power


Field.
It

is

New

Force
its

in the
sustain-

alone has imperial power in our age.

ing kings, and in war giving the victory by


it

loans,

where
all
its

pleases.

No

nation in

Europe can put


in

forth

strength in war, without the loans of the

Money

Power.

And,
of the

in the great

war now impending


will

Europe, the aid

Money Power

be given

to Prussia

and her

allies.

Loans will be refused powers will be unable,

to
for

France and Russia, and those

want of money,

to bring their

vast forces into the field.

Prussia and her alhes will have

unlimited loans, and will be able to equip and keep in the


field all their forces
:

the sure result will be that Prussia

and her
Europe.

allies

will

be the victors

in

the conflict; and

Prussia will

become imperial over Southern and Western

In the

New Era of the Imperialism of the Money


it

needs a grand imperial government that The British its demands all over the earth. government is now its subservient instrument; but Great

Power,

can enforce
Britain

is

not sufficiently powerful to enforce


It

its

demands
un-

against the great nations of the earth.

needs a more
has chosen.

powerful nation

to

be

its

instrument.
is

And Germany,
it

der the headship of Prussia,

the nation

The Pamphlet

given me, in England,

shows

the

MONEY POWER NEEDS A GRAND EMPIRE.

20I

desire of the Money Power to have a great Imperialism capable of ruling the world, to further and
support
its

claims.

The

writer of the pamphlet said that,


it

in order to support the claims of British capitalists,

was

necessary for England to be the most powerful nation on


the globe
;

and

that

it

was the policy of England,

in or-

der to this end, that the nations should be divided up into


small states, so that England could subdue and control

them.

In the Table of Contents of the pamphlet, appear the


following headings:

" England

has a

Money

Inter-

Every Nation." " Every War a War upon England." "England Should invariably Chastise." " English Rule a Blessing to Foreign Naest in

tions."

The writer proceeds:


her
all

property [the property of the Money over the earth, England should, for her own protection, constitute herself the police of the world; as she is the carrier, the banker, the merchant, When the the Annuitant, the post-office of the world. outrage of war is committed on England's commerce, it should be that is, whenever any war is undertaken, the standing order of the people of England to their public servants that, the instant any country marches an army across its own border, the English fleet in the district shall blockade every port of the offending power, and if necessary, bombard the maritime towns; that the British fleet throughout the world shall seize upon and make and prize of everything afloat belonging to the offender further, that a British army shall, without a moment's delay, be sent to assist the nation invaded, and protect our property."

"Having

Kings] dispersed

The

writer

next proceeds to set forth the power of


to

Great Britain

maintain this imperial position.

forth the resources of Britain

under three heads,

" Naof

He

sets

val

Supremacy:" "The Military Character

202

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.

the People " and


says
' '
:

"The Wealth

of

England." He

England is the only nation which has at all times maintained its army without a conscription. No one doubts our means of supplying the waste of war. The cost [of the Crimean war] that has crippled Russia for twenty years, has never for a moment been felt by us. The large outlay during the Crimean war did not curtail The war the smallest luxury of the poorest Enghshman. was thoroughly popular, as all wars are in England. There is no'instance of public meetings to protest against a war for the people of England often urge a war, but never tire of one."

*****

The
of
all

writer of the

pamphlet advocates the breaking up


(this

the great powers

was

in

1864),

into

small

states, which could not resist the power of Great Britain.

He

says:

" A combination of such states as Denmark, Holland, and Belgium would give us little more trouble than a Caffir war, or an attack by the Maories of New Zealand.

*****
shall

jt is

England's

interest, then, that there

be no large

territories; and, fortunately, nature

has

limited within comparatively narrow bounds the extent of country which can most beneficially embrace one community. England can avail herself of these natural limits without the slightest injury to mankind and should never fail to assist every people who are strug-

*****

gling for a separate existence."

This writer represents the interests of the Money Power. His statements show that the Money Power feels
tions,

need of a great Imperialism able to dominate all naThis in order to further and guard its interests. become would Britain writer evidently hoped that Great such an Imperialism, by breaking up the great nations of the earth, fomenting discontents, and supporting revolts. But the tendency throughout Europe and America is tothe

DRAGON

IS

NOT A POLITICAL POWER.


nations.
It is

203

ward the growth of great


Great Britain
is

now

evident that

not powerful enough to dominate the earth.

But the Money Power desires such an Imperialism as its agent, as is evident from the foregoing quotations.

Such an ImperiaHsm
is

is

indispensable to

it.

And

as there

no hope of Great Britain becoming such an

overmastering Imperialism, the


Prussia to

Money Power
power

has chosen

become

its

grand Imperial Agent

in the future,

and

is

raising Prussia to imperial

for that purpose.

Hence it aided Prussia by its loans to crush France; and it is now preparing, by its policy and its loans, to exalt
Prussia to an imperialism over Southern
rope.

and Western Eu''The

Thus

will

be

fulfilled the

statement of prophecy:

dragon [the

Money Power]

gave

to the beast [the

Prussian
i. e.

empire] his power, and his seat and great authority "
perial

im-

dominion.
:

Second Coincidence of Fact


Dragon giving potver
For one
political
it

We

to the

Beast, that the

see from Dragon does

the

not

symbolize a political potver.

power never gives power


Thus, France
will

to another,

but exercises

itself

not give political

power
to

to Spain,

nor Great Britain to Ireland, nor Russia

Poland.

Political

powers always exercise


not give
it
it

their
state.

own
If

political

power, and

will

to

another

the

Dragon were a

to the Beast [the


itself.

would not give power Prussian empire], but would exercise it


political

power,

This fact harmonizes perfectly with the Dragon being


the symbol of the

Money Power.
It

The Money Power

is

not a political Imperialism.

needs some political govto legislate in its interest,

ernment as its political agent, and fight its battles.

204

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.

part fulfilled.
sia to

The two foregoing Coincidences of Fact are already in The Money Power has not yet raised Prusimperial rule over Southern and Western Europe.
it is

The work is not yet completed. But on the way toward accomplishment.
by
Its
its

begun, and

is

far

The Money Power,


and France.

loans, enabled Prussia to crush Austria

loans have enabled her to re-establish the

German em-

and from being the weakest of the five great powbecome the mightiest power in Europe. It only needs one more step, which will be taken in the next war in Europe; and then, the Money Power will have completed its work, and given to Prussia imperial power and dominion over Southern and Western Europe. So much
pire,
ers, to

is

already done, that

we can

readily see the

way

to the

single remaining step.

2nd.

The Two Horned

Beast.

There
ing

is

presented in the 13th chapter of Revelation,

another beast, a

Two Horned

Beast,

which

is

seen

"com-

up out of the earth." This Beast has been the vix


it

cruets of expositors.

No

expositor has ever applied

to

any power that has yet


This Beast

risen, to the satisfaction of himself, or others.


is

the Dragon.

John says of
dragon.

it:

"I
* *

out of the earth.

and he causes the earth, and them which dwell therein to worship the first beast whose deadly wound was healed." I. I prove that the Two Horned Beast is the

*****

beheld another beast coming up * * * And he spake as a

Dragon by Three Marks, mentioned


passage
I.)
:

in

the above

The

first

mark
is

is
^^

the Dragon,

the

that proves that this Beast manner in which John saw it

coming up out of the

earth.''

This

is

the action of a ser-

TWO HORNED BEAST


pent, not of a quadruped.

IS

THE DRAGON.

205

When John saw the Beast rise up out of the Sea, the action was instantaneous: "I saw The beast rose out of a beast rise up out of the Sea." end of its rising. was the But it was and that the Sea,
different with this
for a
''

Two Horned
all

Beast: John "beheld"

it

long time; and


lip

the time he

"beheld"

it,

it

was

coming

out of the earth"

This slow crawl

out of the

ground is the action of a serpent crawling up out of its den, and of nothing else. 2.) I identify this Two Horned Beast with the Dragon by its voice: ''He spake as a dragon." Now, we know a horse by its neigh, and a chicken by its crow, as well as by sight; and we recognize a serpent by its hiss. In all nature, a serpent is the only beast whose voice is a

hiss.
is

If this beast spake as a dragon,

it

hissed

for a hiss

the

only sound a serpent


the

utters.

The Two Horned

Beast hissed : It was

Dragon.
inference on this point.

But we are not


3.)

left to

is

Beast is the Dragon, established beyond the possibility of a doubt by

That

this

Two Horned

Divine inspiration representing

Dragon had just


as doing.

before, in the

it as doing the same thing the same Chapter, been represented

It

has just before been stated that the Dragon


' '

his gave to the Beast whose deadly wound was healed power, and his seat and great authority." And here, it is said, this Two Horned Beast " causeth the earth and them

wound was

whose deadly same thing the Dragon does The dragon gave to the beast whose deadly wound was healed imperial power this Two Horned
that dwell therein to worship the
first

beast

healed."

This
to

is

just

the

Beast causeth

all

men
The
is

render to the imperial beast wor-

ship or homage.

act is the

same

in both instances

this

Two Horned
I

Beast

the

Dragon.
this

Horned Beast with

have been careful to prove the identity of the Dragon, because.

Two

2o6
2.

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.

this

Two Horned
Two Horned
The
:

There are eight Coincidences of Fact between Beast and the Money Power; and all of
as to
is

them so remarkable
this
I.)

make

it

absolutely certain that

Beast
is

the symbol of the

Money Power.

following

the text respecting this

Two Horned

Beast

"And
earth
:

beheld another beast coming up out of the

"And he "And he "And he


fore him,
to

had two horns


exerciseth
e.,

like

a lamb:
the
first

spake as a dragon.
all

the

power of
']

beast be-

['/.

in his presence

" and causeth the earth and them which dwell therein
worship the first beast, whose deadly wound was healed. "And he doeth great wonders, so that he causeth fire to come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of

men. " And [he] deceiveth them that dwell on the earth by those miracles [or wonders] which he had power to do in
the sight of the beast; " saying to them that dwell on the earth that they should make an image to the beast which had the wound by a sword and did live. "And he had power to give life unto the image of the
beast, that the image of the beast should both speak and causeth that as many as would not worship the image of

the beast should be killed.

"And he causeth all, both poor, free and bond, to receive or in their foreheads and that save he that had the mark, or the number of his name.
:

small and great, rich and a mark in their right hand, no man might buy or sell, the name of the beast, or

"Here is wisdom. Let him that hath understanding count the number of the beast for it is the number of a
:

man
six."

and

his

number
yi\\\:

is

six

hundred and three score and

Revelation

11-18.

2) Let us note the Coincidences of Fact, presented between this Two Horned Beast and the Money Power Third Coincidence of Fact: ^^ He had two horns
:

TWO HORNS SYMBOLIZE ENGLAND AND SCOTLAND.


like

207

a lamb."

In

prophecy, a horn
of

is

a symbol of a king-

dom
the

or poHtical power.

Thus, the ten horns symbolize


the terri-

Ten Kingdoms

tories of the

Roman

empire.

Modern Europe, within The two horns on

the head

Ram, {Dan. viii,) symbolize the two kingdoms of Media and Persia, united in the Persian empire. So here, these Two Horns on the head of the Serpent, symbolize two kingdoms whose power the Dragon wields. The horns being lamb-like horns, indicates that the two
of the Persian

kingdoms under the control of the Serpent are


Christian kingdoms.

especially

These two horns symbolize the two kingdoms


of England and Scotland, which were united, in the reign of Queen Anne, into the United Kingdoms of Great Britain. Great Britain is the name, then established by
law, for the
land.

two united kingdoms of England and Scotthese are the two most pre-eminently Christian

And

kingdoms

in the world.

Prophecy only recognizes England and Scotland as the two horns on the head of the Dragon. The Money Power rules Great Britain with absolute sway. The British Parliament always registers its will. No matter

what party

is

in

power. Great Britain always legislates


necessary, fights for trade.
the country, they

for trade, and,

when

When

the

Landed Aristocracy ruled


to

had Corn

Laws,

Land Owners.
urers

keep up the price of grain for the benefit of the But when the Money Power wanted free
to its will,

trade in grain and provisions, for the benefit of manufact-

and merchants. Parliament submitted

and

threw over the policy of the Tory Landed Aristocracy.

The Tory party, representing the Landed Aristocracy, has had to advance to the ground of the Money Power, and plant itself on the platform of the Whigs, in order to live. The British ParHament is now
the creature of the

Money Power.

The Money Power

2o8

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.


Prophecy, with striking
fidelity to

rules Great Britain.


fact,

represents Great Britain,

England and Scotland,


this Tivo the earth."

as the

two horns on the head of the Serpent.


coming up out of

Fourth Coincidence of Fact:/o/in saw


Horned Sefpent
at
it
^^

for

a long time,

"beheld" and
it,

He

looked

all

the time he

"beheld" it, it was still "coming up out of the earth." was always crawling up out of the ground, but never Though constantly crawling up out of got entirely out. the ground, a part of it always remained in the ground.
It

This

is

a strange and, seemingiy, impossible state of


its

facts,

a snake always crawling up out of


getting entirely out.

den, and yet never

the

And yet this strange thing is true of Money Power. The Money Power always acts through joint stock corThe
stockholders and bondholders of the variall

porations.

ous corporations
is

over the world, are in London.

There

the Serpent's den.

the world in their


ors

The stockholders are hidden from den. The world only sees the directand
their hired

and the

officers of the corporations,

operatives.

But
is

as the stockholders

make more money,


operatives.
its

they organize more corporations, and elect more directors,

and more
as
it

officers,

and employ more


more of
its

So that
den; and

the Serpent

constantly growing greater in

grows

in the den,

body crawls up out of


is this

the den,

and becomes

visible to the public eye.


!

What
fits

a strange astonishing similitude

the

Money Power

perfectly.

And

it

will not suit

and yet it any

power that has ever risen upon the earth. God foresaw the action of the Money Power, and He chose a symbol that resembles it perfectly, and mentioned facts respecting the symbol that exactly suit the Money Power. It must be a terrible monster which Divine Omniscience took such pains to point out, by making its symbol unmisother
takable.

WIELDS POWER OF BRITAIN.


Fifth Coincidence of Fact:
pent
^'

209
Ser-

The

Two Homed
we have

exerctseth all flupoicer

or in his presence.

The

of flie first beast before him,^'


beast, as

is

first

seen,

the Prussian empire;


that

and the statement in the text means the Money Power will exercise all the power of the

Prussian empire in the presence of the empire.

We
will
the

can Understand how the Money Power Wield the Power of the Prussian Empire,
it

by observing the manner in which

is

now

exercising

power of the British empire. In Great Britain, the Money Power is the power behind the Throne, greater It wields the power of the British than the Throne. government by controlling the Parliament, and has been doing so for more than a century. It is avowed that the British government is administered in the interests of the manufacturing and commercial classes. No matter what party is in power, all parties alike do the will of the

Money Power.

We
Kings.

had, a few years ago, a remarkable instance of the


British

subserviency of the

When
its

Disraeli

government to the Money was Prime Minister, the Tory

Administration entered
perialism, in

upon a new career of bold imThis im-

treatment of other countries.

perial policy of the Tories

party as "Jingoism."

was stigmatized by the Liberal Gladstone appealed to the moral

sentiment of the Liberals,

who

are the most religious por-

tion of the British population, against the

the Tories,
alone.

"Jingoism" of and unseated them from power on that issue But immediately after the Gladstone administration
it

came
It

into power,

outjingoed Jingo.

Khedive of Egypt was unable to Money Kings. Those capitalists appealed to the British government; and the Gladstone Administration at once proceeded to enforce their claims against Egypt. It did what had never been
that the

happened

pay the

interest

on

his

debt to the

210

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.

done before by the British government. It invaded Egypt, conquered the country, discrowned the Khedive, and administered the government in the interest of the Money Power. The British government debased itself to become

"receiver"

for the

Money

Kings.

And

this

high handed outrage upon a weak state was

justified before the

in order that those imperial

world by the plea that it was necessary, capitalists might receive the

interests
this

on

their loans.

And

so thoroughly established
all

is

grand Imperialism of Capital, that

the nations of

Europe accepted this plea as perfect justification. A Principle is Established in this Transaction that is full of Menace to the Nations of the Earth. It is now recognized as an established principle that the monetary claims of the Money Power are higher than the right to national existence So long as a country which the Money Power has ruined can pay the interest on its
! !

debts

it

well.

But when
;

it is

reduced
it

to

bankruptcy, and
forfeits
its

can no longer pay the


national existence

interest,

thereby

and

the

Money Power
its

has a right to
! !

have

conquered, in order to secure


is

debt

This

the logic of the conquest of Egypt!


it
! !

It is

well for

the nations to ponder

The
mah,

British

Government

also

three years ago, in the interest of the

Conquered BurMoney Power.


last year,

The cause

of the conquest was kept quiet until,

a Mr. Robert Sutherland, in

making a

trip

from India

to

England, passed through the United


interview with the reporter of a
the facts.

States,

and

in

an

New York

paper stated

Mr. Sutherland stated to the reporter that he is " Resident Manager of the Burmah and Bombay Trading
Corporation, one of the largest Trading Companies [of
the

said:

Money Power] in the East." Mr. Sutherland "Burmah possesses the only Ruby mines

further
in the

CONQUEST OF BURMAH.
world, and they are very
valuable.

211
desire

The

of the

French
forests,

in

Tonquin
to

to get control of these,

led

the

and the Teat recent trouble with King Theebaw,


that

and the overthrow of

monarch's
the

rule.

He

repudiated

a very large claim against him by the

Corporation, claiming
returns."

that

Bombay and Burmah agents had made false

they did; for they defraud and cheat But the corporation appealed to the British government. And, continues Mr. Sutherland: "To pre-

And no doubt

everybody.

vent his trading with the French, the British government


took up the claim of the Corporation,
British subjects,
its

members being

and the war over its enforcement led to Theebaw's capture, and the extension of the British pro" tectorate over the whole of Burmah. In plain English, this statement means that this corporation of the
rights in

Money Power claimed

exclusive commercial

Burmah.
its

making

false

They cheated the Burman Emperor, returns, and when the Burman government
its

exercised

right to abrogate

trade relations with the

corporation, rhe British government, at the instance of the

Trading Company, invaded Burmah, dethroned the emperor and sent him prisoner to India, and annexed
as a

Burmah

conquered province. Some years ago, the

vaded China, because

the Chinese

British government ingovernment excluded

the opium which the corporations of the Money Power were producing in India, and forced China, at the cannon's mouth, to receive the opium and allow its people to be debauched, in order that the Money Power might con-

tinue to reap

its

profits

If the British

made
its

government had conquered China, and emperor a captive, and annexed the country to dominions, the act would have been on a par with the
its

conquest of Egypt and

Burmah.

The

claims of the

212

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.


are advancing.
Its

Money Power
the conquest

imperial policy requires

and complete subjugation of any nation that is ruined by it, or which attempts to resist its oppression! If any have doubted that this London Money Power is a great Imperialism, they can doubt no longer. It may have seemed doubtful to some, while I stated its course in the United States, whether the picture of its imperial power might not be overdrawn. But when we see it reducing Egypt to bankruptcy, and plundering Burmah by fraud, and then having those countries conquered in order to enforce its claims, none can doubt its proud and haughty
claims to imperial supremacy.

Burmah,

Great Britain can crush China, and conquer Egypt and in the interest of the Money Power.

is not powerful enough to enagainst the United States, or any of force its claims Europe; and hence the necessity, as of nations great the already mentioned, of the Money Power raising Prussia to imperial dominion, in order to use its power for the enIt will have need of the Prussian forcement of its claims. power to enforce its claims against every country on the globe for it is bankrupting all nations, as it is the United States and every country will have to take ground against it, as Burmah did, or be reduced to bankruptcy like Egypt. And the fate of resistance, and of bankruptcy, is the same, the conquest and the annexation of the victim nation. In this way the Prussian empire would attain to universal

But Great Britain

dominion, by enforcing the claims of the


If the

Money Power.
career,
it

Money Power
its

is

not checked in
full extent.

its

will
all

carry out

policy to the

It will

bankrupt

and have them conquered, and their resources administered by a political imperialism in partnership with the Money Power, which will act as " receiver " for bankrupt nations, as England has done
the nations of the earth,

with Egypt.

The

people of that empire would, in the

IMAGE
end, become
of the world.
its

IS

REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT.
it

213

grand agents, and share with

the plunder

Sixth
Serpent
is

Coincidence of Fact.
represented as
'
'

This

Two Horned
had the

saying unto them that dwell on the

earth that they shotild ?nake

an image

to the beast that

wound by a sword and did live.


this

For a long time, T was perplexed as to the meaning of " image of the beast." But the meaning is simple and

plain.

have here a remarkable prophecy predicting the representative form of government. In the age when the Revelation was given, the representative
state

We

form of government had never been thought of. The always acted for itself, through the Monarch, or a

Constituent Assembly in which govermental power was


vested.

The

idea had never occurred to any one to have

body in which the governmental power Such a Representative Body, whether called Congress, or Parliament, or by any other name, is the representation or the image of the State. Each member is the representative or "image" of his constituents, and the whole body is the representative, or "image" of the
a representative

should be vested.

nation.
naturally,
the nation.
It is

Ccftigress

"representing" the nation ^vould


be called the image of
parts of this prophecy

and with

strict propriety,

astonishing

how

perfectly

all

hold together.

It is truly

wonderful that we should have

here, in Revelation, a plain

and

distinct prediction of the


it

representative form of government, long before


in

grew up
is

modern

times.

This

"Image

of the Beast"

the

Reichstag, or

German

Parliament, which will be extended


All the
will rep-

over the states of Southern and Western Europe.


states that

become a

part of the

German empire

resent themselves in the Reichstag.

This Reichstag will


of the empire;

be the representative body, or

"Image"

214

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.


this

and
pire.

''Image"

will

"speak," and govern the em-

It is by means of this Parliament or ''Image," that "the Dragon shall exercise all the power of the" Prussian empire in the presence of the empire. The Dragon will control the ParHament with its money, and will thus control the

Prussian empire, as

it

has the British empire, dur-

ing the last century.

Seventh Coincidence of Fact:


Serpent
'

This

Two Horned
[the

'

had power

to

give

life to the

image of the beast

imperial Parliament, '\ that the linage of the beast should both
speak,

and cause that as many


That
is,

as would not worship the image

of

the beast should be killed.


1.

the Prusso-German
Infliienced

empire

will

aspire to

universal dominion. the

by the Money Power,


sway.
It will

Imperial Parliament will enact laws inflicting death


all

upon
pire,

who

refuse to submit to

its

be the

policy of the

Money Power

tions,
2.

by means of which it and get possession of


But there
:

have a grand universal emwill be able to plunder all nato


all

the property in the world.


state-

is

another fact indicated in this


shall first

ment

When the German empire


all

be established
in

over Southern and Western Europe, the several nations

which enter the empire


respect of
for trade purposes,
relations.

will retain their

independence

internal affairs, merely entering into a union

and

for the administration of foreign

But

with the universal tendency of imperial

power to centralize itself, the German Parliament will assume ascendency over the subject states, and will compel
all,

under penalty of death,

to

submit to

its

sway.

And

encroachment upon the rights of the subject kingdoms, the Dragon will be the active agent, furthering the
in this

aims of despotism.

Eighth Coincidence of Fact

This

Two Horned

CAUSING FIRE TO COME DOWN FROM HEAVEN.


Serpent ^'doeth gtrat wonders, so that he caiiseih fire
to

215
eome

down fro7n heaven on


This
the
is

the earthy in the sight


I

of men.^'

a startling statement.

used to think that when

power symboHzed by this Two Horned Beast should rise, and begin to "cause fire to come down from heaven," I would be sure to recognize it; for, when it should "cause fire to come down from heaven," its identity would
be unmistakable. to

But the Money Power had been "causing fire come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of men " for over forty years, before I recognized its
identity.
electricity.

"Fire from heaven" is lightning: lightning is For more than forty years the Money Power has been "causing fire to come down from heaven in the sight of men," to run the telegraph. In all our Cities, it " causeth fire to come down from heaven," to run the electric lights. In all the cities, and many of the towns, And in many of "fire from heaven" runs telephones. the cities, electric motors run street cars by fire from
'

'

heaven."

And the Money Power "causeth" all this "fire to come down from heaven." As fast as any new electric invention is made, the Money Power buys the patent,
organizes electrical companies
the invention in operation.
agent.
all

over the world, and sets


is

Edison

evidently

its

paid

He

has spent over a million dollars in electrical

experiments.

He

has in
at

his laboratory forty assistants,

and

is

expending

ments.

He

$40,000 a year in his experican not personally afford any such outlay.
least
;

must be the agent of the Money Power and as fast as he makes a new invention, they buy it, and put it into
operation.

He

They only paid him $6,000 a

year, for seven-

teen years, for the telephone


the

nothing

like the value of

invention;

but enough, seeing that they paid

him

while experimenting, and supported his laboratory.

2l6

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.


the telegraph lines, the electric
all
it

The Money Power owns


light

companies, the electric street car companies, and


All over the earth,
fire to

the applications of electric force.

constantly "causeth
earth in the sight of

come down from heaven on


!

the

men "

Who

can doubt that the


the

Two Horned
?

Serpent

is

the

Symbol of
Serpent
'
'

Money Power

Ninth Coincidence of Fact: 77/^ Two Horned


power to do great miracles " or wonders. It is a common exan age of wonders. pression to speak of the " wonders of steam," the "wonders of electricity," the "wonders of mechanical in/lad

We

live

in

vention."

And
the

all

these

"wonders"
capital.
It

the

Money Power

has set

in operation

by

its

has built the steam ships


lines

railroads

the

telegraph

electric railway lines

the telephones the the water works the gas works:


its

and

it

has set in operation, by


in use in

capital,

the thousand

mechanical wonders
Serpent
' '

every kind of manufactures.


:

Tenth Coincidence
miracles [or

of Fact
it

The

Two Horned

deceived them that dwell on the earth as to those

wonders] ivhich

had poiver

to do.'"
is

This

is

perfectly fulfilled in the

Money Power, which


it

now
with

deceiving mankind as to the wonders


its

is

working
held

capital.

It

lauds

itself as

a great benefactor of

mankind.

The

blessings of Capital are constantly

up before the public.


is

We
is

are constantly told that Capital

necessary to our civiUzation

that

it is

beneficent in

its

operations

that Capital
the

indeed men's chief benefactor

that the

antly asked,
railroads,

world cannot do without Capital. It is triumphwhere would the world now be without the
telegraphs

and the thousand

inventions
re-

Capital

has set in operation?


that the

We

are

continually

minded
it

human

race ought to realize the benefits

derives from Capital, and ought to be profoundly grate-

DECEPTIONS OF MONEY POWER.


ful

it J
that,

for

them.

And

the

inference

is

suggested

in

recognition of these benefits,


to

mankind ought,

in all things,

do the bidding and consult the

interests ofCapital!!

By
It
is

these

self
it,

laudations
the

put forth through the press


is

controlled by

Money Power

deceiving mankind.

admitted that the wonders Capital has wrought

have been of the greatest benefit to mankind. No one would be willing to go back to the old days of stage coaches and tallow candles. We can not do without our
railroads,

and steamships, our telegraph


all
is

lines,

our water
rail-

works, our gas works, our electric


ways, and
the appliances of our

lights,

our street

modern

civilization.

But there
is

a consequence of

all

this that the

Money

Power keeps out of view. By Means of these things, the

Money Power

Rapidly Bankrupting Mankind, and getting all There is more work now being wealth into its own hands.
done by steam than could be done, with old methods, by
five

such races as

now

people the earth.

The Money

Power has taken possession of steam, and mechanical inventions; and it is making all the profit derived from
those sources.

Let

a small knot of capitalists

the profit on the labor of five such races as


the

make all now people

them make it, not for one year or one and let them constantly reinvest, and enlarge their operations and let them invest their and it is profits, age by age, in property of all kinds only a question of time, when they will do all business, and own all property. We reach the same conclusion by another course of fact. When the Money Power began its career, 175 years ago, it is a moderate estimate to put its capital at $50,The commerce of the world has always been 000,000.
earth
let

generation, but for ages

needing capital
best

and business has always afforded the

opportunities of investment.

The

capital

of the

2l8

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MOKEY POWER.

Money Power would certainly double itself once in fifteen Then it has doubled iif times since 1715. If this is the case, the capital of the Money Power now amounts
years.

to $163,840,000,000.

This

is

probably below the mark.


hardly be
less

The wealth
This
is

of the

Money Power can


;

than
In
to

$200, 000, 000,000.


a vast

amount

but the facts bear

it

out.

the First Era of the growth of the

Money Power, down

had use for all its capital in extending its operait had from 1775 to 1830, tions. In the Second Era, sufficient capital to make immense loans to the monarchs
1775,
it

of Europe.

In the Third Era, from


to

1830 to 1864,

it

had money enough


to

make
;

loans for building railroads,

water works, gas works, &c.

but

it

waited for the people

money. But since 1864, in the Fourth Era of its growth, it has been going into all kinds of enterprises; and now it is seeking new investments, and begging

come

for the

people to

sell

it

their property, all over the earth.

The

Money Power
all the property

has so
it,

much money, now,


/;/

that

it

can not
career,

find investment for

one more double

it

will about have


its

of the earth.
its

In the beginning of

double of
its

capital

double of

capital

meant $100,000,000. means $400,000,000,000.


is

Now
And

a
all

the property of the world

less that

$600,000,000,000.
is
to

The
lize

labor

wrought by steam and invention


few
capitalists to

too vast,

for a

be suffered

monopoexclu-

these grand agencies of industry for their

own

sive benefit.

The monopoly
capitalists
is

of those appliances in the

hands of a few

ruining the world.

The monopoly

of

steam industry must

be

stopped, and some way must be discovered by which the masses of mankind may be allowed a chance to share the profits derived from steam and invention. How well Divine Inspiration foreknew the craft of the Money Power, and how thoroughly it has

THE BRAND OF SERVITUDE.


exposed
it.

219

In exposing the pretense of the


it

Money Power

as to the beneficent influence of capital,

has completely

unmasked

the deception of the claim that the operations

of Capital, as

now

carried on, are beneficent to mankind.


is

The exposure of its deception new and better order of things,


benefit of the

in

the first step toward a which the operations of

steam and invention, instead of inuring to the exclusive Money Power, shall be used by the people

of every country for their


prosperity.

own

national and individual

persons
is

Mankind is slow to accept a new thought, and some may be unwiUing to believe that the Money Power
all

thus taking possession of

the property of the world.

But divine Inspiration declares that such is its purpose: Eleventh Coincidence of Fact. This Two Horned

Serpent

'

'

causeth
to

all,

both small

and

great, rich

free a?id bond,


their

receive a /nark in their right

and poor, hand or in


save he

forehead ; and that no

man

might buy or

sell,

that

had

the mark, or the

name of

the beast, or the

number

of his fiame.'"

This

"mark

" is the

brand

in the

hand

or on the body,
It is

by which

slaves were marked, in ancient times.

the

aim of the Money Power to get all industry and all business into its hands, and reduce all mankind to the condition of its paid servants, branded in the hand, or on the
forehead, with the badge of servitude.

very intelligent man, after hearing

my

lecture,

sug-

gested to

me

that the

" mark

multitude of operatives

hand" designates who render manual service to


in the

the
the

Money Power; while the "mark in the forehead" designates those who render to the Money Power brain service.
This would include
all

great agents, having control of de;

partments of industry or trade

all

editors
;

who
all

wield their

pens in the service of the

Money Power

lobbyists

and

220
legislators

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.

who sell themselves to promote the aims of the Money Power and all in any department of business, who render brain lawyers and other professional men, service to the Money Power. The mind shrinks from the idea that a grand Imperial:

ism of Capital should get every department of industry

and enterprise
entirely the

into its possession, so that

none except

its

paid agents can do any business.

But we have seen how


all lousial-

Money Power

has obtained control of


it is

ness, in India.

We

have seen how


it is

monopolizing

most
these.

all

business in the United States, except farming and

retail traffic

and

how

rapidly getting possession of

have seen how one more double, which will only take fifteen years, will give it more than all the property of Christendom,

We

and two more doubles

will give

it

all

the property in the world.

A. T. Stewart broke
in

down one thousand

retail

merchants
sell,

New York

City, so that they could not

buy nor

until they failed in business; then they took the

"mark

in

and they could sell all the goods the New York people wanted to buy. Some time ago, Armour began a campaign against the butchers of Davenport, Iowa, He wanted them to sell his They refused they wanted to buy and kill their meats. own cattle for there is a grand profit in buying and killing cattle and selHng beef, at present prices. But Armour
the hand," and went behind
his counters;
:

he began to sell dressed beef to coerce them Davenport so low that the butchers could sell no beef. They surrendered, and agreed to sell Armour's beef; they took the ''mark in the hand"; and then they could sell all the beef the people of Davenport wanted to buy. Business men are now being driven out, not of

determined

in

the beef trade only, but of

many

lines of business.

The

Money Kings have

already obtained possession largely of


all

the wholesale trade, and of

the great lines of business in

FARMERS TO LOSE THEIR FARMS.


the country.

221

and the export trade They have almost everything except merchandizing and the farms; and,
the import

They have

they buy

all

our products of every kind.

as

we have

seen, they are rapidly getting possession of the

retail trade,

by the

retail stores

which they are establishing

throughout the country; and will soon have possession of

our farms, by their foreclosure of mortgages.

The New York


gages,
it
it.

Ti)nes

expects the

Money

Powder

to get possession of the farms by foreclosure of mort-

and

in a leading editorial, published

anticipates this result,


It

Aug. 12th, 1877, and prepares the public mind for

says

to be but one remedy, and it must of ownership of the soil, and a creation of a class of land owners, on the one hand, and of tenant farmers on the other something similar in both cases to that which has long existed and now exists in the old Everything seems countries of Europe.

"There seems

come,

a change

*****

ripe

for

the change.
-''

will begin a new era in agriculture, and one Those farmseems very desirable. * * * * ers who are land poor must sell, and become tenants, instead of owners of the soil."

"Then

that

The
the time

Times regards the farmers losing their


it

farms

as inevitable, and

looks forward with complacency to

when
soil

all

our farms will be devoured by the

Money

Power.

When

that event occurs, the farmers will be serfs


their fathers

upon the
ness.

redeemed by
if

from the wilder-

In a few years more,

things go on in their present


;

grooves, this prophecy will be fulfilled

and no man
it

in

America can buy or


the

sell,

unless he
if it is

is

the paid agent of


will,

Money Power.
extend
all
its

And

not checked,

ere

long,

make

ownership over the whole world, and mankind its employees and servants, with its
hand, or on their forehead.

brand in

their

222

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.

Twelfth Coincidence of Fact:


name of the Beast:

The number of
it is

the

^^

Here
his

is

wisdom.

Let him that hath


the

understanding count the number of the Beast: for

number of a man ; for


score

number

is

six

hundred and

three

and six^
is

The manner
Beast
the

in which this number of the name of the mentioned makes it evident that the number of
is

name

a very important

means of
it

identifying this two

horned beast with the power

symboHzes.

From a very
their

early period, the Christian fathers turned

minds to the exposition of this symboUc number. Irenaeus, Bishop of Lyons, in Gaul, who lived in the Second Century, gives three names that have this number 666. The first name was Euanthes, which he merely mentions, and passes by, with the remark, "but we affirm nothing respecting this." The second name he gives is Lateinos. This name has been very generally adopted by expositors, who supposed this Serpent to be the Papacy. The third Name which Ireneus Gives as Containing the Number 666, is Teitan and this name he himself adopts.

It

may be

Inspiration;

be

fully

not the name intended by divine when this Dragon Imperialism shall developed and known to the world, and its
that this
is

and

that,

history be complete,

it

shall

have a ruler or king,

in

whose

name

the fated

number

will appear.

But
I

in the present

state of

our knowledge of the subject,

accept Teitan as
is

number; and it is my belief that this number that was intended in the text and for the
the fated
;

the

follow-

ing reasons
1.

Titan was the Great Legendary Giant

of the Olden Time.

We
I

still

use the
that

name

to designate

any colossal power.

believe

divine Inspiration called this

one reason why Serpent Titan, was to indi-

MONEY POWER, A TITAN WARRING AGAINST GOD.


cate
its

223

immense power,

its

huge proportions,

its

Titanic

strength.
i)

The Money Power


that
is

is

the most colossal empire that


It is

has ever risen upon the earth.


greatest

a Titanic empire the


its

the
its

has

ever

existed.

And

Serpent,

symbol,
all

"great"

Serpent, stretching

mighty folds

over the earth.


2)

It is

a Titanic Serpent.
Beast, the

In

its

relations with the

Dragon has
to the
first

all

the power; for

"The Dragon gave power


all

beast;"
beast

and

this

Serpent "exerciseth

the

power of the

in his presence."

3) So, in the third vision of Daniel,

the Little

Horn

which was the symbol of the

Roman

empire, grows so

It great, at last, that its top stands up among the stars. becomes a "Titan" Horn. And the vision of it was so terrible that it entirely unnerved the prophet, so that he

was sick

for three

weeks.

This horn became a Titan Horn only after the re-establishment of the Roman empire, under the joint rule of
the

Money Power and


shall

Prussia.

The power of

this Joint

be so collossal that nothing can represent it empire but a Titan Horn rising up above the earth, till its top
is

came

among the stars. The fact that this "Little Horn" a "Titan" Horn has never been observed by

beex-

positors.
2.

But the Special Reason why the Dragon is Designated BY THE Name "Titan," is its Antagonism to God.
i)

The

Titans, according to the

against Jupiter,

and hurled

their missiles against


at

and they were only beaten, them with his thunderbolts. legend, was the king of the
Arch-rebel against the gods.
2) It is

Heathen legend, warred Olympus; last, by Jupiter smiting


according to
the

Titan,
Titans,

and was thus the

believed that the legendary war of the Titans

224

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.


was the heathen mythological form of angels against God. So
is

against the gods,

the rebellion of Satan and his


that, the

Satan of the Bible

the mythological Titan.

3) In the biblical idea, Satan

And

the Dragon, in the

Devil and Satan.


bolizes that

is embodied in the serpent. book of Revelation, is called the This indicates that the Dragon sym-

power which,

in

the
is

political world,

is

the

great antagonist of God, as Satan


4)

in the spiritual world.

is the Great Antichristian Power In its full development, the head Latter Days. of the of the Dragon power is the Antichrist.

The Dragon

i] We have seen how the Jews are even now hoping and expecting to overthrow Christianity. A very intelli-

gent Jew once,


holds.

in

the heat of discussion, gave

me

the

idea of the Christ which the

modern "reformed" Jew


Jews
in
is

He

said the prosperity of the


to say their

the earth

he did not choose


the Christ.

dominion

what

is

set

forth in the writings of the Prophets

under the figure of

In the Jewish idea, the Dominion of the Jew^ is the Christ. And, at the last, I think that the head or king of the Money Power will claim

Money Power
be the Christ.
Christ

to

means "The Anointed One,"


Israel.

in allusion to his

being the promised royal descendant of David, the promised


last

King of

choose a king,

The Money Power, it seems, will at who is to be the acknowledged king


not claim that he
is

of Israel,

the

long expected, the long promised One,


will

the Christ.

They

Divine, or the
Deity, there
is

Son of God.
Trinity.

For they deny

that, in the

the relation of Father and Son.

They deny

the Divine

They "deny

the Father and the Son."

They

recognize only the unity of God.

The Jews have always expected


sovereign
as the Christ.

They

rejected the

a temporal Lord Jesus,

MONEY POWER WILL BE THE ANTICHRIST.


because

225

He said "My Kingdom is not of this world." They expect a Christ whose kingdom is of this world who is merely a temporal monarch. The time will probably come when, in the plenitude of its power, the Jew Money Power will set up a king, and declare him the promised Messiah. They will declare him the founder of a new Dynasty that is to rule the earth forever. They will proclaim him the first of a line of kings, Anointed Ones, who, in their expectation,

will all

bear the tide of " the Christs;" as the kings of

Egypt were called "the Pharaohs," and the emperors of Rome, "the Caesars." The present attitude of the Jew Money Power is a stern menace to Christianity.

2] The Jew London Money Kings would break down our churches. In monopolizing the trade of our

towns, and getting possession of our farms, the

Money
If

Power hopes
the

to

succeed in accomplishing the aims against

Christianity which the

Jews are known


its

to entertain.

Money Power

should succeed in

aims, our churches

will inevitably

be broken down.

Strike

down

our farming

yeomanry and

the tradesmen of our towns,

and who would

sustain our churches ? our schools ? Our churches in town and country would be pastorless for want of support. Our school systems would fall into wreck in the universal poverty that would prevail. Our Christian civilization would lie in ruins.
It
is

well

known

that the Jews,

in

our day, entertain

strong hopes of overthrowing Christianity.

Prof Godet,

of Lausanne, utters the following warning of the danger


threatening Christendom from the hostility of the Jews. He says
:

this word 'Jewish,' many of you perhaps That which bears that tide does not seem to them very dangerous for the Church. They do not say, Can there any good thing come out of Nazareth?' but 'Can

"On

hearing

smile.

'

26

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.


'

To anything dangerous to us come out from thence ? this contemptuous smile, I will oppose another, that of I mean the intelligent Israelthe Israelites themselves, when they see us Christians bestirring ourselves for ites, and carrythe propagation of the gospel, ing the religion of the Bible to the ends of the earth. All 'This religion,' they say quietly, 'is our religion. For these pains you are taking for us. the God of the Christian is the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, the God of the Jews. The doctrine of Jesus One thing only is none other than that of our prophets. the worship of the separates us from these Christians, Let this absurd dogma of the divinity of a man, Christ. one that is contrary to the most elementary principles of Monotheism, let this last remnant of the ancient paganism living on in Christianity fall to the ground, and the Christians, we are waitgospel, thus purified, is Judaism. It is not we who are coming over to you; ing for you! * * * * * it is you who are coming over to us.' So think, and so speak clear sighted Jews."*

*****

*****

Inspector Lictor

Piatt, in

a recent course of lectures


:

before the University of Berlin, said

"Everywhere one thought

rules the

that the Christian idea shall at last be

Jews the thought vanquished by the

Jewish; and their common effort is directed to this end, to supplant Christianity in the collective life of the nations." f

The

Christian Editor of one of the leading evangelical

papers of North

Germany

writes in the

same

strain
is

reached, "Among not that the Jews will have to return to Christianity, but that the Christians will have to be turned to the Jewish Ahue Evang. Kinhen-Zeitung, Feb. 4, 1882. faith."
the Jews themselves, the conclusion

A
all

Jewish writer, quoted in the same paper, asserts with

"Reformed Judaism is the confession to which the dominating church must return, if she will comassurance:
* Lectures in Defense of the Christian Faith, pp. 316, 317.
"^

Neue Evang. Kirchen-Zeitung.

Berlin,

Aug.

27, 1881.

JEWISH HOSTILHY TO CHRISTIANITY.


plete

227
-ZeituHg,

her

reformation."

Neue

Evang. Kirchtn

Nov. 19, 1881. I have taken the above quotations from Dr. Kellogg's book, The Jews. The author of that work says:
"This attitude of aggressive antagonism to Christianity, which the Jews are assuming, however little noticed by the unthinking many who never look behind acts and events for agents and causes, is a sign of the times as grave as it The confident expectation and determinais remarkable.
tion of these enfranchised Jews, that not Christianity, but Judaism, divested indeed of what was ceremonial and shall yet win the world against Christianity, temporary,

when we remember

their control of the Capital of the world, their profits, and their confessedly marvelous sucThe cess in modern life, acquires a serious significance."

Jews, page 210.

The Jews
when,
in
full

are fully conscious of their Imperialare looking forward to the time


all

ism of Capital, and

possession of

the industry,

and wealth

and property of the world, they can give entire direction to Let them get secular affairs, and form to religious belief. possession of our farms, and the business of our towns,

and they
they will
ship.

will

not hesitate to attempt to crush out our

churches, by reducing their

members

to

such poverty that

be unable

to sustain

the expense of public wor-

If the

Dragon empire,
is
it
'^

in

its

ultimate development,

is

the Antichrist, there


tion calling

a peculiar fitness in Divine Inspira-

Titan" the Satan of heathen mythology.


a well

The Greeks had


names by numbers.
its

known method
letter of the

of expressing

Each

alphabet had as
to this sys-

equivalent a definite number.

According

tem, the
spelling

name Titan has the number 666. The Greek of the name was Teitan. The numeral equivalent

of these letters are as follows:

r 300

10

-I-

300

+a1+

50=666.

28

dragon, symbol of money power.


3rd.

The Dragon and the Man-child.


turn to the symbol of the

We now

Dragon

in the 12th

Chapter of Revelation, where are presented ten other Coincidences of Fact. Until now, we were not prepared

up the exposition of the Coincidences of Fact set symbol of the Dragon, inasmuch as it was necessary, first, to understand the relations of the Dragon to Great Britain and the Prussian empire. The following is the text in the 12th chapter of Reveto take

forth in this

lation

there appeared a great wonder in heaven; a clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet, and on her head a crown of twelve stars. "And she, being with child, cried travailing in birth,

"And

woman

to be delivered. there appeared another wonder in heaven; and behold a great red dragon having seven heads and ten horns, and ten crowns on his heads. "And his tail drew the third part of the stars of heaven, and did cast them to the earth. "And the dragon stood before the woman which was ready to be delivered, for to devour her child as soon as it was born. "And she brought forth a man-child who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron. " And her child was caught up unto God and to His throne. "And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and three score days. "And there was war in heaven Michael and his angels fought against the dragon and the dragofi fought and his angels ; and prevailed not neither was their place found

and pained

"And

any more

in

heaven.

the great dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called the Devil, and Satan, which deceiveth the whole world he was cast out, and his angels were cast ouc
:

"And

with him.

" And

heard a loud voice saying in heaven,

now

is

EXPOSITION OF THE LOWER AERIAL HEAVEN.

229

come salvation and strength, and the for and the power of his Christ brethren is cast down, which accused day and night. "And thev overcame him by the and by the word of their testimony
:

kingdom of our God,


the

accuser

of our

them before our God


blood of the Lamb, and they loved not
:

their lives

unto the death."

Rev.

xii

11.
is

In the remaining portion of the chapter there are other

Coincidences of Fact, which prove that the Dragon

symbol of the Money Power; but, as they require, in order to bring them to bear on the question, a comparison
with other prophecies not yet explained, they are omitted.
But, without them, there are, in the part of the chapter

already quoted, ten Coincidences of Fact, which prove

beyond the
bol of the

possibility of

doubt that the Dragon

is

the sym-

Money Power.
it is

Before presenting these Coincidences,


sary to give an
1.

first

neces-

Exposition of the Other Symbols.


is

In the

2th Chapter of Revelation, the scene

laid in

1)

The Loiver Aerial Heaven.


Aerial

The Lower
Revelation,
which
the
this

Heaven,
country.
is

in

the

Book

of

is

Always the Symbol


is

of America, con-

sidered geographically as a

The

principle

on

symbolism
his

based

very simple and clear.


other

John received

Revelation on the Isle of Patmos, in

^gean

Sea.

The

Revelation,

like

all

the

prophecies, was given by vision.


in the Southeastern part of

The Isle of Patmos is Europe. As the Seer looked

out toward the West, he beheld Europe spread out before


his eye
air

and, beyond it, was another country, up in the ; above Europe and above this country was the highest Heaven, where the Throne of God was placed. Above
;

230

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.

the earth of

Roman Europe

\vas a sky, in

which sun and

moon This was the Apocalyptic Landscape which John


and stars were beheld.
in

beheld

his

vision.

the geography of his time,

Roman

Europe,
in

was, no doubt, familiar with and recognized the outlines of He which he called "the Earth."

He

naturally,

accordance with the ideas of his age, sup-

posed the Eastern Continent

to be the whole of the world, was nothing on this earth beyond. He therefore called the country which he saw in the air, above Europe, " Heaven." But that country was America; and was placed in the Apocalyptic landscape above Eu-

and

that there

rope, in the

air, in

perfect accordance with

the laws

of

perspective.

In Accordance with the Laws of Perspective, the Foreground of a Landscape is always at the bottom of a picture, and the background, at the top. As John looked toward the West, therefore, he saw Roman Europe at the bottom of the landscape, as though on the ground, while America would appear above, at the top of
the

landscape.

But,

with three thousand miles of perto a point,

spective,
invisible.

America would be diminished


In
this respect, set aside;

the law of perspective

and be would

have

to

be

the foreground sufficiently to be clearly visible,

and America would be brought into and placed

above Europe, as though in air. In accordance with the law of perspective, America, in the book of Revelation,
is

always presented in the landscape in the lower

aerial heaven.

2)

Glorious

Woman

appears in the Lower Aerial Heaven,


with the sun, and the

America, "clothed
her
feet,

moon under
stars.

and on her

head a crown
agree that this

of twelve

"

Expositors generally

Woman

is

the symbol of the Christian

THE WOMAN, SYMBOL OF CHURCH.


Church.

23

The Two Witnesses,

in

Revelation, are also the symbol of the Church.

Two

Witnesses prophesy clothed


in the wilderness ''one

nth Chapter of As the with sackcloth "one


the
so

thousand two hundred and three score days,"

the

Woman

is

thousand two hundred

and three score days."

The mistake
in
fled into the

supposing that the

which expositors have fallen, woman is presented here before she wilderness, has been the cause of much error
into

in the interpretation of this vision.

Owing

to this error,

expositors have looked for the fulfillment of the vision in

events that occurred in the Early History of the Church.

where it is said, "The woman where she hath a place prepared of God that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and three score days," does not mean that the
But, in the sixth verse,
fled into the wilderness,
/'/

woman
i]

then fled into the wilderness for the first time.

Se^'-

eral considerations

make

this

evident

The Greek verb rendered "fled"


it

is

not in the im-

perfect tense, so as to indicate action beginning

and conac-

tinuing; but
tion.

is

in the aorist, indicating

completed
first flight

The woman was not then making her


:

into

the wilderness

she had been there for a long time, and


this time,

only emerged from obscurity for a brief space, at

and now returned


2]

to

it

again.

The woman
' '

fled into the wilderness,

"where," says
' '

the Seer,

she hath a place. " She had been in her

place

"

a long time; she

now

returned to her "place."

3] This return to her


turn, in the 14th verse,

"place" is like her subsequent rewhere the woman again flies to her
In both instances, the

"place"
flies

in the wilderness.
it

woman

to her refuge; but


flies

does not mean, in either case,


first

that she

thither for the

time.

Hence, the woman

flying to her

"place" does not give

232

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER,


;

US any clue to the era of the vision

that

must be learned

from other

facts.

3) was born of
this

A Man -Child

woman,

the Christian

Church, r in the

Lower

Aerial Heaven,

"who was

to rule all nations with

a rod of iron."

This Man-child
States prophecy
;

is

the symbol of the United

as
:

is

evident from the concurrent teachings of

i]

The Man-child
is

is

born

in the

Lower

Aerial Heaven,

which
2]

America

as a country.
is

The Man-child

represented as born, the child of


is,

the Church.

And

the United States

in a
I

remarkable

manner, the child of the Christian Church, as


in

have shown

my lecture on The United States in Prophecy. All the American Colonies were founded and settied by Christians seeking a refuge in the New World, where they might
worship

God

according to the dictates of their conscience.

There were the Puritans in New England, the Baptists in Rhode Island, the Dutch Calvinists in New York, the Swedish Lutherans in New Jersey, the Scotch Covenanters from New York to North Carolina, the English Quakers
in

Pennsylvania, the Episcopalians in Virginia, the

French Huguenots in South Carolina, and the German Moravians in Georgia. The United States is emphatically the Child of the Church.
3]

In the

first

vision of Daniel, the

United States
is

is

represented under the symbol of the "Stone" which was

"cut out of a mountain without hands"; which


of heaven.

inter-

preted by the Prophet as a kingdom set up by the

God

This

is

very similar to the representi^tion of

the origin of the United States,

the
God

Man-child,
is

in the

book of Revelation.

In Daniel,

represented as the

founder of the country, without anything being said of

any human instrumentality

Here

in Revelation, the hu-

MAN-CHILD, THE UNITED STATES.

233

man

instrumentality, the Church, is especially mentioned. But the divine or Providential origin of the country is set

forth in both instances.

4]

The Man-child was "to

rule all nations with a rod

of iron."

And

it

is is

the accordant voice of prophecy that


to

the United States


all

be a world-wide Republic, ruling


to

the nations of the earth.


5]

" The Man-child was caught up unto God and

His

Throne."

This indicates the providential deliverance of

our country in the


career as a nation.

War

of Independence,

and

the provi-

dential protection that has

kept us throughout our entire

Having
the
1

identified all the other

symbols of

this vision

of
to

2th chapter of Revelation,

we

are

now ready

identify the Dragon,

beyond the

possibility of

doubt or

question.

We have identified the Woman, the Man-child,


his birth.

and the place of

This being done, we cannot

mistake the interpretation of the Dragon.


2.

Coincidences of Fact.

Thirteenth Coincidence of Fact:


hour of the Alan-child, which was ready to be
soon as
it was The United
'
'

In

the birth

the

Dragon
for

stood before the


to

woman,

delivered,

devour her child as


in the War of Red Dragon at-

born.

States

was born as a nation


that time, the Great

Independence.

At

tempted
the

to

devour the infant nation.

Great Britain was


our national

power which then attempted

to destroy

existence.

We

must, therefore, either identify the Dragon

with

the

British

government,

or

with

some power

in

Britain,

behind the throne, greater than the throne. As we have seen, the Dragon is not the symbol of Great

Britain.

The Dragon
:

is

the seventh grand form of Imis

perialism in the world


ism.

Great Britain

no such Imperialof the

England and Scotland are

Two

Ten King-

234

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.


of Europe.

doms

They

are represented in prophecy as

the two horns on

the head of the Dragon.

Moreover,

Prophecy represents Great Britain and the United States as united in the great future war against the Dragon and The Dragon is not the symbol of Great Britain the Beast.

as a nation.

Hence, the Dragon must represent some power having seat in Britain, and having the British government under its control and which influenced Great Britain to war against the United States, in our War of Independits
;

ence.

This
It

is

just

the

historical status

of the

Money

government with autocratic for controlled it over a hundred years. sway. It has The Money Power was the prime mover in the oppression of the American Colonies, which drove
Power.
controls the British

them
all

to revolt.

The Landed

Aristocracy, the

Moneyed
Comcom-

Capitalists,

and the Mercantile Class of Great Britain were

united in holding stock in the British East India

pany, which was then the

Money Power; and

their

bined influence had complete control of the British Parliament.

Warren Hastings, there were, in the number of the stockholders of the East India Company who had seats in Parliament. But the Administration party was in a minority in the Company, which sustained Hastings against the governMany of the Opposition in Parliament were, no ment.
During the
trial

of

administration party, a large

doubt,

alsL.

stockholders.

The connection
;

of the

Company
it

with the government was very close

so that

would

carry in Parliament any policy on which the

Company

was united. In England, the Money Power is a Third EsIn 1775, as tate, greater than King and Parliament. tool of the the pliant Parliament was British now, the will. It was not yet the registered its and Power, Money

THE MONEY POWER


age of Steam, and the

IN

7 76.

235
to Colonial
its

Money Power looked

dependencies as the chief source of gain. ence


their
in India,
it

With

experi-

naturally desired to
;

make another India

of the American Colonies

and it derived great profits from commerce, and great revenues from their taxation. No sooner was the Seven Years War over, than the
impelled the British Parliament into a sys-

Money Power,

tem of oppressive taxation and commercial restrictions, which drove the Colonies into Revolution. The whole question in dispute between the Colonies and the Mother country was taxation, industry and trade matters in which the Money Power was specially interested, and in which it wished to enforce the policy that would promote its interest. The tax on tea, which drove the Colonies to revolt, was enacted for the special benefit of a corporation
;

connected with the East India Company, which had a


great quantity of tea on hand.

While the nominal tax was retained, the tea was made lower than before in the
interest of the

Company,

so as to enable

it

to

sell.

The

law of the British Parliament for the benefit of the East


India
tion,

Company was

the special occasion of the Revolu-

The Money Power through its control of Parliament drove the Colonies to revolution and then, instead of attempting to allay discontent by concession, it attempted to destroy our national existence, by war.
;

There can he no doubt that the Dragon, which wished to

devour our infant nation in the War of Independence, ivas the Money Power, which then ruled the British Parliament.

This Coincidence of Fact, alone,


that the

Dragon

is

the

is sufificient to prove symbol of the London Money

Power.

Fourteenth Coincidence of Fact:

''On

his heads''

236
were
^^

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.


seven crowns.''

The Seventh

or

Dragon Head was,


the head

at that time,

a crowned Imperialism.

In 1775, the East India


of the

Company which was

Money Power was


it

a crowned ImperiaHsm.

Ac-

cording to history
at the victory

became an imperial power in 1757, In 1764, it was ruling an emof Plassy.

pire in Bengal of forty million subjects, having greater In revenues than the most powerful kingdom of Europe. 1775, the Dragon head had just become a crowned Im-

perialism.

Fifteenth Coincidence of Fact: The tail of tJie drew the third part of the stars of heaven and Dragon did cast them to the earth." In the Revolutionary War, the British forces overran In the latter years about one-third of the United States.
' '

of the Revolution,
quarters in

the British forces held


City,

their headall

New York

and broke down

organized

resistance in

North Carolina, South Carolina and Georgia,

and overran part of Virginia. About one-third of the country was thus "cast down" by the invading forces. The tail of the Dragon cast down one-third of the stars " that glittered on our flag. But the Dragon Sixteenth Coincidence of Fact did not succeed: ''the Man-child was caught up unto God and to His Throne." This catching up of the Man-child to the Highest Heaven, as beheld by John, symbolized the providential deliverance of the United States in the Revolutionary War, and the Divine protection of our country ever since. Our Revolutionary fathers all recognized the hand of Divine Providence in the success of our country. Wash* ' :

ington, speaking of the events of the Revolution, said

all

" The hand of Providence has been so conspicuous in this, that he who lacked faith must have been worse

FUTURE INVASION OF THE UNITED STATES.


than an infidel
gratitude to
;

237

and he more than wicked who had not acknowledge his obligations."

Seventeenth Coincidence of Fact: ".4r/ there was war in heave ft Michal and his angels fought against the Dragon: and the Dragon fought and his angels ^ Here is a future war represented as occurring in America, the Lower Aerial Heaven, between the Dragon and Michael. The place where this war occurs is clearly set forth It is the same Lower Aerial Heaven where the Man-child was born. The Man-child is now grown up to man's esIn the fourth vision of Dantate, and is called Michael.
:

iel, also,

Michael

is

presented as the symbol of the United

States.
I

could not for a long time see the basis of


I

this

symthe

bolism.

could not see the point of similarity between


States,

Michael and the United


foundation of
all

which always
is

lies at

symbolism.

But

it

is

very plain.

Michael

the Archangel

the

Chief of the Hosts of


tion always regards the

God

in heaven.

Divine Inspira-

United States from the standpoint and glory, when it shall rule the whole earth in righteousness, for God. There is a striking fitness in the Leader of the Hosts of God in heaven being made the symbol of the United States, the great
of
its

future grandeur

future

leader of the Hosts of

God on

earth,

during the

grand millennial age.

Only the fact that there is to be a future war between the Dragon and Michael, between the Money
Power and
passage.
the

United

States,

can be learned from

this

In the fourth vision of Daniel, there is a synchronous prophecy, which represents the Prussian empire as invading the United States. Speaking of the King who
"shall do according to his will"

empire

the

which

is

the Prussian

angel

tells

Daniel that he shall overthrow

238

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.


:

" He shall enter also into the many countries, and says Daniel x\: 49. glorious land."
In Daniel VIII
:

9,

it

is

said of the

Roman
little

empire,

there presented under the symbol of " a


it

horn," that

great toward the South, and toward As the Roman toward the glorious land." and the East, empire actually grew great toward the South, and East and West, it is manifest that its Westward growth is here set forth as a growth "toward the glorious land," the growth toward the East and South being previously This shows that "the glorious land" lies tomentioned. ward the West of Europe. That designation can only

"waxed exceeding

point out the United States.

The Angel
Land,"
in

Called our Country "the Glorious


its

view of

future destiny, as an Universal

Republic, giving religion, liberty and civilization to the

world throughout all coming ages. The warlike entrance the Prussian empire, into the of the Wilful King,

Glorious Land, foretells a Prussian invasion of the United


States.

Putting the two Prophecies Together, they Foretell an invasion of the United States, by the Prussian In the future, empire as the agent of the Money Power. the Money Power will exercise the power of the Prussian
it now exercises the power of Great Britain. As it influenced the British government to invade China, and to conquer Egypt and Burmah, so it will influence the German empire, when extended over Southern and

empire, as

Western Europe, to invade the United States. Prophecy does not say what cause of quarrel the Money Power will have against our country. It does not say whether we shall be utterly bankrupted as Egypt was, and unable to pay the interest on our vast debt to the Money Power; or whether we shall attempt to resist its
encroachments before we are
finally ruined, as

Burmah

did.

INVASION BY PRUSSIAN EMPIRE.

239
will

Whatever
set the

its

ground of umbrage, the Money Power

Prussian empire upon us.


Prussia will not be reluctant to undertake the con-

And
quest.

Our Republic

We

are the

is a standing menace to monarchy. most powerful nation on the globe and our
;

influence in the world

is

even mightier from our moral


If things could

power, than from our national greatness.

go on prosperously with us for thirty years more, Europe would become Republican by the progress of liberal ideas.
despotic Prussian empire over Southern and Western Europe will never be safe while the Great Republic of the West stands. The stability of monarchical institutions requires that the American Republic shall be overthrown and

The

subjugated.

The Invasion would not be Attempted with a small Army. Prussia, at the head of Southern and Western Europe, and backed by the unlimited loans of the
Money Power, might
field.

easily put

two million men


will

in

the

It is

probable that the army of invasion

reach

that

number.

The

British
its

government, under the rule of

the Tories, will give

support to the Prussian empire,

and lend its fleets for the transportation of the invading army and its supplies. According to military probabilities, the line of invasion will be the St. Lawrence River and Lake Ontario, and thence down east of Lake Erie, in
an attempt
to take possession of the line of the Alleghanies,

and cut off the Eastern and Middle and South.

States from the

West

And

together with

this,

having
Island,

command

of the ocean,

and capture and renew the attempt of Burgoyne to cut off New England from the West, by taking possession of the line of the Hudson. The statements of Prophecy indicate a conflict of unthe invaders will probably attempt to seize

New York

City from

Long

240

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.


Prussia invaded France with one

exampled magnitude.
million

men;

the rest of her forces being kept at

home

to

army crushed But when Prussia shall France almost without a struggle. invade America, it will be Greek meeting Greek, and
guard the
frontiers.

And

the invading

the mightiest conflict will ensue on which the sun has ever

shone.

Eighteenth Coincidence of Fact:


preimled not -^ neither was
heaven.
their place

And

the great

Dragon
his angels

ivas

Dragon found any more in cast out, he was cast

''The
we

out into the earth,

and

were cast out with him."

When

this great future conflict

comes,

shall

under-

stand the design of Providence in permitting the outbreak


of the late War.
It will

then be seen that our Civil


If,

War

saved our country and the world.


invasion comes,

when

this future

we were distracted by a sectional issue, and unarmed, as we were in i860, our position in the face Before we could of a grand invasion would be hopeless. prepare for war, the heel of the despot would be upon our But when the invasion comes, we shall be thorneck. oughly armed with the weapons,of our Civil War; and, all distracting issues past, North and South will present a solid We shall be fighting for religion and front to the foe. The country will liberty, for home and property rights. be fired with unexampled enthusiasm. The fiery valor of
the South will be united with the cool stubborn courage of
the North;

and together they

will

be

irresistible.

We

learned in the late

War

the value of flanking movements,

and developed a new arm of war in mounted infantry. When the invader shall march into the country, we will meet him in front, and envelope him with flanking movements. He must either fight or retreat. There will be Prophecy indicates that we quick, hard rapid fighting. press the fighting, and put the invaders on the defensive.

DRAGON, A DECEIVER AND ACCUSER.

241

We

attack

we

defeat them

We

drive

them out of the


no place
in

country.

Thenceforth, the

Money Power

has

the

United
the

States.

Nineteenth Coincidence of Fact:


Dragon
the
^'decciveth the

It

is

said that

whole

world.''''

The Money Power has deceived


to

the whole world

down

present time.
its

It

has deceived the whole world

It has hidden itself in its London made the world believe that the agents it appointed to manage the companies it organized in the vari-

as to

existence.

den, and

ous countries, were

the

owners of the companies they


.

manage.

It

has deceived the whole world as to the right

laws of industry, making the world believe that the system

of industry which
beneficial to

is

reducing the world


It

to

bankruptcy

is

mankind.

has deceived and betrayed

everybody who has trusted it, systematically "freezing out " those who have put money into enterprises controlled by
it
its
it.

It

has deceived the whole world by

booms

in city

property,

and by booms
invested
in

in

business enterprises, which

has started for the purpose of robbing the public of

money

them.

It

has deceived the whole


left to
;

world, and

made

it

believe that prices should be

by the law of supply and demand when it constantly regulates prices, by the might of capital, through the instrumentality of Boards of Trade, which are absolutely controlled by it. It deceives the whole world in making people believe that Capital is beneficent when it is using its capital to bankrupt the world, and reduce mankind to the condition of serfdom. The Money Power is the Arch-deceiver.
regulate themselves
;

Twentieth Coincidence of Fact


called ^^the accuser

The Dragon

is

of our brethren.''
fulfilled

This

will

probably be
shall

in the future.

Money Power

be exposed, the people of

When the God will

242

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.


it

denounce

from pulpit and platform.


it it

Then
with
all

the

Money
will

Power, through the papers which

controls,

de-

nounce
So

all

who

take ground against

manner of

false accusation.

fearful will
it,

be

its

accusations, that only they will dare


life

assail

who

take their

in their

hand, and "love not


papers, the Jews

their lives unto the death."

In

many
will

own

a majority of the stock, and have them completely


their control.

under

Others they

suborn with bribes.

The Shimeis
expose the

of the press will be manifest as the mouth-

pieces of the Dragon, by their accusations of those

who

Money Power.
the ac' '

Twenty-first Coincidence of Fact -.But


cused overcame the Dragon,
by the

word of
reigns.

their testimony.

by the blood of the "


shall fall,
its

Lamb, and
though
this
all

God

The Money Power

wealth and influence and power be on

side.

They
world

who expose
shall

it,

though they be " the weak of

confound the mighty."

But they will "overcome him," not by human might, but " by the blood of the Lamb, and by the word of their
testimony."
the

The "blood
race from
the

of the

Lamb"

has redeemed
;

human

thralldom of evil
to deprive

and He,
is

unto

whom

"all power in heaven and earth

given,"

will not suffer the


its

Money Power

mankind of

beneath oppression and wrong.


ants,

promised Millennium of blessedness, and grind it down He will guard His serv-

will give

rouse the people.

testimony,"

the testimony of prophecy against the Dragon,


God
to

"the word of their testimony" power to Let them present "the word of their
overthrow
this titanic

which
evil.

will

be the power of

Twenty-second Coincidence
spiration here calls the
devil

of Fact

Divine

in-

Dragon

' '

that old serpent called the

and Satan."

MONEY POWER, EMBODIMENT OF SATAN.

243

The Jew Money Power


the Latter Days.
It is

Jew Money Kings


very
spirit

are

the embodiment of evil in enemy of God and man. The infidel to a man. They embody the
is

the

of Antichrist

holding only to the unity of

God, they "deny both the Father and the Son."


wish to break
isted in the

They down all industry, as it has heretofore exworld They wish to break down all business
:

men, and reduce them


themselves
exists,
:

to poverty,

and dependence on
it

They wish
it

to

break down- society as


their

now
They

and reorganize

on the basis of
to

own
them

ascend:

ency, and the subordination of


loathe Christianity,
tute
for
it

mankind
break
it

to

and wish

down and

substi-

an

infidel

Judaism.

Hoping

to establish a

universal

monarchy under the

rule of a Jewish king, they

are in principle opposed to Republicanism.


this

Desiring, in
their property

country, to take from the people

all

and reduce them


anism
exists.

to the condition of peasants, they

know

that they can not accomplish their aims while Republic-

They know

that a free people will not sub-

mit to such wrong, and that they can only establish their power by the overthrow of Republicanism.

Already from some of


the

their

agents

we have ominous
If

utterances of a purpose to subvert RepubUcanism.

Money Power

should get possession of our farms, and

succeed in breaking

down

the business

men

of our towns,

Then we the days of the Republic will be numbered. may fear that the state of things suggested in the following article in the

Nevada

Chronicle, will be inaugurated

"We need a stronger government; the wealth of the country [the Money Power and its agents] demands it. * * * * * Ttie Capital of the country demands The wealth of the country has to bear the protection. burden of the government, and it shall control it. The people are becoming educated up to this theory rapidly, and the sooner this theory is recognized in the constitu-

244
tion

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY PO\VER.


and the
laws,

the better it will be for the people. avert fearful bloodshed, a strong central government should be established, as soon as possible.

>{;****

To

The Money Kings


this country,
property.
It
if

will establish an empire in


all

they get possession of

industry and

will not be difficult


their

for

them

to bring

it

about.

With

absolute control of industry, they can

make

times so hard as to cause intolerable suffering.

Stopping

the construction of railroads, and city improvements, and

manufactures and iron

mills, they

can

fill

the country with

hundreds of thousands of starving tramps.


get their paid emissaries to pretend great

They can then


sympathy
for the

people, as their emissaries lead the Nihilists of Russia,


the Liberals

and

And when they of Central Europe and Italy. become popular leaders, they can easily excite the starvSuch outbreaks and in the victory over the outbreaks, an Imperial government might Such outbreaks are always suppressed; be established. is the method by which Republics suppression and their
ing people to outbreaks and insurrections. are always easily suppressed by military force
;

are converted into imperial despotisms.

Let the
country

Money Power
is

succeed

in carrying out its aims,

and our country


is

ruined.

The grand yeomanry


It is the

of our

our pride and safety.

backbone of the

Republic

the

strong column that upholds the temple of

Let our farmour liberties and our Christian civilization. ers lose their farms, and our yeomanry become peasants,

and

all is lost.

the greatest crisis the world has ever known. Upon its issue depends the destiny of mankind It will determine whether the world shall go on forever. to a millennium of hberty, peace and blessedness, or be

This

is

crushed by the triumph of the forces that are striving to arrest the progress of our age, and bring upon the world

IMPORTANCE OF PRESENT

CRISIS.

^45
will

new Feudal

Era, in which the mass of

mankind

be

reduced

to the condition of

serfdom beneath the yoke of

an Aristocracy of Jew Money Kings, who will grind down beneath the heel of oppression forever.
For, that yoke, once fixed

man

upon

<^he

world, can never

be shaken

off.

The Money Kings, with a mighty governwould keep the masses of manof peasants in hopeless
to

ment under
bondage.

their control,

kind reduced

the condition

In this age of warfare with cannon and gunoff the

powder, an unarmed peasantry could never cast

yoke of the Money Power, in control of the government, and having possession of all wealth. There are two Millenniums before the world one, a millennium of peace

and blessedness, under the reign of Liberty and Religion the other, the reign of Oppression and Wrong, under the
rule of the

Money Power.
shall

The

present crisis will deterto the

mine which
of time.
the balance.

dominate the earth, from now

end
in

The

destinies of the Future are

now hanging

Either the

Money Power must go down,


called Satan, for
evil.
it is

or

the hopes of humanity must set in darkness.

Well

is

the

Money Power

the very

incarnation of Satanic malignity and

Who
it is

bol of the

Red Dragon is the symLondon Money Power ? Its identity with Jew proved by six Historical Marks by twenty wonderful
can doubt that the Great

Parallelisms of Character
startling

and by twenty-two strange


There are thus
;

and

Coincidences of Fact.

forty-eight

separate and distinct points of resemblance


historical facts, of

in respect of

resemblances of character, and of coin-

cidences between facts mentioned of the symbol and facts


true of the

the symbol of the

Money Power. The proofs that the Dragon is Money Power are just eight times as
which prove that the Lion with Eagle's

numerous

as those

246

DRAGON, SYMBOL OF MONEY POWER.


is

Wings

the symbol of the Babylonian empire, or the

Bear, the symbol of the Persian empire;

and, in their

strange and wonderful similarities, these proofs are a hun-

dredfold stronger than those which identify any of the


other symbols of the prophetic scriptures with the powers

they

set forth.

proof, evidence
ries of it;

Divine Inspiration has heaped proof upon upon evidence, until the mind almost weaand until no dispassionate mind can resist the
that forces conviction.
in this

mass of evidence

The proof presented

work

is

not one-sixth of the

evidence presented in the prophetic scriptures, that the

London Money Power is the grand Imperialism so bitterly denounced in the Bible as the great Archenemy of God and man; and which is foretold in prophecy, as destined When all to rise and be overthrown, in the Latter Days. the evidence is before the public, it will convince the most incredulous mind that God, in the inspired prophecies of scripture, has depicted the Dragon in this perfecdy unmistakable manner, in order to save mankind from its power.

PART

III.

THE REMEDY.
As
evils ?
I I

have lectured on the


is

Money Power,
remedy
to
for

have

fre-

quently been asked what

the

our present
that,

And

have been compelled

promise

when
prethat
dis-

on the Money Power, I would sent my views as to the proper remedy for the evils now afflict our country. This must be my excuse for

pubHshed

my work

cussing questions pertaining to political

economy
the

in

work having for Power as set forth


If further excuse

its

special

aim
it

to present

Money

in

prophecy.

be needed,

may be found
I

in the fact,

that

when,

thirty-four

years ago,

discovered that the


forth

prophecies of the Latter Days set


events of our age,
I

especially the

perceived that, industry being the

grandest factor in the march of advancement in our time,

no one could understand the prophecies of the Latter Days


without understanding the laws which govern industry.
I

was therefore led to study the principles of Political Economy, not from the standpoint of Adam Smith, who wrote in the days of household hand manufactures and wagon transportation, but from the standpoint of the Age
of Steam.

As

discovered the evils of the


of the

Money Power from


Economy, ravages upon
it

its

violations

Laws of
its rise

Political

seems

proper, after tracing

and

its

industry,

to present the principles of Political


it,

Economy

violated
evils
it

by
has

and the proper means of remedying the

caused.
(47J

248

THE REMEDY.

Chapter

I.

PREREQUISITES TO ANY REMEDY.

A
lation.

great and fundamental error exists,

as to the

proper means of remedying the industrial evils of our time. People think they are to be remedied by governmental legis-

But the industrial

evils of

our time arise out of a


the evils, the False

false industrial System.

To remedy

Industrial System must be overthrown. There are measures of governmental legislation that are But essential, in order to the remedying of these evils. the evils that now exist in the business world can not be

remedied by

legislation alone.

Before

we can even

think

of discussing the legislative remedies, there are two preliminary points necessary to be attained.
I.

FIRST PREREQUISITE TO A BETTER STATE OF THINGS: MORE LIGHT.

The

first

essential to a better
is

state of things

is

for our

people to understand what


dustrial evils.

the cause of our present in-

The

physician must diagnose a case before

he can suggest a remedy.

Everybody knows

that the

know what is the cause. The American people must know what the Money Power is doing. The whole country must know
times are out of joint, but nobody seems to
that the cause of all our troubles
ists in

London

that they

business men, for

is a knot of Jew Capitalhave been breaking down our over twenty years breaking ten thou-

sand great business houses, every year, besides


thousands of small business

many
not
re-

men whose

failure in

corded

that

they are

now breaking down

the business

men

of our towns, and are putting prices of farming proto

duce so low as

ruin our farmers:

our

people must

MORE LIGHT NEEDED. know all this and I do not believe Money Power to continue its work of
presented in this work.

249

they will suffer the


ruin.

Light must be diffused by the dissemination of the views

The Christian
especially,

Ministry,

needs to be awake on the subject.

The

Christian ministry should set before the people the

teachings of the

Word

of

God

with regard to the

Money

They can do it without leaving their sphere of The moral sentiment of the age is bible teachings. shocked by the course of the Money Power and the exponents of the principles of truth and righteousness, as
Power.
;

set forth

in the precepts of the Christian religion,

cannot

afford to be silent.

No

great cause has ever triumphed in

Modern Times,
have
the mightiest

without the advocacy of the pulpit.

Many wrongs
this,
fall
;

been stricken down


of
all

in the past;
It

but

wrongs, remains.

too must

and

it

would

shame
evil.

the church, were the Christian ministry to have no

share in the honor of freeing the world from this Titanic

The Ministry has


past,

had, perforce, to remain silent in the


in

because the people have been divided

sentiment

Labor has made the mistake of confounding all employers with the Money Power and the Ministry could not take
;

part

in

a class feud, but had, of necessity,

to
is

remain

and

made; shown that the Money Power is oppressing our merchants and farmers even more than Labor. We now have the right issue presented. There should, in future, be no division of sentiment among our people.
neutral.
it

In

this

work, the proper distinction

is

In taking ground against the Money Power, the pulpit will be championing the rights of the people in the pews,
business men, farmers and

wage

earners.

250

THE REMEDY.
Christian Ministry have weightier obligations restin our age, for the
race, than in

The
ing

upon them,

promotion of the

well-

being of the

human

any past

era.

By

tak-

ing the lead in enlightening the people,

and aiding

in the

suppression of the fearful wrongs that are

now

prevailing,

they have an opportunity that rarely occurs in the history


of the world, to gain the highest place for Christianity in

By taking the confidence and gratitude of mankind. ground against the Money Power, and presenting it as it
is

foretold in the prophetic scriptures, they

may

render the
their stand

highest service to the cause of God,


at the

and take

head of the united movement of our people for the preservation of the rights we hold most dear from the encroachments of the
As,
in

Money Power.

the midst of primeval Chaos,

word of power, began its reign,

God spoke the "let there be light," and order

until

Chaos disappeared
pulpit,

so

now, from

the inspired fountain of revealed truth let light

beam

forth

and the Chaos that pervades our business will disappear, and the harmonious laws which govern industry will resume their sway, giving to mankind in the greater industrial advantages of our time, a grand era of prosperity and advancement such as the world has never known. upon the world from every
II.

SECOND PREREQUISITE TO A BETTER STATE OF THINGS: UNITY AMONG OUR PEOPLE.

Our People Must Stand Together.


misfortune

Our

greatest

been the divisions among our people. Every class of industry has, unfortunately, been (orming class organizations, and the different classes are full of the spirit of rivalry. The farmers have a separate organization, and seek their own interests, without any thought of the and often, in the interests of the other industrial classes pursuit of their own interests, they work an injury to the
has

UNITY OF OUR PEOPLE NEEDED.


mercantile
separately,
class.

25

The

Labor of the country organizes


its

and consults
first

separate interests, without con-

sideration for the other classes of industry.

This

is

the
is

great evil that needs to be remedied.

Until this

effected nothing can be

done;
if

all

measures of

legislation will
fruitless

be hopeless, and even

enacted, will be

of beneficial result.

The Money Power


visions
earth
;

and

it

finds Strength can be Proved that


that has ever

in
it

our Di-

Foments
on the

them, Every Imperialism


conquered.
Greece.

risen

has risen through the disunion of those

whom

it

Thus,

Macedon

rose through the disunion of


if

The

states of

Greece were,

united,

much

more powerful than Macedon. But their disunion preAt last, Athens and Thebes vented all concerted action.
opposed Macedon at Cheronea, with almost equal forces, and their defeat prostrated Greece before the Macedonian
power.

Rome
its

also rose through the disunion of the states

which she conquered.


establishing

And

so,

the

Money Power
industries,

is

Imperialism

over

our

and

breaking our business men,


people
I

through the disunion of our

The Working People have seen the evils of the times, and have known that something is wrong; but they did not know the cause of the evils which prevail. They
righdy attributed the evils of the times to Capital.
not knowing that the evils are
all

But,
for-

owing

to a

knot of

eign capitalists, they have drawn the line at the wrong


place

between Labor and Capital,


business

^just

above Labor.

They have confounded our


Power.

men

with the

Money

need to draw the line at the right place, below the Money Power and its agencies. All below that line, are in the the business men and Labor class,
just

We

in

same boat

their interests are identical.

Men

engaged

252

THE REMEDY.
:

individual business never injure Labor


ing to fear from independent business

Labor has noth:

men

independent

business
aUies,

men have

nothing to fear from Labor.


to

Both have everything

fear

from the

They are Money

Power.

The Money Power


bor in
this

has not, as yet, greatly injured La-

good now, as has been busy warring upon the business class. It has been breaking the business men, rank after rank, year by year, for
country
:

wages are generally

as

they were twenty years ago.

The Money Power

twenty years.

When

it

gets the business

men

all

broke
all

when
ined,

the merchants

and grocers of our towns are


all

ru-

and our farmers are


of the laboring
resist,

reduced

to

serfdom

then
as
it

the time

none can

the
it

men will come. Then, when Money Power will oppress Labor in
Labor of
it

this country,

as

oppresses the

India,

oppresses the Labor of Great Britain, as


the coal miners of Illinois
will grind

now

oppresses

and Pennsylvania.

Then,

it

down our whole

population into a writhing mass


suffi-

of poverty and wretchedness^ earning barely wages


cient for subsistence

barely
is

sufficient to sustain a

weary,

wretched loathed
of our people;

life.

The Money Power


and,

the source of danger to

all

classes
it,

if

we

are to be saved from

our
for

people of

all

classes

must unite together against

it

self-preservation.
I repeat it, we must draw the line high up, just below the Money Kings, and their agencies. All those below that line if they wish to escape the ruin the Money Power is purposing to inflict upon us all must all unite,

to

check

its

encroachments, and to promote the


all.

common

interests of

All must unite,

all

classes of business
all

men engaged
wage
ers,

in

independent business, and

classes of

earners.
builders,

Manufacturers, merchants, grocers, bankminers, farmers


.

professio'nail

m?n

of

all

THE GRANGE STARTED BY MONEY POWER.


kinds

253
mills,
polit-

all

employees, of railroads, farms, mines,

shops, stores,

men of

all

classes

and
to

men

of

all

ical parties, republican,


all

democratic, labor, Temperance

must

unite,

and stand shoulder

shoulder

in

this

common

cause, to protect our property

and our homes

from the clutches of the

Money Power.

No
any

effort

of any one class, or any one party, will be of

avail.

The experience
it

farmers tried

in the

plished only partial

of the past proves that. The Grange movement, and it accomresults the Labor party has tried it,
:

and without

success.

The Money Power knows that these class movements must of necessity fail, and it encourages them, oti purpose
to

have tJicm fail.

The American Grange movement


England.
The very name proves
:

originated in
is

it.

" Grange"

not

an American word it an old farm manor.


ple,

is

in

use in England, to designate

The Money Kings, when


the

they

favored the Grange, thinking to divide the American peo-

did not

know

that

tray the English origin of the

name assumed would bemovement. They wanted


in

the

American farmers
like

to

go into a separate movement,


their

hand would be against every man, and every man's hand against them, in order to deprive them of the sympathy of all the other business classes so that when the time came for the Money Power to devour them, there would be none to sympathize with them, or interfere in their behalf. It was a shrewd move on the part of the Money Power, and it had, in some measure, its effect. The Money Power is an Imperialism^
which,
Ishmaelites,
;

and, as

is

the case with


If

all
it

rising empires,

its

policy

is

to

divide and conquer.


divided,
it

can keej) the American people


all,

will surely

devour us

and complete the ruin


the Labor people

of the country.

The farmers can do nothing alone

254
can do nothing alone
cities
:

THE REMEDY.
the business

men
be

of the towns
all

and

can do nothing alone.


Let such a
safe.

But united
will

together in a

grand defensive "Union," they

irresistible

by the

Money Power.
country will be

"Union" be formed, and the The Money Power can do what it


:

pleases against a divided people


it

against a united people

can do nothing.

The Money Power

is

afraid of such a
it;

"Union"
its

consummate shrewdness, it has taken measures to prevent, by law, any such Union. In the beef Convention which met
in St. Louis last spring, the emissaries of the

of the American people against

and with

Money Power

on the Convention, and opposed the adoption of some measures that were proposed, made no opposition to the law that was proposed against
in large attendance

who were

Trusts, but were pleased with

it.

For, that proposed law,

not only prohibited combinations of Capitalists in Trusts


to raise prices,

but

it

prohibited

all

union of individuals
law should be

for the

purpose of raising prices.


will

If that

passed, and the necessary combination of the people be

prevented, the country


Trusts,
ited.

be ruined.
to

combinations of Capital, ought


it is

be prohib-

But

absolutely necessary that the right of the

people to unite for self-protection should be distinctly recognized.


ists

It is

not necessary, in order to prevent capitalto prohibit the


It

from combining to ruin the country,

people from uniting in their


prohibit honest

own

defense.

would be a

foolish law, which, in order to suppress burglary, should

men from
evil.

having weapons

in their houses.

The

effect

of such a law against Trusts, unless carefully


It

guarded, would be

of our people for self-defense.

would only prevent the union Capitalists would evade it.

The proposed law shows


It is like its

the wish of the

Money Power.
States,

cunning

to avail itself of the inadvertence of


all

the people to get a law passed in

the

Western

MONEY POWER AFRAID OF SUCH "UNION".


which prohibited the united
its

255

effort

of the people to resist


the statute book, the

domination.

Once placed upon


see that
it

Money Power would


thus suppress

was enforced, and would


it.

all efforts

of the people to unite against

Let the proposed law against Trusts be passed everywhere but let it simply prohibit Trusts, or combinations
;

and let it dislaw does not prohibit a combination on the part of the people of the country to regulate prices
;

of Capital for the purpose of raising prices

tinctly state that the

in the interest of the people.

For a "Union" of the American people is imperatively necessary, to enable us to protect ourselves.

An
of

organized

"Union"
and

of the whole American people,

all classes,

all parties, is

an indispensable condition

of any successful
will

effort at self-protection.

Without

it,

no

public legislation, by the state or the Federal government,

do any good.
be of any
avail.

Without

it,

no separate combination

of farmers, or of labor, or of the merchants of our towns,


will
ers,

We
men

want a "Union" of the farmall its

of the business

of our towns, of Labor in

departments,

a general
Whole American
People.

Uprising of the

Such an organization alone, without any legislation, will far more effective than all legislation without such organization. Such an organization is indispensable. We can not do without it. It is mere driveling folly to talk about a remedy for the evils of our time without it. I wish to emphasize this point. For, to seek a remedy in an organization of any one class, farmers, or Labor, or merchants, is merely a waste of time. Nothing will save us but an organization of the whole American people against the Money Power. The work we have to do is the work of such an Organization. The remedy for the evils of our time will
be
be found
in certain

remedial measures to be carried out

256

THE REMEDY.

by such an Organization, and which only such an OrganAll legislation ization can carry out and make effective.
is

merely

to help this Organization in its

work.
to explain

But before entering upon the subject, I wish my position, that I may not be misunderstood.
III.

THE AUTHOR'S
conservative.
I

POSITION.
not in favor of any

am

very

am

measures more radical than are absolutely


save the country.
I

necessary to

do not desire
or Socialism.

to suggest
I

any meas-

ures which are not necessary to this end.


favor of

am

not in
state

Communism
;

want no new
us.

of things

but

want

to preserve the

old state of things,

and
I

to maintain the rights that are

still left

want our farmers to be able to pay off their debts, and keep their farms. I want the merchants of our towns to keep their business, and not be driven out by Jew stores. I want good prices to be restored for farm products, and good times to be re-established in our towns. I want to stop the loss of their farms by farmers through low prices and the breaking down of our merchants, by the stores started by the Money Power all over the country. If the Money PoAver would consent to a compromise, stop its encroachments, and re-establish good prices, I, I for one, would be willing to accept the compromise. would be willing to let the Money Kings keep what they have already plundered from our people. But I do want to defend the rights, and the property, that still remain to I do want to oppose a firm barrier of a united people us.
against the deluge of destruction that
land,
is

overspreading our
far hast

and

to say to the
let

Money Power, "Thus


I

thou come, here


say to these

thy rage be stayed."'

do wish to

Money Kings, "Keep what you have, but you cannot have anything more you cannot ruin the merchants of our towns, and take their business away
:

THE author's position.


nor oust our farmers from their farms, by forcing
price of farming

257

down

the

support their

produce so low that the farmers cannot families and pay their debts."
to restore prosperity,
if

We
the

need no radical measures


will

Money Power

now do

right.

We

only need

fair
fair

prices for
prices,

farming produce.

Let the farmers have

and they will be able to pay wages and interest and taxes and support their families so well that they can spend enough in town to give prosperity to the merchants and townsfolk, and still have something toward the payment of the principal of their debt, every year. Four or
five years of fair prices will

enable the farmers to pay off

their

mortgages. And we have a

prices for our produce.

right to demand fair The Money Power should not be

suffered to crush our farmers

of

its capital,

as

it

has crushed the

and merchants in the folds New York merchants,


the pork packers of

the oil well owners of Pennsylvania,


Louisville, Cincinnati

and

St.

Louis, and other classes of

our business men.

But the Money Power


promise.
It will

will not

consent to any comright.


It is

never agree to do
prices

bent upon
all

crushing
farms,

down

and getting possession of


all

the

and crushing out

the merchants of our towns.

Therefore,

we must,

despite the
;

Money Power,
are ruined.

raise the
is

prices of farming produce


issue

or

we

This

the

between the American people and the Jew London Money Power. And upon this issue, there will arise a stern conflict; and, in that conflict, the whole American Our whole people must enter people must be united.
into

an organized "Union, "

in a

grand general purpose

to control the

Money Power.
be done
effectually,

Binding of by and by, just before the Millennium begins. We must do it now, at least so far as is necessary to save our country and the world from
the

We

must "Bind the Dragon." The


will

Dragon

258
its

THE REMEDY.
domination,
all

and prevent the destruction of


our rights.

all

our

property and

We now come to the consideration Remedy for present industrial evils.

of the practical

Chapter

II.

RIGHT PRINCIPLES OF POLITICAL ECONOMY, IN ACCORDANCE WITH WHICH ALL BUSINESS SHOULD BE CONDUCTED.
All the troubles of our age have arisen out of violations

of fundamental principles of Political Economy, without

which there can be no general or enduring prosperity. Before we can properly understand the remedy for our
present
ical
evils, we must comprehend the principles Economy, whose violation has caused them.

of Polit-

It is

time for us to re-establish the broken

down

prin-

ciples of Political

Economy, whose

violation has brought

our country to the verge of ruin.

FIJRST
its

PBINCIPLE

of Political

Economy:

Every Country, and Every Section of Country Should Have Currency Enough to Raise and Ship

Own

Products,

and Do
it

its

Oivn Business.

The
is

justice of this principle, in its application to nations,


is

apparent as soon as
for

stated. to

We

can see that

it

would be ruinous
But
said
this is

France

land for currency to raise

be dependent upon Engand market its products.

our

own

present condition.

We

are one of

the countries of which the Englishman in his pamphlet

" English

capital ships the products of all countries,

FIRST principle:

CURRENCY ENOUGH.

259

and does almost all the interior production." He says that the wheat of Russia and the cotton of Egypt and the lumber of Norway and Sweden and Poland are carried by
English capital to the port of shipment.

And

it

may now

be added that the cotton, the wheat, the hogs, the beef and all the other products of the United States are shipped to

market by English
It is

capital.

necessary, not only that each country should have


to raise

money enough
raise

and ship
products.
;

its

own

products, but that

every section of country should have enough

money
more

to

and ship

its

own

Our country

is

ex-

tensive than half of


for all Central

Italy for
to

Europe and it would be as reasonable and Western Europe to be dependent upon currency, as for one section of the United States
the currency, and the other sections to be deit

have

all

pendent upon

for

money

to carry

on

their business.

And
tion,

here

is

to be found
:

one great trouble in our condiis

at present

our currency

not equally distributed


the gold
all

throughout the country.

The greenbacks and


and have almost

and

silver

are not localized,

drifted

and are owned there. And our National banks, are, most of them, owned in the East, Massachusetts has more national banking currency than all the states North of the latitude of the Ohio river, extending from the AUeganies to the Pacific; and more than all the states south of the Ohio river, extending from the Atlantic
into the East, to the Pacific.

And

Massachusetts has not nearly so

much

national banking capital as the Middle States.

Indeed,

almost

all

our capital

is

in the East.

have not nearly enough currency


products.

to raise

The West and South and move their


any de-

This state of things

is

utterly incompatible with

gree of prosperity to those moneyless sections.


imperatively the equalization of our currency, in

We

need

its distri-

bution in the different sections of the country.

26o

THE REMEDY.

SECOND PBINCIPLE : Every Section of Country Should Have an Equable Currency, Not Liable to Sudden Contractions Causing Widespread Panic and Disaster.
This was the trouble with our old State Bank System. The currency was then upon a specie basis; and the Money Kings could, at any time, withdraw enough Specie

from the country

to cause a panic

sion of specie payments, followed

and compel a suspenby a great contraction

and wide-spread

ruin.

And
panic,

the

dition in

Money Power, now, has our currency in a conwhich the Money Kings can bring on a Money
as

whenever they wish,

bad
is

as those of 1837
in a

and

1857 and 1873.


the

Our currency

now

wretched conat

dition, placing our prosperity completely at the

Money

Kings, enabling them to crush

it

mercy of any time

they choose.
ther on.

This question

will

be treated

at large fur-

THIRD PRINCIPLE:

The People of Every

Section of Country Should Always Do the Business of the Section ; Shipping its Produce, and Buying and Selling All Articles Imported for Consumption.

Any
ucts

section of country that fails to

do

this,

will necesits

sarily fall into poverty, while the people

who buy

prodex-

and
is

sell

to

it

its

imports will be enriched at

its

pense.

This

what

is

the matter with our country


is

now

the

London Money Power


ucts,

buying and shipping


our imports.

all

our prod-

and

selling us
is

all

Until this condiin

tion of things

stopped, and our

own people

every

section

do
its

all

the trading for the section, buying

and

shipping

products, and buying

and

selling its imports,

we cannot have any

general and enlarged prosperity.

RAW

PRODUCTS, NOT MANUF'RES, TO BE IMPORTED.

26

FOUBTH PRINCIPLE : Every Country and Every Section of Country Should First Su2>ply its Oivn Wants Out of Its Produce, Only Shipping
Abroad
the

the Surpltis.
t/iis

And

it is

an Advantage

to

Country for

Sur2)lus to be Exported, as

Far as

Practicable, in a

Manufactured Form.
commerce
is

The whole system

of British

based upon a

Economy. The Money Kings buy produce from all over the world and transport it to England, and import food for their operatives, and then send their British manufactures all over the earth for a market. And the Money Kings
violation of this great cardinal principle of Political

have introduced the same system into the domestic conThe wheat of the West is sumption of this country. carried to the East to be manufactured into flour, and the
flour
is

brought back to the West


cattle of the

for

consumption.

The

West are taken to Chicago to be killed, and the bacon and lard and dressed beef are The cotton of the brought back to the West for market. South is carried to England for manufacture, and the
hogs and beef

manufactured goods are brought back


This system
is

to the

South

for sale.

good

for the railroads

and shipping of the

Money
But
to

Kings,

who make

the profit
;

it is

ruinous to our country

on the transportation. and such a system ought

be broken up.

the other hand, if does not lyroduce enotigh of any article for its consumption, it is the interest of the community to import the article in a raw state, in order to diminish its cost, and secure the profit of its manufacture at home.

FIFTH PRINCIPLE : On

any community

It is

obedience

to this principle that

has

made England

and its violation has impoverished the rest of the world. England imports raw products, and sells manufactured articles. The United States sells raw products,
so rich,

262

THE REMEDY.

and buys manufactured articles. England buys cheap raw We sell and sells high manufactured goods. England gets rich we grow poor. cheap and buy high. What is true of nations is true of sections Each section should, as far as possible, sell its produce in a manuproducts,
;

factured form ; and each section should, as far as possible,

buy

its

imports

in a

raw

state,

and manufacture them


it

for

the supply of

its

own

wants.
is

This single principle


olutionize the industrial

so important that

would

rev-

life

of our country and our age.

SIXTH PRINCIPLE: The Prices of Every Country For Agricultural Products, For Manufactured products, And For Labor, Should All be Fixed at An Equable Standard, and Properly AdJusted To Each Otlier.
The
evils of

our country are largely owing to a violation

of this principle.

We

have no equable standard of


flourish; our farmers are

prices.

Some
ing.

industries are flourishing, while others are languish-

Our manufactures

on the

verge of bankruptcy.
tected by Trade
others, without

Some

of our

wage
fair

earners, pro-

Unions, are getting

wages; while
Illi-

any protection,

as the coal miners of

and Pennsylvania, are receiving starvation wages. With us, prices are the result of conflict and war, rather Lathan the subject of proper and equable adjustment. borers who can combine in Trade Unions, secure fair
nois
prices for labor as the result of the

war of

strikes; while
is

laborers in industries where such combination


ticable

not prac-

are

crushed

down
;

at the will

of the employer.

Lines of business which can regulate prices by combination

secure

fair

profits

while other lines of business in


is

which such combination duced to bankruptcy.

impracticable, are being re-

This state of things should not be suffered to endure

any longer.

The

industries

owned by

the

Money Power

PRICES AT EQUABLE STANDARD.

263

can combine and secure protection


themselves by Trade Unions,
all

for

themselves; but,

except certain classes of wage earners

who can

protect

classes of

dependent industry are now helpless, and at Money Power. We want a grand "Union" of classes of independent American industry, which will
the

American inthe mercy of


all

se-

cure to

all

equally

fair prices,

mutually and equably ad-

This will be a great advance upon anything that the world has ever hitherto known, and will be a grand stride toward the great coming

justed in relation to each other.

Age of blessedness to the world. Mankind never makes any advance, except under
It
is

stress

of imperative necessity.

thus that a benign Provi-

dence overrules evil for good. In the end, the outrageous wrongs of the Money Power will work a great advantage to humanity, by compelling the world to organize for selfprotection against it, in a grand "Union," where each
will

care for the

interests of
life

all,

and bring
Golden Rule.

into

the

relations of business

the principles of strict justice,


in the

and

the brotherly love

embodied

Price of the Entire Products of a Country Ought Not to be Fixed By the Price of a Small Surplus Exported to a Foreign Country; But, In Every Country, The Standard of Prices Should Be Fixed At Home, And Adjusted to the General Status of
Prices Maintained By Tariff and The Amount of Currency, JVithout Regard to the Price of The Small Amount of Products Exported to the Foreign

SEVENTH PRINCIPLE: The

Market.
The Money Power
its

violates this principle constantly, in

dealings with this country.

We

have no standard of

prices.

The Money Kings are constantly crushing prices down. They are at continual war with the farmers, crushing down the price of agricultural produce; at constant war with our merchants, putting down the profits of

264

THE REMEDY.
;

business by rival stores established by them


stant

and

at con-

war with Labor, crushing down the


they put

rate of wages.

And

down

the price of our entire production,

to accord with the price of a small export to England.

For instance, we export one-fourth of our crop of wheat; and they put down the price of the other three-fourths, which is consumed at home, to the price of the Liverpool market. They ship a few cargoes of wheat from India, raised on their own jungle plantations, and store it in Liverpool at a nominal price, in order by that means to put down the price of the whole crop of American wheat. This is an outrage; for India cannot supply the English market with wheat. Its small export should have no effect upon the market at all. Suppose two butchers should combine, and buy an ox in the spring of the year, and put it in a farmer's pasture and hold it at two cents a pound and then should want to put down all the beef of the county to the same price, by means of the single ox. Suppose the butchers should say to the farmers, "There is an ox out in Blank's pasture which is held at two cents a pound and you must sell me your beef cattle at the same price!" The farmers would laugh at them^ and tell them to go and buy the cheap ox and kill it, and then come and pay them their price for their beef cattle.

And yet these Money Kings,


India wheat,

with their few cargoes of

owned by
' *

themselves, and held in store for

the purpose of

bearing " the market down, are putting


entire
tell

down
tell

the price of the


!

wheat production of the


them, as the farmers would

United States
grind and

We
it,

should

Buy the India wheat, and and then pay us a fair price for our wheat. " But instead, we allow them to put down the price of our entire crop by this shallow trick! By this outrage, and by fixing prices arbitrarily in Boards
sell

the butchers about the ox, "

of Trade, under their absolute control, they annually cheat

RAILROADS SHOULD BE OWNED BY PEOPLE.

265

our farmers out of hundreds of millions of dollars, and


thus keep our country in poverty.

Money Kings to fix our prices must be broken up. The prices of our country are fixed upon the basis of a high tariff: those of England, upon a free trade basis. Our prices are
This way of allowing the
at their

own

will,

fixed

upon the

basis of a liberal

paper currency, and a


:

basis of bimetalism, using both silver

and gold those of England are based upon a scarce paper currency, and a basis of monometalism, using gold only. Our high tariff, and our larger currency place the United States upon a basis of liberal prices the free trade and sparse currency of England place her upon a basis of low prices. How
:

oppressive, then, to

fix

our prices

at the

English standard.

We

must have our prices equalized, in accordance with


tariff

our basis of

and larger currency, and not have them

regulated by the standard of English prices.


take a firm stand here, and resolve that

We

should

we

will

no longer

submit to

this trickery of the

will regulate the prices of

our

Money Kings, but that we own country upon an equable


adjusted in relation to each

standard for everything,


other.

fairly

EIGHTH PRINCIPLE: The Railroads Of Every Country Should Be Owned By the People of The Conntry.
The Railroad Question has been
lem. a very perplexing prob-

Many

persons, in order to solve the difficulty, have


all

proposed that the Government should own

the railroads.

Governmental ownership of railroads may do for a centralized monarchy; but it will not answer for a free Republic. It centralizes too much power in the hands of the Government, and such large ownership of property by the Government is inconsistent with the safety of Republican institutions. And besides, it is too much wealth to be taken

out of the sphere of investment.

When,

after a while, the

266

THE REMEDY.
shall

world
lars.

be

fully

developed, the corporate property of


to

the earth will

amount

many thousand
it

billions of dol-

This vast corporate property

wealth of mankind.

ment

will

add to the up in the hands of Governalways keep mankind poor, and make the Govwill greatly

To

lock

ernment corrupt.

The

railroads of every section of country ought to be in

the ownership of the people of that section.

This

is

the

only proper disposition to

make

of the Railroad Question.

If the People of one country

own

all

the transportation

of another country, they are sure to reduce the people of


that country to utter poverty,

and get possession of

all

their property.

It is
its
is-

absolutely essential to the prosperity

of a country that

people shall

own

its

railroads.
rail-

This principle
roads by the
part of the
matter.

violated in the ownership of our

Money

Kings.

It will

be a most important
to rectify this

work of the proposed "Union"

NINTH PRINCIPLE: Every


Have Half Enough Shipping
to

Country Shotild Do Its Import


If

And Export
The

Trade.
is

necessity for this

apparent, without argument.


its

a nation had shipping enough to carry all


exports,
it

imports and

would thereby have such an advantage over the


itself.

people of other countries, as would, in the end, result in


its

engrossing their wealth to

But, by every counits

try

having half enough shipping to carry


all
is

imports and
re-

exports,

equalized,

and the wealth of the world

mains

in equilibrium.
feel deeply, as a nation, the loss
It will

We

of our commercial

be a most important work of the proposed "Union" to adopt measures that will bring about the rebuilding of our commercial navy, until we shall have at
marine.
least half

enough shipping

to carry

on our export and im-

port commerce.

FALSE INDUSTRIAL SYSTEM.

267

TENTH PRINCIPLE:A Foreign Imperialism of Capital Can not he Allowed to Oivn Vast Bodies of Land and City Property, In A Country, Without Thereby Reducing the People of That Country, In The End, To Poverty.
This principle has been violated
of real estate in this country by the
in the

wide ownership
Kings.

Money

They

have planted parasite investments on every side, which are eating ifito the heart of our national life. The investments

which they have made are


it is

theirs.

If ever

obtained from

them, they should be honestly paid for at a

fair price.

But

necessary to the well-being of our country that those

investments should be in the ownership of our

In the end, the proposed

own people. "Union" would crown itself

with honor in bringing about this desirable end.

The above

principles are

undoubtedly correct.

Their

truth might easily be demonstrated; but the deplorable

condition of things in our country which has been caused

by

their violation,

is

sufficient

evidence of their correct-

them will surely lead to the centralization of all industry and wealth in the hands of some one nation, and the ruin of all other nations. On the other hand, the maintenance of them will secure the prosperity of all nations, and prevent the centralization of all wealth and industry in one country, or one section of
ness.

The

violation

of

a country.

From

the above principles

it

is

evident that

all

our

evils arise out of a

Grand

Industrial

System established

by the Money Kings.


measures
of legislation;

The

evils do not rise out of and consequently measures of

legislation will not cure them.

They

rise
is

out of a False
the overthrow

Industrial System;

and the only remedy

of the False Industrial System.

The

False Industrial System cannot be overthrown by

268
legislation.
'

THE REMEDY.
It

can only be overthrown by an organized

Union

"

of the whole
is

American people.

Certain legislation

necessary, in order to enable the

proposed
it

is

only such an

"Union" to properly perform its work. But "Union" that can make the legislathe subject in the following chapters under
:

tion effective.
I shall treat

the following divisions


1st.

Measures of

legislation

Necessary
' '

to

be adopted
to

in

order to

enable the -proposed

Union "

remedy

the Industrial evils of our times

2nd.
3rd.

Proper Method of organizing the


' '

"Union;"
to

Union. " Work of the organized The Remedy for the evils of our time is

be found

in

no one of the above, but in them all, in the "Union" and its work and in the measures necessary to enable the " Union " to do its work.
;

We must put these principles into operation. Some of them may be furthered by legislation; but most of them must be carried into effect by the organized " Union " of
the people.

the

And the "Union" to act

only use of legislation


with
effect.

is

to enable

Chapter

III.

MEASURES OF LEGISLATION NECESSARY, TO ENABLE THE PROPOSED "UNION" TO REMEDY THE INDUSTRIAL EVILS
OF OUR TIME.
As has been
said, the special evils to

the low price of farming products,

be remedied are and the breaking down


It will

of the Tradesmen of our towns by the establishments of


stores

run by agents of the

Money Power.

be

readily seen that these objects can not be accomplished

by

MEASURES OF LEGISLATION NEEDED.

269

any public legislation alone, but can only be effected by an organized "Union" of all industrial classes.
But,
in

order that the

"Union" may do
legislation, also,
is

its

work

properly, certain acts of legislation are necessary to enable


it

to act efficiently

and other
the

needed,
it

that will

so

control

Money Power,
its

as to prevent

from crushing the people with


putting things to rights.
I.

capital,

while they are

FIRST MEASURE:
legislature, as

Trusts
act, to

Must Be Sup-

pressed. But the


drance

has already been stated, should be


avoid putting any hinself-

very careful, in framing the


in the

way

of the organization of the people for

protection.
legislation.
II.

This

measure can be best effected by State


in Futures Products Should be Prohibited.
I

SECOND MEASURE: Dealing

in Agricultural

Where
be in
ficial
all

agricultural products are purchased, there should

cases actual dehvery.


prices

This, to prevent the

arti-

fixing of

by the Money Kings, by

fictitious

transactions in Boards of Trade.

This measure,

also,

can

be accomplished by State Legislation.

Joint Stock Corporations Should be Required to Enter The List of Their Stockholders Upon Public Record.
III.

THIRD MEASURE :All

The

public ought to

know who

are the stockholders of

these grand

corporations which

property in this country.

are owning so much The Money Kings should not

be suffered

to

hide their personality, any longer, behind


the strictest precautions against

joint stock corporations.

And

there should be

fraudulent entries.

Any

fraudulent entry of false stock-

holders should be penal, and should forfeit the stock.

And,

to

prevent agents from holding the stock in Trust,

270

THE REMEDY.
it

and entering
it
it,

in their

own name
;

as their

own

property,

should be the actual property of the person so entering


as against

any other claimant

and,

if

the entry were


for-

afterward found to be fraudulent, the stock should be


feited

by the original owner. This established by State Legislation.


IV.

legislation, also,

can be

FOURTH MEASURE:
of

In

All Cases

of

Employees of Large Corporations, There Should be a Board of Arbitration to Arrange the Difficulty on a Just Scale of Wages.
Strikes

The

justice

of

this

is

apparent

without

discussion.

Strikes are

only a species of Industrial warfare.

In the

Dark Ages, when


ness disputes

courts of judicature did not settle busi-

brought

to the

between individuals, such disputes were arbitrament of " Private War." With the
'

advance of
from
industrial

civilization,

'

Private

War "
it

has been banished


continues, in the

society, except that a

femnant of
business

world,

to

distract

by great

strikes.

Public adjudication should adjust these disputes in respect


of wages,

without leaving

them

to

the arbitrament of

"Private War." For there is no greater justice in the arbitrament of " Private War" in strikes, than when differences were settled by jousts in the
tion
lists.

It is

only a ques-

whether the poor can endure


to exhaust the purse of the

frightful suffering long

enough

question of

money against

not be suffered, by the


labor into starving wages
tion should
tect

Money Kings. // is a The Money Kings should might of capital, to crush down
life.

but the

aegis

of public protecto pro-

be extended over the working people,


"

them from the oppression of the Money Kings.


proposed " Union
is

If the

to succeed,

it

can only

do so by the hearty co-operation of all industrial classes in the " Union." If the working people, who are the great mass of consumers, come into the " Union" to help raise

A
prices,

NEW CURRENCY SYSTEM NEEDED.

27

and save the farmers and the merchants of our

towns, then those classes, in turn, must be willing to accord


their hearty protection to the Working People against the wrongs and the oppression of the Money Power. This, also, can be accomplished by State Legislation.

FIFTH MEASURE: The Half Bushel Should be Made the Legal Measure for all Grain.
V.
This
will

prevent the cheating of the farmers, by making


2,

No.
it

wheat rate as No.

and No.
fair

2 rate as

No.

3.

And

will also

secure to the farmers

for their grain.

This measure

weights and measures

also

may

be accomplished

by

State Legislation.

But there are measures of very great importance, which Congressional legislation will be necessary
:

for

VL SIXTH MEASURE: All

Railroads

owned

by foreign Stockholders, or Bonded to Foreign Bondholders, Should be Operated by a Commission Appointed for the Purpose.
This
is

essential, in

connection with the operations of


in

the proposed

"Union,"

order to prevent the

Money

Kings from thwarting all efforts of the people for self help, by their manner of operating the roads. The railroads are their property, and they should have all the income derived from them. But they should not be suffered to
operate them, while the proposed
out
its

"Union"

is

carrying

work, because they would use their power to thwart


control them.
;

all efforts to

This

is

an essential measure of

self-protection

and

if it
it

cannot be carried out by a conshould be enacted by Congress.

certed State legislation,

Vn. SEVENTH MEASURE: We Need a New Currency System Which Will Equalize Our Currency, and Secure it From Being Contracted In
;

272

THE REMEDY.

Periods of Financial Crisis Brought about Money Kings.


This
is

By

the

the most important measure of

all.

1st.

Present Dangerous Condition of Our Currency.

1. The present state of our currency illustrates the evils of our present currency system. It is almost wholly in the hands of the Money Kings so that, though
;

we have $1,700,000,000
;

of

money

in the country, there

are only about $400,000,000 in circulation.

This may be denied but it is assuredly we had only $207,000,000 of currency.

true.

In i860,

That amount
at the

was

sufficient

to

do the business of the country

scale of prices then prevailing.

than they tvere in i860; so that

Our prices are lower now, we only need an amount

of currency to do the business of the country now, at present prices, greater than that of i860 by the amount of
increase of population

was

sufficient to carry
is

$400,000,000 country now,


that

and business. And if $207,000,000 on the trade of the country in i860, sufficient to carry on the business of the
It is certain

at

our present scale of prices.

we have now not more than $400,000,000

in circu-

lation in the channels of business.

This fact shows the nature of our need.


proper amount of

We

need a

money

and

7ve need it all in active circu-

lation, in the channels


2.

of business.
is,

Furthermore, our currency


condition.
it is

at present, in

most precarious
stated,

We

have now

in

the

country,
this,
little

about $1,700,000,000 of money.

Of

about $239,000,000 are national bank notes; and a The remainder over $346,000,000 are greenbacks.

of the

money

consists of gold

and

silver;

in reserve,

and

as a basis for the National

much of it held Bank circula-

PRESENT DANGEROUS CONDITION OF CURRENCY.


tion
;

273
part,

but a part of

it

in circulation as coin,

and a

represented by gold and silver certificates.

The gold and

silver that are in circulation are perfectly

good, while they remain in circulation.

able to be withdrawn from the country at any time

But they are liby the Money Power. They have an intrinsic value, and can be used by the Money Power in its traffic, in any other

quarter of the globe.


3. Let us notice the effect upon us of the Money Power withdrawing the $1,100,000,000 of gold and silver from the country, and keeping the greenbacks retired from

circulation.
I.)

By

presenting the gold and silver certificates at the


call for,

Treasury, and drawing the gold and silver they


the gold

and

silver certificates

would be withdrawn from


rest of the

circulation.
2.)

Then, by withdrawing the


left

gold and

silver,

we would be
National
3.)

with nothing but the greenbacks and the

Bank

circulation.

But the $346,000,000 of greenbacks have already been, in great measure, retired from circulation. They are all owned in the great money centers, chiefly by the Money Kings, or their agents. When the Money Kings shall be desirous of bringing on a crisis, they will, of
course, keep the greenbacks retired.
4.)

This would leave us only the National Banking


of $239,000,000.

cir-

culation

By

presenting

the

National

Bank

circulation at the counters of the banks,

and drawcould

ing out the gold in their vaults, the

Money Kings

compel the National Banks to suspend specie payments, and contract their circulation at least one-half. Then we would be left with only about $120,000,000 of National

Bank

notes in circulation.

But the greater part of the national banks are owned by the Money Kings, who could withdraw their circula-

74

THE REMEDY.
they chose to do
in three
so.

tion, if

It is

evident that the

Money

Kings can,

months,
less

if

they wish, reduce our cur-

rency in circulation to

than $100,000,000.

They have
and
the

got the greenbacks locked up


to retire all the

now

and a

banker has recently proposed


substitute for

greenbacks,

Money Kings
Africa,

them silver coin. If this were done, could ship our silver and gold to India,

and

to stimulate the industry of those regions,

and China, and Japan, and South America, and would leave
easily

us almost entirely without currency.

They can
start the

do

this.

They only need


it.

the excuse

of a panic to justify them in doing

And

they could

panic at any

moment by breaking

a few National

easily be done by drawing out their and forcing them to suspend specie payments. In 1837, the Money Kings brought on the panic, by continuing to draw gold from the banks of New York City until

Banks; which can

specie

they were compelled to suspend specie payments.

They

brought on the
dollars of gold

crisis

of 1857, by drawing several million

from the vaults of the Trust Company


to bear extraordinary drafts

That bank was evidently on a sound baupon it. But they started the run, and they continued to draw until the bank failed. So now, they can break any or all of our National Banks in a week, and force them to suspend specie payments, or go into bankruptcy.
in

Bank

Ohio.

sis.

It

was able

Our currency
ready to
it off.

is

now

a h'ap, with the triggers

all

set,

fall

whenever the Money Kings choose


shall have,

to touch

died, or

The we

condition of the currency needs to be reme-

some day,
at the

the most terrible crisis

that ever ruined a country.

currency so completely
This
is

the state

not do to have our mercy of the Money Kings. of things we need to remedy.
It will

currency system accommodated.


2nd.

275

The Currency System to

be Adopted must be Accommodated to Existing Conditions.

We

currency system we
ing circumstances.
1.

can not establish a perfect currency system. may adopt must be adjusted to
is in

Any
exist-

All the Specie that

circulation must be

held at par.

the

But we can not consider specie as fixed currency; since Money Kings can withdraw it from the country when-

ever they choose.

withdraw
tation.

it,

We must expect the Money Kings to and base our currency system on that expecmust, therefore, recognize
;

We

it

at

par value,

when
to

in circulation
it,

but

we must have currency enough

do without
it

as

assuredly will be

when it is withdrawn from the country, when we put the proposed measures

into operation.

We should,

therefore, coin silver to the


its

maximum amount
when
in cirsufficient for

authorized by law, and recognize


culation, but provide

par value

an amount of currency
ship
all

our needs,

if

the

Money Kings

the specie out of

the country.
2.

The National and


to

Individual

Banks

will

need

to

remain

as they are; except that they should be relieved

from the obligation

maintain specie payments, and should

be placed and kept under such supervision as would secure their safe and proper management, and the safety of their
circulation.

The reason

for relieving the

banks from the


be given
fur-

obligation to maintain specie


ther on.
3.

payments
are

will

The

greenbacks, which

all in

the hands of the

Money Kings and


culation, should be

are retired, in great measure, from cir-

withdrawn by the government,

for rea-

sons soon to be given, and should be replaced by the cur-

rency system herein presented.

276
4.
it is

THE REMEDY,

We

will

only count $260,000,000 of specie, because

liable to

the

Money

be taken out of the country at any time by Kings. This, with the $239,000^000 of national
will give us

banking currency,

$500,000^000 of currency.

And we

should

make up

the deficit of currency

by the

issues of the

proposed currency system.


question to be considered
is

The next
3rd.

The Amount of Currency Necessary.

I am not an advocate of unlimited inflation. But we need enough money to do the business of the country with We had good prices in 1869 and a fair scale of prices.

1870, and
that
it

all

our currency was then in circulation.


all

required

the

money we had

in

1870

to

So do the

business of the country at the scale of prices then prevailing.

beef
ity;

wheat should be about $1.25 per bushel; should be about 4 to 8 cents, according to qualand hogs should average about 5 cents. Cotton also
I think

cattle

should bear a
If

fair price,

10

to 12 cents.

we needed $900,000,000, prices, we should now need, in

in

1870,

to

sustain

fair

same ratio of currency to population, about $1,450,000,000* Of this amount, the National Bank notes constitute
the

$239,000,000.

And we might

estimate the specie

cir-

This would leave about $950,000,000 of the new issue of currency under the proposed
culation at $260,000,000.

currency system.

The next

question to be determined

is

4th.
I

The

Basis of the Distribution.

think the Currency Should be Distributed in proportion to \he poptilaiion. It may be thought by some
*This cannot be called inflation. For country $1,700,000,000. But it is almost not need an excessive amount of money.
to sustain fair prices
;

we have now
all

in

the

do But we want enough


locked up.
active circulation.

We

and

to

have

it

all in

fiASIS

OF CUkkENCY DlSTfelBUtlON.
trade should also
is,

477

that the

amount of

be considered.

But

the object to be kept in view


prosperity as far as possible.

to equalize industry

and

If the

poorer parts of the

country are deprived of currency on account of their


poverty, the poverty will be perpetuated.
to

The only way

promote the prosperity of the poorer sections of the


is,

country

to give

their business will

If

we

issue

them the currency needed, and then grow up to it. more money to the present trade centers, in
it

proportion to their population, than to the less developed


portions of the country,
will increase the

preponderance

of wealth in the trade centers, and keep the

new

sections

of the country depleted of currency, and poor.


population, and the

Let the

currency be issued to each portion of country in proportion to


its

money

will

be invested in

sections will and thus and prosperity will be equalized. is a natural tendency for currency to leave the remote portions of the country, and drift to the great

productive industry,
in wealth,

the poorer

grow up There

trade centers.

This tendency, together with their natural


will

proportion on the basis of population,


trade centers currency
If
it

give to

the

enough

for all business purposes.


to give to the trade
it

were afterward found necessary

centers an additional

amount of currency,

could be

done.

In the construction of the currency system, one of the

main points

to

be provided

for

is,

to

prevent the currency

from drifting
to carry to

to the great trade centers

and

settling there,

until the rest of the

country would not have

money enough

on its business. The currency ought not only be distributed, but the system should be so constructed
keep
it

as to

distributed,

and equalized
is,

in

proportion to

population.

The next

question to be considered

278
5th.

THE REMEDY.

The

Basis of the Currency.

This

is

a most important question.

There are several

points to be held in view, in order to avoid evils of which

we
1.

are warned by past experience.

The Currency Should Not

be

On a Greenback

Basis.

i)
it

is

not

grave objection to a greenback currency is, that based upon anything in the way of value reIf the

ceived.

Government should introduce

the green-

back currency by paying out the greenbacks for work or property, the greenbacks, in such case, would not be On the other hand, if the Governequally distributed.

ment did not pay out the greenbacks


tion, the

for

work or property,

then, in order to get the greenback currency into circula-

Government would have

to

parts of the country a present of so

make the different much money. It is

a grave objection to the greenback currency that there

is

no proper method of getting


2)

it

into circulation.

It is
is

a decisive objection to a greenback currency

that

and would, at once, be and would be owned there. It would pass into the hands of the Money Kings We want a currency as soon as it went into circulation.
not located anywhere,

drawn

to the great centers of trade,

that will

be equally distributed throughout the country,

and
2.

that will stay distributed, in proportion to population.

Hence, the Currency must be based upon a Banking


System.

Banking System

is

necessary in order to properly

dis-

tribute the currency, in the first instance;

and

it

is

also

it distributed and equalized. A bank only lends money on a secured note, binding the borrower to pay it back over the counter at a certain time.

necessary in order to keep

OBJECTIONABLE BASES FOR CURRENCY.

279

Money placed in a bank is community where the bank


will bring
3.
it

localized,
is

placed.

and remains in the It may go abroad


it

into the channels of business, but the channels of business

back again

to the

bank from which

started.

The Currency must not

be a Banking System Based upon National Bonds, as at present.


is

i)

One

objection to such a system

that

it

will require

a national debt to be maintained, in order to be a basis


for the currency.
2)

national bonds

But the greatest objection to a currency based upon is, that such a system places all the curin the

rency of the country


able to

hands of

capitalists,

who

are
;

own

national bonds.

This makes a favored

class

and

it

gives them so great an advantage as to


caste,

make them a

wealthy

perpetuating the

wealth of the country in

their hands.

The very
uses
it

thing -we wish to get rid of

is

having our

currency in the hands of an Imperialism of Capital, which


to take possession of all the business of the country.
this

We

can never break up

domination over

all

business

by the Money Power, while we have a system of currency which makes all our money the property of those capitalists and their agents. There is no use of issuing more money, if we base it on government bonds, and thereby place it in the hands of the Money Kings who own the bonds. We want our currency to be owned by our people. And we must adopt a currency system that puts and keeps our currency in the hands of the great mass of our people. 3) Moreover, this system of currency, based upon
national bonds,
is

incompatible with the equal distribution

of the currency.
start a
all.

The

capitalists

who own

the bonds, will


it

bank where they


will

please, or they will not start

at

This

continue to keep the newer states of the


in

West and South

want of currency, perpetually, and

will

28o

THE REMEDY.

keep them too poor to raise and market their own products, and will keep those sections dependent upon the Money Kings for capital, which is the very thing we wish
to avoid,
4.

the

evil that

needs to be cured.
Specie Basis.

The Currency Should Not Be on a


specie basis for currency
:

A
tions
i)

is

liable to several objec-

In the great expansion of industry in modern times,


is

there

not nearly enough gold and silver in the world, to

afford a basis for

an amount of currency adequate

to the

needs of business.
crease until, before
will not

And

as business shall continue to

grow
in-

with the development of industry, the difficulty will

many
silver

years shall have passed, there

be gold and

enough

in the

world

to consti-

tute one;dollar in twenty of the currency that will be neces-

sary to transact the business of the world.


will

Then no one

think of making currency rest upon a specie basis.

The requirement
ness.

of a specie basis would


far short

now

limit

our

currency to an amount
Just now,

of the needs of our busi-

property;

the Money Kings are buying up our and they have allowed us to keep our silver,
gold.

and have flooded the country with


probably, in order to
lull

This

is

done,

an argument against any change and also, no doubt, to have us in a condition in which they can utterly prostrate us, at
us into security,
;

and

afford

any time, by withdrawing


country.
flood the
it

all

the gold

and

silver

from the

They

are

now

draining the rest of the world, to


specie.

United States with


is

They

are only doing

temporarily,

while they are buying up our property.

When

the property

bought up, they


if

will certainly with-

draw the specie; and then,


shall not

we

are on a specie basis,

we

have nearly currency enough to do the business

of the country.
2)

In the early ages of the world, when there was no

NOT on A SPECIE
public credit,

BASIS.

2S1

it was necessary to use a metallic currenBut the time has passed cy as the standard of value. away when a metallic currency is possible or a specie
;

basis

in

any country with

which the

Money Kings

A paper currency on a specie basis was a mere expedient, when there was not specie enough to afford an exclusively specie currency; and the continual crises which it has caused, show what a poor makeshift it was. And now that the Money Power has risen, which has a special interest in bringing about financial crises, by breaking down banks which are on a specie basis of three for one, it is perfectly suicidal for any country to have its currency upon a specie basis. 3) Even if we could obtain specie enough to be the basis of an adequate amount of currency at the ratio of
are trading.
three for one, yet
it is

an insuperable objection to a specie

basis, in our time, that the

Money Kings

could break any

had a circulation three times the amount of the A bank might be perfectly sound, specie in its vaults. and yet the Money Kings could continue to draw upon its

bank

that

specie,

until

it

would be compelled

to

stop specie pay-

ments.

They
'

did so with the Trust Ban"k of Ohio, in


It is

1857, which was a perfectly sound institution.


to start a
'

easy

run " on a bank.

And

they could do this to

one bank

after another, until a general


it.

panic was started.

And

they would do

When

they were determined to

start a panic,

their object

they would continue to break banks until was accomplished. A specie basis is no longer

suited to the condition of our age.

It

puts the currency

of every country completely at the mercy of the

Money

Power.

That our currency should not be not be equally distributed, nor can they be caused to remain equalized; 2) That the currency should be located in
i)

We

have now seen,

a greenback currency; because greenbacks can

282

THE REMEDY.
it,

banks, as the only method of equally distributing


of keeping
it

and
cur-

distributed j

we have

seen, 3)

That the
it

rency must not be based, like our present national banking system,

upon national bonds; becanse

puts

all

the

currency into the hands of capitalists


the bonds
;

who

are able to

own

and because it prevents the equal distribution and we have seen 4) That the currency should not be upon a specie basis; because the Money Kings would withdraw the specie from the country, and cause such a panic as swept the country in 1837 and 1857. Our present currency system is a conglomerate, comof the currency;

posed of portions of

all

these objectionable systems.

It is

and silver certificates, part greenbacks, and part n'ational bank notes, based both on government bonds and on a specie basis.
part specie, part gold

5.

The Currency System must

be a System of County National Banks.


to distribute

and equaUze the curdistributed and equalMoney paid into a bank is ized, is to put it in banks. located. The bank never lends it to any one except upon a secured note, binding the borrower to pay it back over
1)

For the only way

rency in such a manner as to keep

it

the counter at a certain time.


2)

But

it

will

currency to individuals ; for

vored

class,

Government to issue the would make of them a fawhich would soon become the Money Kings
not do for the
it

of the country.
3)
ized.
is but one way in which the banks can be organThe currency must not be based on specie, like the Government state banks it must not be based on

There

old

credit, like the

greenbacks

it

bonds, like the present national bank notes.


rency

must not be based on national The cur-

we

need must be based on the credit of the American

COUNTY NATIONAL BANKS.


people, not the Government,

283

and

be based

on the bonds of the

Anerican people, not the bonds of the Government.

The United States Government should issue the national bank notes to the Counties of every state and territory, upon the county bonds, issued dollar for dollar, and deposited with the Government. These county bonds should bear one per cent, interest, which would be sufficient to meet the expense of issuing the currency, and reissuing it as occasion required, and maintaining a proper supervision of
4)
it.

The currency should be


its

issued to each county in

proportion to

population.

And

it

should be provided

by law that the currency should be loaned at a specified rate of interest. There is no objection to interest, provided it is equal everywhere. And it would seem that money, which is the representative of the value of property, must itself have a value, represented by the rate of interest which it bears.
Besides,
it is

necessary for the currency to bear interest

when
the.se

loaned, in order not to interfere with the existing

national banks

and individual banks.

But by means of

new
is

national banks the rate

of interest would be

equalized throughout the country.

an advantage in issuing the currency to the inasmuch as the county authorities would have no interest in evading the law respecting the rate of And, as the prosperity interest to be charged upon loans.
counties,

There

of the county would be deeply involved in the successful

management

of the banks, their


It

management would be
be an advantage
for

carefully guarded.

would

also

the counties to realize the profits

upon

the loans of the

banks, as

to that extent,

would save the people of the counties taxation and would enable the counties to establish many educational and other advantages which they could
it

not otherwise support.

284
5) In issuing this

tHE kEMEbV.

new

currency, the present national

would stand just as they banks would count as a part of the $1,450,000,000 of needed currency, and would be credited to the place where they are established. Those places, consequently, would get none of the new issue until the rest of the country was brought up to an equality with them. Hence, the East would get less of
all

banks and
are.

individual banks

The

circulation of the national

the

new
6)

issue than the other portions of the country.

The new Bank

Issues

Should be Legal Tender

and customs, and debts. It may be objected Government would not be able to pay the gold interest on its bonds. I admit that this is a
for all taxes,
that, in this case, the

point of financial difficulty; but


great importance.

it is

not a difficulty of very

The country
If things

is

now

ruined, as things

stand at present.

go on

as they are, the

American
will
if it

people will lose at least $20,000,000,000 worth of property


within the next ten years.

save

all

that to them,

The System I propose and a great deal more. And

costs the
to

Government $100,000,000 a year, for five years, buy gold with which to pay interest on the bonds, it will be a cheap price to pay for the immense advantages

obtained through the system here proposed.

6th.
1.

The Fixanxial System Must


we have
money.
a fixed amount,

be

Made

Flexible.

The Money Power 'Would Lock up


if

rency,

the Curand thus maintain a


cost

scarcity of

To

lock up $1,000,000,000 will be a


It

small matter to them.

would only

them $40,000,-

000 a year, at four per cent, interest on the amount. When, by keeping our currency scarce and prices low,
they can make an annual profit of $1,000,000,000 in the purchase of our products, they can well afford to lock up

CENTRAL BUREAU OF CURRENCY.

285

our currency, in order to cause a scarce currency and low


prices.
It

would be a paying speculation.


through their
in

All the currency in the country passes

hands once
or lumber,

every three or four months.

They

receive

our currency from every


or dry

man who buys


or groceries
;

coal from them,

goods,

and from every


or

man who

pays them for railroad tickets,


or electric lights, or

telegraph

any of the numerous necessary things which they own and furnish to If they choose to keep the money they receive, us. and not pay it out again, they would, in a few months, have all the currency of the country in their possession, and business would be at a standstill for want of money
to carry
it

messages, or freights,

on.

To prevent such a
Currency,

state of things,

2.

It will be Necessary to

have a Central Bureau of

to

which

all

the banks in the country should

make weekly,

or semi-weekly returns of the

Whenever

the

returns

amount of currency on hand. showed that there was less than

$1,450,000,000 in circulation, the banks in counties showing a deficit should have more currency issued to them in

exchange for county bonds. And these bonds should be redeemed, as soon as the returns showed an excess of currency in circulation, by the return of the currency so issued to them
the bonds.
to the

Government, and the redemption of

Such a currency system as the above would secure to us an abundant supply of currency, uniform in quantity, and
equally distributed throughout the country.

VIII.

EIGHTH MEASURE : The


is

Tariff.

This
ties.

a delicate question in the present attitude of par-

But, fortunately,

my views do not either fully agree,

or

absolutely conflict with the views of either of the two great


political parties

which now divide the country.

My

views

286

THE REMEDY.
and Dem-

are a middle ground, on which both Republicans


ocrats can unite.

For the Republicans and Democrats are both right, and both wrong, on the Tariff Question. Each has partial truth on its side.
1st.

The Proper Scale of Tariff Duties

depends upon the general scale of prices prevailing in the


country.
I.

If

we

are to have a

low

scale of prices, as

at

present, then manufactures must, in

common

justice,

be
if

low

also,

and we want a low

scale of tariff duties.

But

we

are to have a general scale of fair prices, then


tariff duties to

we want

a general scale of

correspond.

When
prices,

the farmers are being destroyed by ruinously low

and when the merchants are only able to continue business by the most pinching economy, it is unjust to keep up a high scale of prices on manufactures by a high scale
of
tariff duties.

On

the other hand, if

we

are to have fair

prices for farming produce,

and

if all

prices

and earnings

are to be at a

fair rate,

then

it is

fair

and

right to protect

our manufactures from the competition of foreign goods,

manufactured abroad under a scale of low prices. Our factories, manufacturing under a low scale of prices, can compete with foreign manufactures manufactured at a
low scale of prices; but if we have a liberal scale of prices, then our factories, manufacturing under a high scale of
prices,

can not compete, without protection, with foreign manufactures manutactured under a low scale of prices. In such circumstances, they will need protection ; not otherwise.
2.

The Question

is, Is it Better for Us to Scale Up, OR TO Scale Down?

Had we
down

better reduce the

tariff,

and bring
?

all

prices

to the ruinous rate of

farming produce

or,

on the

RISE OF PRICES NECESSARY.


Other hand,
is
it

287

better to raise farming produce,


tariff?

and
This

all
is

our prices, up to the generous scale of the


the question for the

American people

to consider, at the

present juncture.

One thing is certain everything ought to go up, or go down together. If the tariff is to stay up at a high rate of duties, then all prices must go up to the same level. If all prices are to stay down, then the tariff
:

must, in
is.

common

justice,

Shall prices go

up

or go

come down also. down ? Shall

The

question

the tariff

come

down
up

to the level of the prices of

farming produce? or

shall the prices of

farming produce, and other prices, go

to the level of the tariff?

If

we have

a low

tariff,

and bring

all

prices

level of farming produce, in that case, a farmer

down to the may save

about $30 a year in store bills. But will that enable him to pay for his farm machinery, and pay off his mortgage

and save his farm ? It will not. A reduction of the tariff is no remedy for the present evils that afflict the country. The tariff may be reduced, and the farmer may save his $30 a year in store bills; and still, at the present low scale of prices, he will fail to pay his mortgage, and will lose his
farm.

3.

Nothing Will Save the Farmers But a Rise of


Prices.

If the farmers

have

fair prices,

they can afford to pay


still

present prices for the goods they buy, and can


their

pay

off

mortgages and save their farms.


is,

Any one

can see

that our true policy, at present,


tariff to

instead of reducing the

the low scale of the prices of farming produce, to

let the tariff stand,

and

raise the prices of

farming produce

to the level of tariff prices.

205
4.

the remedy. The Key to the Present Situation


If the farmers

is

the condition of the farming population.


off their
;

can not pay


country

mortgages and save their farms, the


will get everything,

is lost and the Money Power and have everything its own way.

We

must save the

farms to the farmers from the clutch of the


If

Money Power.

and a scale of low and a scale of low But if the farmers can not pay off their mortgages prices. and save their farms under a scale of low prices, then let us have fair prices for farming produce, and let the tariff

we can do

this

with a low

tariff,

prices, I

am

in favor of a

low

tariff

stand.

We
tariff

cannot separate the two things


tariff

A
;

low
and,

and low

prices for farming produce go together

on the other hand, a high


produce go together.
have have low prices
tariff also.

and

fair

prices for farming


tariff,

If

we have a high

an equal rate of prices for farming


for

produce

we must if we
:

farming produce, we must have a low

5.

The Proposed Measures, Compromise Measures.


is

It

well,

perhaps, that the principal measures to be

in

proposed system are compromise measures, which each party will have to yield some of its own If the views, and accept some of the views of the others. Democrat has to give up his ideas of low tariff, he obtains the concession of his idea that prices must be equalized. If the Republican has his idea of a high tariff conceded,

adopted

in our

he must, on the other hand, concede the equalization of


all

the prices in the country,


fair

necessary to give

prices for farming produce


all

and accept the measures and esdepartments of business.

tabhsh a
If the

fair scale

of prices in

Greenbacker has to give up the greenbacks and excessive inflation, he ought to be content with an equalized

NEW

INDUSTRIES TO BE STARTED.
fair

289

currency, adequate to give us


prosperity of the country.
j)

prices,

and secure the

If

we

are

all

to unite

on a
to

common

platform,

we must
can

have a compromise basis on which


expect
all

to unite.

No party

others to

come
all

it.

There must be a comproAll extremes

mise ground on which

can unite.

And,
itself

fortunately, truth lies in the middle.


truth.

have only part of the

The

real truth blends into

the partial truths held

by both extremes, and forms


will

out of them a blended harmonious whole.


2)

The proposed "Union"


foster

need to
will

start

and

many new
It
is

industries, which

need

the tariff to protect

them against
not

the importations of the

Money

Kings.

a question of protecting the

manufactures already started, so


enterprises, to

much

as of protecting

new

the country.
will

be started by the American people all over The establishment of such new enterprises

be essential to start the country upon a career of grand

prosperity.
6.

The

protection of the tariff should be

perfect than at present,

made more by making the duties payable when


This
will

the goods enter the warehouse.

prevent the
City, not

Money Kings from


for
sale,

storing goods in

New York

but for the

purpose of "bearing"

down our

markets.
7.

And

it

will

be necessary
;

to cover with tariff protection

all

agricultural products

in order to prevent the

Money

Kings from interfering with the system of prices we shall estabhsh, by throwing the products of India and Australia upon our markets. We propose to establish fair prices for
the benefit of our

own

producers, not for the benefit of

Australians, or the India plantations of the

Money

Kings.

And,

in order to
it

to ourselves,

keep the benefit of our scale of prices will be necessary to shut out the products
tariff

of foreign industry by

protection.

290
2nd.

the remedy.

To Bring About Commercial Treaties


tariff policy.

should be one great aim of a

By

this

means

our foreign commerce might be greatly extended.

But the subject


here.

is

too extensive to be further discussed

The above
edy the

are the measures which are necessary to rem-

evils that are afflicting

our country.
is

They

are so
it

reasonable, and their necessity

so apparent, that
the great

is

hoped they will be readily accepted by the American people.

body of

Imperative Necessity of an Organized Union.

But

if it

be asked, Will

this legislation stop the

encroachin the

ments of the Money Power? the answer must be


negative.

The Money Pow^er can


legislation alone.

not be controlled by
enable the

But

this legislation will

American people to control the Money Power, by having The Money Power can be cona proper Organization. trolled, only by a grand organized " Union" of the great Such a "Union" is body of the American people. mightier than the Money Power: nothing else is. With the legislation above mentioned, our people, by a proper Organization, can carry on the industry of the
country in accordance with correct principles of Political

Economy, and can soon


debts,

restore the country to such a con-

dition of prosperity as will enable the farmers to

pay their

grow rich. No legislation will be needed other than that already mentioned. Most of the legislation needed is state legislation; and it can be enacted as soon as the will of the people is made known. The Congressional legislation
entire people to

and our

may be

slower.

A PATRIOTIC UPRISING NEEDED.


But a good currency system
legislation that
is
is

29I

the only point of national


it

of essential importance, and

is

not

necessary to wait for that.


**

The people can

organize the

Union," and with the necessary state legislation, the " Union" can put things in good condition with our present currency system, unless the Money Kings cut us short by keeping the money of the country locked up. We have money enough in the country $1,700,000,000 to give us good times. If the Money Kings prevent us from making good times, the eyes of the American people will be upon them, and Congress will obey the wish of a United People, and pass such proper legislation as will soon enable

us to put things to rights.

The
tection
lation.

organization of the American people for self-prois

more important than any Congressional legisWith such an "Union," we can do without na-

tional legislation until the public sentiment of the people


shall

induce Congress to pass needed laws.

Chapter

IV.

PROPER METHOD OF ORGANIZING THE PROPOSED "UNION."


I.

STYLE OF ORGANIZATION.

The proposed movement should be

A PATRIOTIC
the

UPRISING
Power.
classes.

of the whole American people, to save our

country, our property, and our

homes from
and

Money
should
Kings,

As has been
all

said, the

organized "

Union"
all

include people of
It

political parties,
all

industrial

should include

except the

Money

and their agents engaged in managing their business. The Labor employees of the Money Kings need protection

292
against

THE RRMEDY.

them as much as any other class of our people, and should be included in the " Union."
1st.

The Name

of the "Union."

having for

The proposed "Union" will be a patriotic movement, its motto, America for Americans. It will be a patriotic uprising of the people, to
is

protect every thing that

most dear to us from foreign

patriotic. It will be an uprising against the establishment of a grand Imperialism over us an uprising, to throw off the yoke of the
Its

domination.

aims will be wholly

Money Power, and

to protect

our country from the power

of this foreign Despotism.

Money Power,
oppression of the
the

This Uprising Against the Oppression of the now, will be as patriotic a movement

as the uprising of our Revolutionary Fathers against the

Money Power,

in 1776.
its

The name of
character.

"Union"
best

should indicate

patriotic

The

name

for the organization, therefore, will

be

"THE PATRIOT UNION."


The Patriot Union should be above
feeUng, and
its

all

sectional

all

party prejudices; and


all

it

should include in

and all political membership being a resolution to enter into a union of energies and resources, for the purpose of protecting and delivering American insections,

membership persons of

parties;

the only requirement for

dustry from the domination of the Imperialism of Capital

centered in Great Britain.

And

its

name should

indicate

the

fact

that,

as

the

Patriot Union includes people of all sections, and all poHtical parties, and all business classes; so, under its auspices, all past differences are blotted out and forgotten
in the grand united

movement

to save our country

from

ORGANIZED BY LODGES.
the domination of the
indicate that
it is

293

Money Power.
Union of
all

The name should


and South, and

a Patriot

the North

of the East and West, in which


prejudices are buried.
It

sectional feeling

should indicate that, as the

Patriot Union includes men of all classes of industry and all political parties, so, in it, all class interests are
blended
in the

promotion of the

common

interests of

all.

2nd. Organized by Lodges:

The
ures,

organization of the Patriot


;

Union should be by
interests of

Lodges

in order to the proper consideration of all measefficient action in

and

promotion of the

the Union.

3rd.

Three Orders of Lodges.

In order that every industrial class


opinion,

may be

properly

represented, and in order to avoid conflict of interest or


it

will

be better to have three Orders in the

Patriot Union, the TownsUnion, and the Labor Patriot Union. By this means, each great branch of American industry will be kept distinct, and its interests will be distinctly repres-

Patriot Union,
Patriot

the Farmers'

men's

ented, and effectually fostered


1.

and protected.

Patriot Union should include all branches of production from the soil viz I.) All American farmers owning their own farms, or renting farms owned by Americans in actual legal right. But no renter or manager of a farm owned by corporations whose stockholders are not known to be Americans
: :

The Farmers'

exclusively, should be chgible to membership.


raisers,

2.)

Stock-

and owners of cattle ranches owned and managed by individuals, or by companies whose stockholders are exclusively Americans. 3.) Cotton growers, and owners of sugar plantations. 4.) Market
including
all

graziers

294

THE REMEDY.
;

gardeners and horticulturists

and

all

who

are engaged in

any department of agricultural production.


2.
all

The Townsmen's
men
:

the business

of our towns
viz

Patriot Union should include and cities, and men in

the various professions


I.)

American merchants, and grocers, and owners of shops and stores, who are engaged in independent
All

business

including

all

companies, as well as individuals,

whose stockholders are Americans not connected with the

London Money Power.


and
the
architects,

2.)

Boss carpenters, and masons,

and

builders,
3.)

who

are not connected with

Money Power.

All

American manufacturers of

every class whose owners or stockholders are Americans, and not connected with the Money Power. 4.) All professional men having no business connection with the Money Power or its agents. 5.) All capitalists and banks whose stockholders are all Americans having no connection with the Money Power. 6.) Mine owners, of coal, and iron, and gold, and silver and other metals, whose mines are owned by American stockholders. 7.) And all other classes of business men, whose business is run on the individual basis, or by companies whose stockholders are exclusively Americans, and which are not bonded to
the
3.

Money Power. The Labor Patriot Union


Labor:
viz:

should include

all

classes of
i)

2) Clerks; 3) Employees of all Employees of railroads and other corporations 6) Working 5) Factory, mill and shop operatives miners and, generally, all Wage Earners engaged in any

Farm
;

operatives;

the trades
;

4)

department of industry.
4. grand branch of industry in any of the three foregoing Orders might organize a special order of the Patriot Union, so that its interests might be specially represented and considered.

BASIS OF ORGANIZATION.
i)

295

Thus, in the

might be special branches

Farmers' Patriot Union, there as The Stock Growers' Patriot


;

Union, and the Cotton-Growers' Patriot Union.


2)

In

the

Townsmen's
need

might be,

in large cities, a

for

Patriot Union, there Lodges composed of


as,

men

in various

branches of industry;

the Merchants'

Patriot

Union, the Builders' Patriot Union, the Manu-

facturers' Patriot

Union, the Miners' Patriot Union.

3) In the Labor Patriot Union, there might be In the country, there might also various Branch Lodges be the Farm-Labor Patriot Union, and the Mine-Labor Patriot Union. In the towns and cities, there might be the Railroaders' Labor Patriot Union, and Labor Patriot
:

Union Lodges of craftsmen

in the various

branches of

in-

dustry, who might prefer to be associated together.

All the foregoing classes of


identical interests,
in order to

American industry have and should unite in the Patriot Union,


all.

conserve the general interests of

The

three

great Orders of Lodges of the Patriot Union should include all branches of American industry, and all persons who are not associated with the management of joint stock corporations owned by the Money Kings, or mortgaged to
foreign capitalists,
II.

BASIS OF ORGANIZATION.
i)

2)

The By

basis of organization should be:


states;

By

counties;

and

3) National.

1st.

County Patriot Organization.

The Various Patriot Union Lodges in each county should annually elect a County Conference Board; which should meet at the county seat once a month, or at such
time as should be appointed, to consider and carry out

measures

for

conserving and promoting the industrial inter-

ests of the

people of the county.

296

THE REMEDY.

In counties where the towns are not large, the Towns-

men's Patriot Union, the Farmers' Patriot Union, and the

Labor Patriot Union, might have equal representation in County Conference Board. In the counties where the towns are important, the County Conference Board might consist of an equal representation of Townsmen's Patriot Union Lodges, Farmers' Patriot Union Lodges, Town Labor Patriot Union Lodges, and Country Labor Patriot Union Lodges.
the

2d.

State Patriot Organization.


should be a State Conference Board,

In each

state, there

consisting of eight

men, which should meet once a month,

or at such times as might be appointed, to consider the best


state,

means of promoting the industrial prosperity of the and of protecting the industrial interests of its people
State Conference
eight

from the aggressive oppression of the

The

Money Power. Board might be elected

in

the following manner.

The County Conference Boards


men, two representing the
two,
the

might each nominate

Townsmen's

Patriot Union,

Farmers'

Patriot

Union, two, the Town-Labor Patriot Union, and two, the Country-Labor Patriot Union. Then, in an election in
which
ots,

vote, the State Board, consisting of

Union Lodges of the State should two Townsmen Patritwo Farmer Patriots, two Town-Labor Patriots, and
all

the Patriot

two County-Labor

Patriots,

might be elected out of the

whole number of nominees.


3rd.

National Patriot Organization.


of the

An Annual Convention

Patriot Union

should be held, which should consider questions pertaining to the general policy of the Patriot
the President,

Union, and elect and the National Conference Board of the Patriot Union.

ORGANIZATION WILL BE PERPETUAL.

297

The National Conference Board


President, and of four Vice-Presidents,
bers.

might consist of a

and

sixteen

Memap-

One

Vice-President and four

Members might be

pointed from each of the four great sections of the country,


divided as might be deemed best.

The

Farmers' Patriot

Union, the Townsmen's ratriot Union, the Town-Labor Patriot Union, and the Country-Labor Patriot Union might
be equally represented
in the National

Conference Board.
annually,

The National Conference Board should meet

or semi-annually, at such suitable place as might be ap-

pointed, to consider measures pertaining to the industrial prosperity of the whole country.

But

it

might be called

together at any time, by the President.

The above mode


On some

of organization

is

merely sugstart.

gested as a basis from which the organization might

such basis as the foregoing, the Patriot


to

Union

work effectively; and it would and bring our country into a state of such general and exalted prosperity as would introduce by our example a New Era in the history of the
pursue
its

would be able

soon remedy existing

evils,

world.

For, this

new

would be maintained perpetually.

Organization, once inaugurated, It would put an


:

end to the jarring conflicts of warring class interests it would harmonize the interests of all industrial classes it would adjust the price of labor, and of all industrial prod:

ucts,

upon a

basis equally fair

and

just to all;

and

it

would
of

promote, in a manner unexampled


the world,

in the past history

new

enterprises in every direction of industrial

development.
Its

advantages will prove so great as to

pensable.

globe will

make it indiscome when every country on the have a Patriot Union, to develop its industry.
The time
will

298

THE REMEDY.
to

and

harmonize and promote the


In
its full

interests of all indusit

trial classes.

development,

wtll diffuse

among

every class in each nation the principles of justice; and,


in the end,
it

will unite all nations in industrial

harmony,

under the principle of fraternity embodied


Rule.

in the

Golden

Chapter V.

WORK OF THE PATRIOT


The power and
arise, especially,

UNION.
will

efficiency of the
its

Patriot Union

out of
I.

MODE OF

ACTIVITY.
be a political party.
Its

The Patriot Union


will

will not

It

be a

sort of

General Trade Union.


it

fundamental
is

principle,

from which

will

derive

all its

power,

the

1st.

Agreement ok the Members to Trade with Each Other.


of the

The members

Patriot Union should agree


all

that

they will buy from each other, in preference to purchasing

from the Money Power, in


should agree that they
will

cases of competition.
Patriot

They

buy from a

grocer, rather than from a

established

Jew Store, by the Money Power that they


:

merchant or or any branch store


will

buy

all

manufactured

articles,

and

clothing,

and

all

building materials, other manufactures, from


can be so obtained
:

articles of

food

a Patriot

manufacturer, rather than from factories of the


Kings,
will

Money

when such
their flour

articles

that they

buy

from a Patriot mill owner, rather than

from mills owned by the

Money Power

that they will

buy meat from a

Patriot butcher, rather than from a store

KEY TO THE SITUATION.


selling

299

Armour's beef; and that they

will

buy bacon f?om

a Patriot packing house, rather than from a packing house of the

Money Power.
is

Such an agreement

very simple, and yet


Situation.

it

is

The Key to the


All parties

would abide by

this trade regulation; their

own
ment.

prosperity being so deeply involved in the

move-

The

grocer would buy flour and bacon and lard

and dried beef from Patriot packing houses, rather than those of the Money Power and the merchant would buy articles of household consumption, and goods sold in his business, from Patriot houses for both merchant and grocer would find in the Patriot movement their only salvation from the competition of Stores established by the Money Kings. The farmer would quit dealing with Jew Stores, and buy his goods altogether from Patriot merchants and grocers; for the success of the movement would be his only hope of paying off his mortgage, and saving his farm. The workingman would buy his articles of household consumption from Patriot grocers and mer. chants for by means of the Patriot Union, the Working People will be backed in their conflict with Money King employers by the sympathy and the might of the whole American people. There can be no doubt that this agreement would be universally and faithfully observed. This agreement of the members of the Patriot Union to buy from each other, in preference to the agents of the Money Kings, is the one grand central point of power which would make the Patriot Union master of the situation. For this agreement will afford a secure basis for established trade. It will prove an adequate and secure basis for the investment of money to supply the immense demand that will be everywhere afforded to new enterprises by the Patriot Union.

300

THE REMEDY.

Lp every County, flour mills should be built, to supply


the people of the county with flour.
afford

an adequate market
;

for the

Such mills would wheat grown in the


to supply

county
the

for,

in

the
raise

greater

part

of the country, each

county does not

more wheat than enough

home demand.

Where

a county does not raise wheat a flour mill should be

enough

to supply the

home demand,

and wheat should be purchased from the wheat-growing sections and manufactured into flour for the supply of the County demand. For, as already stated, it is a most important law of Political Economy that, where a community needs to imerected, notwithstanding;

port any article for

its

consumption,

it

should buy, not


:

the manufactured article, but the raw material

it

should

buy the article in munity make the


cases
will

its

cheapest form, and

let
it.

the com-

profit of

manufacturing

This

is

principle of prime importance,


greatly

and

its

observance in

all

promote the prosperity of the combuilt in

munity.

Packing houses should be


at least

every county, to

kill

enough pork and beef to supply the people of the town and county with beef and bacon and lard. And, if the county did not raise hogs and cattle enough for its home consumption, packing houses should be built, notwithstanding, and beef cattle and hogs should be imported
for slaughter, to

an extent

sufficient to

supply the county

demand. In this way, the people of the county would save hundreds of thousands of dollars of profit realized* by its own people, which now go to swell the hoard of
the

Money

Kings.

Tanneries and shoe and harness manufactories should

be established in every county,

to tan leather

and make
better

shoes and harness enough for the county consumption.

Even

if

the county
it

had not tan bark,

it

would be

to import

than to buy leather, or leather manufactures.

NEW
It

INDUSTRIES ESTABLISHED.

30

would

probably not pay to establish manufactures for


harness, should be

boots and shoes of fine quality; but heavy articles of or-

dinary domestic wear, and

all

made

at

home.

foundery should be established in every

district

of

country, to supply the

common

grades of ironware to the

people of the

district.

In every county, there should be a Factory for manufacturing the coarser grades of cotton
for ordinary

domestic wear.

Finer goods

and -woolen goods it would not

pay to manufacture; but much the greater quantity of goods consumed in every county are the substantial grades for every day wear. And it would greatly promote the prosperity of the county to establish such a Factory, import raw wool and cotton, and manufacture a sufficient quantity to supply the county demand. In hemp and flax growing districts, manufactures should be established that would supply the demand for those articles, of which we now import $33,000,000 worth annually.

We now
beet,

import $83,000,000 worth of sugar and mo-

lasses annually.

The
this

culture of

would supply

sorghum and the sugar demand, and give great prosperity

to the fertile farming regions of the West.

The above system of


munity

industry,

in
its

which each com-

supplies, as far as possible,

own

wants,

is

the

only system that accords with sound principles of Political

Economy, and give


confers.

Such a system
to

will

tend to equalize wealth,

every county the advantages which wealth

It will also greatly

add

to the national prosperity.

At

present

we annually

import, in a raw or manufactured

condition, sugar, flax,

hemp, cotton,

leather, wool, to the

302
value

THE REMEDY.
of $216,000,000, which
of breadstuffs
it

requires almost
to

all

our
Sup-

exports

and provisions

pay

for.

plying our

own demand

in those articles will greatly en-

rich our people,

and promote our national

prosperity.

And

it

would be

entirely practicable to put this system

by means of the Patriot Union. For that organization would give a sure and steady market everywhere, at fair prices, to the extent of the county
in operation, at once,

demand

for

consumption; and enterprising people

in

every

county would be glad to avail themselves of the opportunity to engage in the

new

enterprises

which the Patriot

Union would

call into existence.

And what
all

a rush of industry would at once be started,


In every county seat would be

over the country.

erected flour mills, cotton and woolen and shoe factories, harness shops, iron founderies, packing houses and tanneries.

In

all

the county towns stagnation

would cease

at

once, and the towns would ring with the

hum

of industry.

2nd.
I.

The Patriot Union Must Regulate


to the

Prices.

In the nature of things the right to regulate prices

would belong
only

Patriot Union.

This would be the

way to prevent a great evil. The dealers who belong to the Patriot Union might want to take advantage of the people being bound to
trade with them to charge excessive prices for their goods.

This could only be avoided by the Patriot Union having the right to regulate prices.

The Right
would belong
agree
to

to Regulate the Standard of Prices

to the

the relation of its

Patriot Union in the very nature of members to each other. If the members
Patriot business houses,

patronize

the Patriot

business houses, on the other hand, must agree that they


will

not

make

excessive charges, nor

demand

excessive

REGULATION OF PRICES.
profits.

303
the right to say

The Patriot Union must have


:

that the farmer shall not charge excessive prices for his

produce

that

the

butcher

shall

not charge excessive


shall

prices for his meat: that the

merchant and grocer

not charge excessive prices for their goods. nature of things, the Patriot
to regulate the

In the very
the right

Union would have

standard of

all prices,

so far as the

home

demand goes. This Regulation of

all

System
advance
2.

in

which

all

prices are fairly

in relation to the general scale

Prices by a Regular and equally adjusted of prices will be a grand

in the industrial condition of the world.

No Method

of

Regulating the Standard of

Prices has ever yet been discovered.


i)
tariff.

the

The price of imports has been regulated by the The price of those products of a country in which home demand is not fully supplied have also been
tariff.

regulated by a
2)

But the price of the great mass of production,


its

in

which

the country fully supplies


for exportation, is left

own wants and


its

has a surplus

unregulated as to

price.

This has
of

always been the greatest


past times. 3) It has, indeed,
is

evil in the industrial condition

been held that the price of such prodby the amount of money in a country, and by the law of supply and demand. But
ucts
sufficiently regulated
it

is

found, in our time, that the price of such products

is

not regulated by the amount of currency, nor by the law


of supply and demand.
i]

In the hard times

from

1873 ^^ 1^78,

we had

in

the country $900,006,000 of currency; while prices were


so
to

low that it only required $300,000,000 in circulation do the business of the country, $600,000,000 being

locked up.

At the present time, we have $1,700,000,000 of money in the country, paper and specie; while

304

THE REMEDY.

prices are lower than they were in i860,

when we had

only $207,000,000 of currency


California.*
It

in

the

country

lower

than in 1850, before prices were affected by the gold of


only requires, at present, about $400,000,000 to carry

on the business of the country with the present low scale of prices. The rest of the money, $1,300,000,000, is
locked up.

It is

evident that, in our

time,

a sufficient
in raising

amount of currency has no influence whatever


the prices of a country.
2]

On

the other hand, the law of supply


regulates prices.

no longer
proves

and demand Our experience two years ago


fifty

this.

When

our wheat crop was

million

bushels short, and there was an active


in

demand

for

wheat

Europe, and wheat ought

to

have gone up

we have seen how wheat down to 60 cents a bushel, in defiance of the law of supply and demand. The events of our time prove that the old methods of
a bushel,
regulating prices do not answer the purpose any longer,

over $1 the Chicago buyers put


to

but that the


selves,

it

Money Kings regulate prices to suit themby the power of Capital. This State of Fact must be Recognized. And brings a most important question before us for de-

termination.
3. The old Method of Regulating Prices has been Overthrown by the Money Power. We must either let the Money Power continue to regulate all prices,

and thereby ruin us

all,

or

we must

find

some method of

regulating prices at a fair standard, that will be effectual.

This
JV/iaf
4.

now^ before iis. is the great question new method of regulating prices 1 Prices cannot be regulated by Law. A legisis

* This

ascertained by an actual comparison of the prices.

PRESENT FALSE INDUSTRIAL SYSTEM.


lative

305

body is not usually the best agent to properly regulate Such bodies have not the necessary experience; and, they are too liable to be influenced by other than industrial considerations, and would be too apt to frame
prices.

Laws with

view
it

to the furtherance of local interests.

And
5.

besides,

would too greatly increase the power of


of fixing prices
is

the Government.

The only proper method


and
for the

by

a special Organization of the people, formed for that purpose,

promotion of the general prosperity of

the country.
prices

The world has reached a point at which must be fixed by the proposed Patriot Union, or
be fixed by a combination of Capital.
old

else they will

of leaving prices to be regulated by the amount of currency and the law of supply and demand will not do any longer. We cannot regulate prices by law and if the People will not do it by means of the Patriot Union, Capitalists will The continue to do it, and will thereby ruin the world. organization of the people in the Patriot Union, to regulate prices, and to otherwise promote the general pros;

The

way

perity,

is,

in

our age, an imperative necessity. Nothing

else will save our country

and the world from absolute

ruin.

3rd.
It is

Our Present False Industrial

System.

necessary to remind the reader that the evils that

are afflicting our country have their immediate cause in the

low prices which the Money Power is putting upon all farming produce. In order to save the country from the grasp of the Money Power, the price of farming produce

must be

raised,

and

all

prices

properly adjusted by the

Patriot Union.

3o6
1.

THE REMEDY.
Present False Industrial System Crushes Farmers AND Retail Merchants.
present, the

At

Money Kings

are

making

all

the profits

of handling farming produce; and, to increase those profits,

they have cut

down

the prices of the farmer, and the

profits of the retail

merchant.

The wholesale merchant used to be content with fifteen profit, the amount of his sales making up his income; while the retail merchant, had to have from 25 to
per cent,

50 per cent, profit, in order to be fairly prosperous. now, after leaving the farm, produce pays from '35
per cent, profits before
the retailer
is
it

But
to

50

reaches the

retail dealer;

and

cut

down

in his price accordingly, until his

profit hardly reaches 15

per cent.

The farmer and


profits,

the retail dealer are cut

down

in their

order that the

and the consumer pays a high price for his food, in Money Kings may realize all the profits of
readily

the Industrial System.

illustrated:

The manner in which this System works may be The farmer's wheat, raised ten miles
and eaten
at

out in

the country from a Western town, instead of being ground


into flour at the county town,

home, must be

sent to

New

Jersey to be ground into flour, and then

hauled back, and sold in the town where the wheat was
raised.

Before reaching the

retail

dealer

who

sells to

the con-

sumer, the flour has paid profits to the buyer of the wheat,
to the railroad that hauled to the miller
it
it,

East, to the wholesale dealer,


to the wholesale dealer
it

who ground
all

who
In

sent

it

West, and to the railroad for hauling

back.

order to pay

these charges, the farmer must take a low

price for his wheat,


profit

and the

retail dealer

on
is

his sales, while the

must make a low consumer pays a high price


Kings, whose agents buy

for his flour.

This

good

for the

Money

FARMERS AND MERCHANTS CRUSHED.


the wheat,

307

whose railroads haul it East, whose wholesale who, it to the miller, whose mills grind it in a word, make all the profits between the farmer and the It is a retail merchant who sells the flour to the consumer. good thing for the Money Kings who make all the profit but it is very bad for the farmer and the retail merchant,
dealer delivers

who

are both cut

large the profits of the

down in their prices, in order to enMoney Kings on the much-handled

produce.
2. This System Being Made Universal. The Money Kings now want to make this system of business universal. They are enforcing it to a great extent greatly to their own profit, and to the injury of the geeral public. The beef of Iowa, grown ten miles from
;

Davenport, cannot be sold in Davenport; but


shipped back to Davenport for the people to

it

must be

shipped to Chicago, and there killed by Armour, and then


eat.

The

beef of Colorado must be shipped to Kansas City, to be


killed

by Armour, and be shipped back,

to

be eaten by the
they pre-

people of Colorado.

The
into
it,

butchers do not want to do this business

fer to kill their

own meat;
beef

but Armour
till

is

forcing

them
to the

by

selling

at a loss,

they are compelled to


to

submit.

The beef of the West


;

is all

be carried

East for slaughter, and the meat brought back to the West

and the hides must be tanned in the shoes for Western wear. Western hogs are hauled on railroads to Chicago, to be killed, and the bacon and lard brought back to the West for confor

consumption

East,

and made

into

sumption.
3.

This System an Absurd Violation of all Principles of Political Economy.

In

this system, the

Money Kings make

all

the

money.

They make
killing,

the profit on the double transportation, on the

and on the handling.

3o8

THE REMEDY.
all

This system of sending


in a

our produce
for use,

away
To

raw
it
:

state,

to for

be put into shape


consumption,
is

and then

bringing
illustrate

back

a gross absurdity.

farmer has a barn in which he stores his

provender and keeps his stock. Will he not be a fool to have another barn at the other end of his farm, a mile away, where he keeps his cutting box and his steaming apparatus, so that he has to haul all his provender away from barn No. i to barn No. 2, to be prepared for use, and
then haul
it

back

to

be fed to

his stock ?

It is

equally

ruinous to the people of this country to send

all

agricultural

produce
then buy

to a distant
it

market

to

be prepared
for

for use,

and
con-

back

in a

manufactured form
his

home

sumption.
If the farmer

who sends
i,

provender to the distant


sell it to
it

barn, to be prepared for use, should

a speculator

out of barn No.

and allow him


it
it,

to haul

pare

it

for use,

and then haul

away and preback again and charge

pay a fair price and handling, it would not be long before the The speculator would own the farmer's farm and stock. us. this speculator who is doing by the is Power Money It is buying our raw produce, and doing the hauling both ways, and preparing our raw products for use by manuand it is making all the money, and is facturing them

him an

additional price for

sufficient to

for hauling

now

in

fair

way

to get possession

of

all

the property of

our people.
for the farmer to save himself, in be to put up a cutting box and steaming apparatus in the barn where his provender and his stock are kept, and prepare his provender for use himself, and

The only way


will

such a case,

thus save

all

the hauling,

and the

cost of

all

the handling.

Then he
profits,

will

make money.

The

speculator will lose his

because the farmer has no longer any use for him. But the farmer, saving all that the speculator made, will

TRUE INDUSTRIAL SYSTEM.


soon grow
rich.

309

So

we must

quit our absurd

System of

sending our raw products away from

home

for

manufacture,

and buying them back again


4th.

in a

manufactured form.

The True Industrial System. 1 Each County Should Manufacture at Home, at least so much of its own Products as are Needed for Home Consumption, and only send away the
surplus.

The consistency of
at a glance.

this

with sound reason

is

apparent
1.)

If

Every County Ground


its

its

own Wheat,
could get a

own hogs and manufactured its own leather,


and
killed
fair price

cattle,

and tanned and

the

farmers

for the

consumer in cheap as now.


County,

hogs and beef and wheat; while the the county would get his food supplies as

And
are

moreover, the business

men

in the

who

now making

nothing, would get rich on

the profits of grinding the

and

wheat, and killing the hogs Every County in the West might, in this way, make hundreds of thousands of dollars that are now
cattle.

made by the Money Kings. We W^ant a System of Industry home consumption, without sending
ing
it it

in

which

all

the

Counties shall prepare the produce of the Counties for

abroad and bringin

back again

for

consumption; and

which the pro-

duce of the County should, as far as practicable, be placed in the manufactured condition before being sent to other markets for consumption. By this system the farmers

would pay
flourish with

their

debts,

and get

rich: the

towns would
all;

new

business they are

now

not doing at
for

and the consumer would pay no more


is

food than he

paying now.
2.

County Buyers Should Ship all Produce.

The

better price obtained

by the farmer

for his

produce

sold to supply

home demand would be a

great benefit to

310
him.
It

THE REMEDY.

would enable him the better to stand the lower would have to take for the portion of his produce that was sent away to market. And, in the end, the home demand would regulate the price of the produce shipped, as well as that sold to supply the home demand.
price he

For,

if

the

the produce that was shipped, the

Money Kings would not give fair prices for home buyers would soon
all

be able

markets of the country.


present system.

and ship it to the great For the home shippers could do the work much cheaper than it can be done under the
to

buy

the produce

For example Flour mills owned in Kansas could sell cheaper in Chicago than New Jersey mills, which bought their wheat in Kansas, and had to ship their
:

flour

For the Kansas miller, buying Chicago. home, can get it cheaper than its cost to the New Jersey miller; and the shipment to Chicago from Kansas is cheaper than the shipment to Chicago from New
flour

back

to

his

wheat

at

Jersey.

And so of the other products of the country.


home
products,

Besides, the county manufacturer of

flour,

bacon, lard, prepared beef,

etc.

having a good

price at home,

could afford to ship abroad on a close


In the end, the county buyers would

margin of
be able

profit.

to ship all the

products of the county that were

sent abroad, so that the profits

made on
to the

the shipments

would be kept
5th.

at

home and add

county wealth.

The Patriot Union Must Break Down the


False Business System
in this

which has been established by the Money Kings


country for their

own

profit,

to the ruin of our people,

and establish the proper system of industry, and thus promote the public prosperity and the betterment of every
class of industry.

UNIVERSAL PROSPERITY.
1.

3II

Only a Grand Industrial Organization


this result.

can

effect

down

the false

Only such an organization can break system of industry that now prevails, and

establish a right system of industry.

No man

could

now

enter into business in competition with the

Money

Kings.

But the Patriot Union, existing all over the country, would give sure and profitable markets to the home buyer, both for the products which he sold to the home markets, and for those shipped away to other points.

The System Would Soon be in Universal Operation, and the whole country in the
full tide

of prosperity.

The

farmers would be getting good prices,

and would

soon be out of debt: the merchants and grocers of the

and doing and Labor, sharing the general prosperity, out of good wages would begin to accumulate savings. The West and the South would have a prosperity such as they have never known. The East also would hum with industry, building ships, and establishing Patriot mercantile houses, to carry on the grand import and export trade of the country.

towns, freed from the danger of


fair scale

Jew

Stores,

business at a

of profits, would grow rich

For, the prosperity of the East, at present,

is

not so

much

the prosperity of our

own

people, as the prosperity of the

Money Kings' and their agents. The Patriot Union would


Kings, and give
sion,
it
it

not only take the whole

business of our counties out of the hands of the


to

Money
exten-

our

home

people, but in

its full

would

take the wholesale trade of the country

and

the import and export trade

and place them in the Union. When Western and Southern merchants would furnish a market all over the country for imports sold by Patriot houses, it would not be long before an abundance

away from the Money Kings, hands of members of the Patriot

312

THE Remedy.

of Eastern Capital would go into the business and supply

the demand.

Money Kings have broken two hundred thousand great business establishments, whose failure has been reported besides many thousands more of small estabHshments that
In the
last

twenty years, the

down

in this country

have gone down unnoticed. The change of the business of the country from the hands of our own people into the hands of the Money Kings has wrought wide-spread ruin.
So, on the other hand, the taking of the business of the

country out of the hands of the


it

Money Kings and


will

putting
like life

into the

hands of our people again,

be

from the dead.


It will call into

operation again two hundred thousand


in
;

great business establishments

the

place

of those de-

stroyed by the
life

the

Money Kings and it will summon into ten times as many moderate establishments all over country as have gone down in the last twenty years.
industry of the country will have a

The
tion,
life

and

will

move forward with

the freshness of a

Grand Resurrecnew

into the era of unprecedented industrial prosperity to which the Patriot Union will give birth.
II.

OBJECTIONS ANSWERED.
that the establishment of a

I.

It

may

be objected

higher scale of prices by the Patriot


us the foreign market for our wheat.
i)

Union might lose To this I answer

This

is

a mistake.
;

she has to buy

England only buys from us what and she would buy the same amount, if
fair price for
it.

she had to pay a


2)

As

it is,

the English market for our wheat

is

a great

disadvantage for our farmers.


our wheat crop to England
;

We now

sell

one-fourth of

and the Money Kings make


which

our farmers take the Liverpool price, not only for the

wheat

that

is

sent abroad, but for the three-fourths

66jECtlONS ANSWERED.
is

313

sold

better off
if

and consumed at home. The farmers would be if the wheat sold to England were burned up,
fair

they might so get a

price for the three-fourths sold

in the
3)

home market.
Furthermore, the

Money Kings raise wheat enough bonanza wheat farms to supply the English markets. When the Patriot Union is established, we will have no need of their bonanza wheat to supply the home market, and they can send it abroad to England; while the American Patriot farmers having the home market
on
their
will get a fair price for their

wheat consumed

at

home.

4)

At

present,
less

we

are raising too

much

wheat.

We

had

better

raise

wheat, and more sugar, and flax and

hemp and wool, in the West. The Western people can not now go into the raising of sorghum and the sugar
and the production of sugar on a grand scale; beMoney Kings hold our market for their Sugar Trusts, and they would destroy any American who went But with the assured demand into the sugar production. at a fair price which the Patriot Union would afford, the West would go into sugar production on a large scale, at once, and we would very soon fully supply our own market with sugar. We would also soon cease to import hemp and flax and wool and leather. By doing this, we would save more than we now get as the price of all our exported wheat and beef and bacon put together. 2. It may be objected that, while the rise of prices effected by the Patriot Union would be good for the Western farmers, it would be an injury to the Southern
beet,

cause the

planter, raising cotton for the foreign market.

It

may be
coun-

said that,
try, the

if

we

raise the standard of prices in the

cotton grower would have to raise his cotton at a


it

greater cost, while he got for

the

same

price he
is

now

receives in the foreign market.

reply that this

founded

on

error.

314
i)

^ME JlEMEDY.

the

The Southern planter would get new scale of prices, for his cotton
In
fact,

a better price, In
sold in the

home

market.

the

American Patriot cotton grower,

under the new system, would be better off than now. There are an immense number of our cotton plantations now in possession of the London Money Kings. These would be shut out of the home market, and they would have to send their cotton abroad; and this would leave the good price of the home market to the American Patriot

cotton grower.

2) Furthermore, during the


tried the

Late War, the

Money Kings
it

experiment of raising cotton in India, and Egypt,


It

and elsewhere.
for less

was found

that they could not raise

than 12 cents a pound.

And

if

American cotton

were now held at 12 cents a pound, the English manufactwould have to pay that price for it. And we ought to fix our prices at such a point as to get the highest price
urers
for

our products in the foreign market that they will bring.

to be compelled to pay a fair price buy from us. 3. It may be objected that it would disorder the business of the country, if we supplied our home consumption in our counties in the West and South by home manufactures; as this would shut out the products of Eastern factories, owned by the Money Kings, from the Western and for all the cotton they

The Money Kings ought

Southern markets, founded on error.

to that extent.

This

objection also

is

1) The Money Kings have the markets of the world; and if they were shut out from the home market of the West and South by their being supplied with the County manufactures of the Patriot Union, it would only cause them to seek a foreign market for their manufactures in

the East, greatly to the prosperity of the country.


2)

We

ought

to

supply our

home market

with woolen

and cotton goods, with

leather products, with iron,

and

all

PROSPERITY GREATLY PROMOTED.


Other things

315
this,

consumed

in our

market; and, more than


are

we ought to world. The


of the
full

export a large surplus to the markets of the


Trusts of the

Money Kings
;

now

attempt-

ing to prevent this; limiting our production to a point short

supply of our home market thus leaving a part demand to be supplied by EngHsh manufactures. The Money Kings never will supply our home market, if The only way to have our home marit is left to them. of our
ket fully supplied

and have a surplus


it

to ship abroad,

is

to

take the

home market

out of the hands of the

Money

Kings, and supply

in great

measure by county manu-

factures; thus leaving the manufactures already estabhshed

by the Money Kings


eign market.

in the country to seek, in part, a for-

effect this, and t-hereby promote the national prosperity. It would diminish our imports of sugar, cotton and woolen goods, iron, leather, wool, and hemp and flax, to the amount of over $200,000,000 annually; and it would add perhaps an equal

The Patriot Union would

greatly

amount

to the value of

our exports.

At

present, our peo-

ple are doing a losing trade with the rest of the world, our

imports exceeding what our people get for our exports by

many

millions.

Under

the

new

industrial system furthered

by the Patriot Union, this state of things would be reversed, and the price obtained by our people for our exports would exceed our imports annually, by several hundred million dollars. Not only would individuals in our country grow rich under the system, but the country itself would rapidly grow in wealth, until our prosperity would surpass anything even dreamed of hitherto, in the history
of the world.

3l6

THE REMEDY.

Chapter

VI.

INVESTMENTS FOR THE PEOPLE, SECURED BY THE PATRIOT UNION.


The grand industrial system inaugurated by the Patriot Union would not injure any American interest, or any American industry. It would greatly benefit them all. The Money Kings might suffer in the transition, it

is true.

But the English Cuckoo hatched

in

our national

nest has thrown most of our business people out of the


nest, to

make room

for itself.

When we

put our expelled

back into the nest, if they crowd the Cuckoo in its quarters, any inconvenience it may endure will be only the fate due to such intruders.
fledgelings

Better that the

Money Kings

should lose some of their

bloated gains, than that the rest of our people should be

deprived of

all

their property, for the

enrichment of these

foreign intruders

upon our

industry.

I.

THE PATRIOT UNION WILL SECURE


INVESTMENTS.
people of any

liberal scale of prices is better for the

country.

And,

in establishing a scale of fair prices, the


will

Patriot Union
making
all

merely break down the present abom-

inable industrial system in which the


the

Money Kings
it

are

money; and

will substitute for

the most

perfect system of industry the world has ever

known.

One

great advantage of the proposed system


1st.

is

that

The Profits Now Made by the Money Kings Will be Made by the American People,
them
all.

to the enrichment of

The

farmers will be en-

riched by

fair prices.

The

laboring

men

will get better

PATRIOT UNION SFXURES INVESTMENTS.

317

The merchants wages, and have but little more expense. and grocers will get rich by the more liberal expenditure of the farmers, and working people, and people of all
classes of industry.

The towns

will flourish

with industries

Patriot Union. Everybody will be making money; and everybody will soon be seeking investments. A very little time would elapse after the Patriot Union was in full operation before, in the general prosperity, all classes of industry would have money for
established by the

investment.

Then the Patriot Union would enter upon a new era in its existence. It would find investments for
the people,

solid investments, that

would

yield regular,

safe dividends.

Heretofore, in every era of prosperity, our people have

gone wild with excitement, and embarked


speculations in real estate.

in

wild-cat

The investments which they


wealth of the country
;

made added nothing

and the But this evil would be guarded against by the Patriot Union, Our country is full of property owned by the London Money Kings, which ought to be the property of our own
to the

excitement was always followed by financial collapse.

people.

It will

be remembered that

it is

a fixed principle

Economy that the people of every country ought to own its own railroads. It would be the office of the Patriot Union to secure the purchase of this, and
of Political
other property hereafter to be mentioned, for our people,

and thus divert them from unprofitable speculations developed real estate. But it will be asked
2nd.

in un-

How Can We Get

the Railroads?

We
flicted

should not deal unjustly with the

Money

Kings.

We
in-

should not retaliate upon them the wrongs they have

upon our people.

We

should treat them with per-

3l8
feet justice.
;

THE REMEDY.

I would take no property they are not willing and we should pay a fair value for all we buy from Many persons would shrink from compelling the them. Money Kings to sell their property by public law. But it is perfectly right for the American people to compel the Money Kings to sell their property, if it can be done by

to sell

fair

business competition.

The Money Kings have


weaker parties engaged
in

acted on this principle, availing


business to give place to them.

themselves of their superior might of Capital to compel

The Money Kings


ness

are stronger than any individual busi-

But the man, or any single business company. American people, banded together in the Patriot Union, are mightier than the Money Power. When the American people unite their resources and energies in the Patriot Union, to engage in any line of business, they will take that line of business away from the Money Kings. For instance if, acting through the Patriot Union, the American people should combine their means, and parallel the Great Trunk Line railroads of the Money Kings with other roads owned by companies organized under the auspices of the Patriot Union these new Patriot roads would do all the business, and make the railroads of the Money Kings worthless. The Patriot Union would have a perfect right to avail itself of its superior might, and compel the Money Kings to sell us
;

property
if

we ought

to

own

the

profits of

which, indeed,

long continued in their possession, would enable them to

bankrupt and ruin us. Hence, when money

for investment was offered to the Patriot Union on every side, when farmers, and merchants, and all business men, and all employees in every kind of business had money they were anxious to invest, the Patriot Union could easily find investment for A great Trunk Line Railroad from the Mississippi to it.

RAILROADS PURCHASED.

319

would be a grand investment. Such a road would only cost some thirty millions of dollars. In less than a year after the Patriot Union was in full operation, offers of money for investment coming from all over the country would far exceed that amount. The railroad would be built. It, with its branch lines, would do all the business between the East and the West for, of course, all Patriots would travel upon the Patriot road, and all Patriot business men would ship their freights over it. But if the Money Kings were wise, before matters reached this pass, they would offer all their railroad property to the Patriot Union, to be purchased at a
;

New York

fair price.

railroad owners.

The Patriot Union can make its own terms with the And it might make some such arrangement as this: The Money Kings to restock the railroads
-

it would cost to build them and furnish and to hold them at that specified price, subject to purchase by the American people, in shares of one hundred dollars ($100). But until the entire stock should be purchased from them, the Money Kings to receive the dividends on so much of the stock as remained

at the price

which
;

the rolling stock

in their possession.

3rd.

The American People Could Easily Purchase


THE Railroads.

Under such conditions, how long would it be before the American people would own the railroads? Before five years had elapsed we would own them all. Even now, hard as times are, our people 'spend in
spirituous liquors $900,000,000

000,000

for

per annum, and $600,tobacco; and in other things they would be

better off without, at least $2,000,000,000


safe to estimate that the

more.

It is

American people spend every

320

THE REMEDY.

year $3,500,000,000 for things that do not benefit them at


all,

but are really harmful.


greater part of this astonishing

The

spent by the working people.

amount of waste is For though the waste of

each individual among wage earners


vastly greater

may be

less,

their

ures to

number brings up the aggregate of expendita much larger amount then that spent for those
this vast

things

by wealthier people.
expenditure, and in the oppor-

In the fact of
tunity for

economy and

profitable investment

made possible

by the possession of so

large
lies

an amount of money, above


the best hope for the uplift-

the actual cost of living,

ing of the great mass of the American

people.

If the

American people are to be uplifted, the work must be done by themselves. They must exercise the self-denial which lies at the foundation of all improvement in the
financial circumstances,
spiritual

the mental development, or the

ennoblement of man.
is

This waste of

indulgence
economize.

tobacco and sensual self by want of inducement to The man working for wages who saves fifty
in drink,

money

largely caused

dollars cannot find investment for

it.

land; for he cannot attend to


stocks that will yield a

it.

He cannot invest in He cannot find safe


;

good dividend

for

such stocks are

not put upon the market except at such a premium as he

would not care


baits for the

to pay, the stocks in the

market being only


for invest-

unwary.

Having no opportunity
money

ment, the wage earner spends his


or wastes
it

in self indulgence,

in vice.

American people in a race of accumulation, by affording them safe investments that will yield fair dividends, and they will all begin to economize. This will do more for the promotion of temperance and habits of morality, than any fact in human history. It will, indeed, inaugurate a New Era in the social and
Start the

UPLIFTING OF HUMANITY.
moral, as well as in the business world.

32

A boom

for in-

vestment would soon arise

everybody would be eager


in stocks that

to

would yield good and sure returns. Every man would have a longing to belong to the property class. No one would any longer be content to be moneyless and poor. The distinction of men of property and the non-property class would soon no longer exist. All men would be men of property
the only
distinction

economize, and invest savings

being that some would

property than others.


to
lift

Such a

state of fact

own more would do more

up the great mass of mankind into the region of selfrespect and aspiration, than any event that has ever
occured
in the business world.

The
formed.
all

condition of the

country would soon be trans-

In five years, the American people might

own
the

the railroads: in ten years, they

might own
the

all

manufactures in the country

now owned by

Money
United

Kings; and,

in

twenty years, the American people might

own

all

the possessions of the

Money Kings

in the

States.
II.

THE MONEY POWER RENDERED A


system remains to be stated.
In the

BLESSING.

One
trial

of the greatest advantages of the proposed indus-

new

state of

things, the

Money Kings would become

a blessing to the

country, instead of a curse.


1st.

Pioneers of Industry.
for their possessions in this country,

The Money Kings would be paid


in currency,

which would be of value

and

nowhere
all

else.

They could use

it

in the

United

States, for

business purposes,

to hire labor, to

buy products of

industry,

and

to start

new

enterprises.

We
new

\v'Ould stipulate

with them that they might start any

enterprises in the country,

and have them

in full pos-

32 2
session

THE REMEDY.
and be admitted
;

to all business advantages,

for

twenty years

open

to

end of that time, they should be purchase by the American people at a fair price,
but, at the

not exceeding the cost of the original investment.

This would keep the


lookout for
canals, to

Money Kings

constantly on the

new
:

investments.

They would

build irrigating

redeem the Rocky Mountain deserts and restore them to fertility they would drain and redeem the swamp lands of the Mississippi Valley and Florida: they would they would build build new canals and new railroads ships with which to transport our commerce on the ocean they would push forward new inventions: they would build up new cities. For we would stipulate that they might build new houses and hold them for twenty years, before setting them at purchase; but that they should not buy houses, or factories, or other property, already built or improved. They would thus become the pioneers of
:

industry in every department of industrial progress.

They

would be getting richer all the time; but would be a blessing to the world, and not a

their wealth

curse.

An
all

incidental advantage will arise out of this that has

already been briefly touched upon,


speculation in real estate.
profit, as

the

suppression of

The Money Kings could

not

now, by the labor of other people enhancing


it would be held that and use of the property for twenty years

the value of their investments; for


their possession

would be a sufficient advantage, so that when the property was purchased from them, they would receive for it only
the cost of their original investment.

And
at cost

the property of the

Jew Money Kings, being

offered

twenty years after the investment, would be a con-

new property coming on the market. It would be the cheapest property that could be bought and all persons would seek those investments. And such investments constantly coming into market at the same rate
stant stream of
;

NEW RULE MAKES MONEY KINGS PERPETUAL

BLESSING. 323

of value, would prevent any undue inflation of property,

and

all

speculative excitement.
all

Such a

state of facts

would

tend to keep
stop to
all

property at an equable value, and put a

wild speculation.

2nd.

The New Rule, Perpetual,


making the property of the Money Kings
destined to revolutionize the world.

The

rule of

purchasable by the people of the country in which their in-

vestments

lie, is

This
will

principle, started in America, will

be perpetuated, and

be extended
Palestine the Jews,

all
is

over the earth.


;

the natural trade center of the world

and
It

when

restored to their
the

own

country, will be,


earth.

throughout
will

all ages,

Merchant Princes of the

then be necessary to establish the principle that they


property in any country, outside of Pales;

shall not hold


tine,

longer than twenty years

as the only

method of

pre-

venting them from bankrupting mankind, and getting possession of


It
all

the property of the earth.


all

should be a principle of universal application, in

countries,

and throughout

all

time, that the

Jew Money
as their cen-

Kings, either
ter,

now

while they are in

London

or after a while

when they
it

will center their operations

in Palestine, shall, after holding property for in

twenty years

any country, place


This
will

on purchase by the people of the

country, at the price of the original cost of the investment.

make

will fulfill the

shall

be

like

It the Jews a blessing to all nations. prophecy that their influence upon all nations the bounteous dew, which relieves drought

and makes vegetation


mankind.

flourish in luxuriant growth.

The Jews, holding property


Holding property

perpetually, are a curse to


for

twenty years, they be-

come

the pioneers of industrial advancement.

They

will

be constantly adding
the rest of

to the property of the earth,


will

which

mankind

purchase from them as soon as

324
it is

THE REMEDY.
fully

developed.

They

will

be constantly conquering

acquisitions from the realm of undeveloped nature;

and
at

mankind
a

will, after

twenty years, take their conquests


will

fair price, as

the heritage of the race.

This system of
cause the People,

purchasing the property of the Jews

who make
Jews

the purchase, to

become

in the course of ages


;

immensely rich. The earth will be full of wealth for the will be always getting new property; and, as fast as they develop it, they will be paid for it, and it will become the wealth of the people of the country in which

it lies.

Here
III.

is

the destined

SOLUTION OF THE QUESTIONS BETWEEN

LABOR AND CAPITAL.


In the present Age, Capital
of the Jew^s.
It will
is

concentrated in the hands


all

be so in

future time.

In

all

Jews are the destined great Capitalists of The great question between productive inthe earth. dustry and Capital will always be a question between the Jews and the Gentile world. It will not be a question of how to keep the Jews on an equality with the Gentiles. For that is impossible the supremacy of the Jews in wealth is a foregone conclusion from their being practically a great National Syndicate, and from the superior
future time, the
:

advantages of the location of Palestine for making and


keeping
Earth.
it,

in the

future,

the commercial center of the

The
will

question between Productive Industry and Capital

be,

How

to

make

blessing to the world


in

the supremacy of the Jews a and not a curse How to keep them

a recognized

position of beneficial

leadership of in-

and prevent them from getting possession of all This question can find no other business and all wealth. solution than the one given in this work.
dustry,

SOLUTION OF QUESTIONS BETW. LABOR AND CAPITAL.

325

How much
ally of
it

better thus to utilize Capital

Productive Industry, than to antagonize

and make it the it and treat

as an

enemy.
is

In a proper adjustment of industrial ques-

tions, there

no antagonism between Capital and Labor.


all
it

They

are

allies.

While Capital holds


potism.

gets,

and bands
it is

itself into

an

Imperialism for greater accumulation,

a crushing des-

But when Capital

is

bridled by law, and comit

pelled, after twenty years

possession of the property


sell

acquires in foreign countries, to

the property to the peo-

ple of those countries at a fair price, then Capital

becomes

the helper of Labor.

It

does the hard pioneer work of

it ought to do, on account of its suand as the price it pays to the world for its superior advantages. But Industry becomes its heir ; and the accumulations of Capital become the heritage of man-

development, which
perior might,

kind.

How much better such an adjustment of the questions between the Money Kings and the people of the country where they operate, than putting all property into the hands of the Government, as Socialists have proposed. Socialism would impoverish mankind, in order to increase the wealth of the Government, and the patronage of office holders this adjustment will increase the wealth of mankind in a degree inconceivable in the present age. Socialism depresses the whole human race into the common level of a hopeless poverty: this adjustment lifts the whole
:

race into the self-respect of constantly increasing wealth.

Socialism destroys energy by the hopelessness of


ration
:

all aspi-

this

adjustment starts mankind onward in a career

of boundless enterprise and activity, inspired by the emulation of

tainment.

example and the consciousness of increasing atadjustment will open to mankind the door of hope that leads into the Higher Era for which the

This

World

is

almost hopelessly longing.

326

THE REMEDY.

In this adjustment the antagonism between Capital and Labor will be finally allayed. Capital is " the Lion" that the People engaged in has been devouring "the Lamb," Capital is "the Bear" that has industrial occupations. been destroying "the Cow" of industry. By this adjustment, "the Lion and the Lamb shall lie down together; and the Cow and the Bear shall feed" together in the

pastures of industry.

In the end,

it

will

probably be held that the property

thus bought from the

Money Kings
else,

should be held by the


it

purchaser for only twenty years, and that then


purchasable by some one

shall

be

and the owner of the stock made to seek some other investment. In this way, young people just starting in life would always have a place to put their savings, and an encouragement to economize. But this feature is a refinement for which we are not yet prepared, though future times may adopt it.

Chapter

VII.

CONCLUSION.
I

wish to disclaim

all

prejudice against the Jews,

They

are the destined

Merchant Princes of the


is

earth, in the

great
I

Coming Age.
glad that Palestine
the natural center of the

am

world's

commerce

and

that the Jews, at a future time,

when they
great

shall be restored to their own land, will be the According to commercial agents of the earth. Prophecy, they are the destined leaders of the world in its

onward career of

industry.

am Money
I

wilHng, now, to recognize the rights of the

Jew

Kings, and to treat them

justly.

But they have no

CONCLUSION.
right
to

327

ruin the world, as they are

now

doing.

Their

present course of fraud and injustice should be stopped.

They have no

right to break

down

industry

by comin to

mercial crises, in which they seek their


the ruin of multitudes of people.
force

own advantage
no right

They have

down

the price of

all

produce, to the ruin of farmers


profit.

and merchants,
to
start
;

for their
in

own

They have no

right

booms

towns, by forcing a temporary rapid

growth

thereby making people believe the


cities,

boomed towns

destined to become large

and inducing removals

and investments which ruin the lives of thousands. They have no right to get, and hold permanently, property in
countries, when such holding of property will surely reduce to utter poverty the countries in which such posall

sessions

lie,

and make

their people peasants.

I protest

against these evils, and propose a

remedy

for

them.

The proposed System


It is

of Industry

is
is

an effectual
If

remedy.
it

the only remedy.


it

There

no other.

shall

be adopted now,

will save

our country and the


threatened
it

world from the most gigantic


the well-being of man.

evil that has ever

If not

adopted now,

will

be

when the Dragon shall be bound. There is no remedy for the evils now afflicting our country, except the Union of our people under the princiadopted
in the future,

ple of the

Golden Rule,
all

Our only hope is for us whose members all agree


spirit

to unite in a

Patriot Union,
in the

to act

toward each other

of mutual fairness and brotherly kindness all agree to promote, each the interests of the others, equally with
his

own

the employer agreeing to give fair wages to his


:

all agreeing to eat the produce of the Patriot Farmer, and buy the goods of the Patriot manufacturer, and merchant, and grocer and all agreeing that they will charge only fair prices, and that they will leave it for dis;

employees

interested parties to say what prices are

fair

and

right.

328
This certainly
trickery
is

THE REMEDY.
a noble principle of action.
It
it

It stops all

and chicanery in trade. of union and mutual benefit, as


each person
all.

makes business a bond


to be.
It

ought

enables

to prosper
all

through the

common

prosperity of

It

makes
have

mankind a band of

brethren, united for


benefit.

their

common

protection and
to

common
selfish

It will
it is

conquer the
its

Jew Money Power,


it

true,

and stop

ravages upon industry, by the might


But, this accomplished,
will

of a great united people.


give
fair

and equal terms of adjustment to the vanquished; and will establish a system of mutual fairness, that will continue down to the end of time and bless the world
forever.

The Patriot Union


through the Millennium.
the principle of the

will
Its

be

needed

to

endure

all

establishment will inaugurate

troduce a

is

Golden Rule in business, and will inEra in the progress of the human race. The Money Power ought to accept an arrangement that If it will not, upon its head be the so fair and just.

New

consequences!

But even though the Money Kings should antagonize still, the Patriot Union will our measures of relief do them no wrong it will go steadfastly forward, marand, with God's help, it shaling our Patriot movement
all

will

save our country despite

all

opposition.

May the LORD save our country and the world FROM THE RUIN THAT IS NOW IMPENDING AND MAKE THE EVILS THAT ARE HANGING OVER OUR AgE THE OCCASION AND THE CAUSE OF A GrAND MOVEMENT THAT SHALL INTRODUCE A HiGHER ErA IN THE HISTORY OF OUR RACE, AND MARSHAL MANKIND ONWARD INTO THE GLORY OF THAT Better Age of universal Liberty, Equality AND Fraternal Love.

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA AT LOS ANGELES


This book

THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY is DUE on the last date stamped below

Form L-9
:;i)m-l, '12(8519)

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA AT LOS AxVneLES LIBRAEY

HD 2795

UC SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY

Woolfolk Great reddragon.

W88g
1890

AA 000

895 285

DEMCO

234N

HD
2795

W88g
1890

You might also like